8457 HP 8558 Spectrum Analyzer User Manual

User Manual: HP 8558 Spectrum Analyzer User Manual

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 343 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

TOC
SECTIONS
FIGURES
TABLES
APPENDICES
PAGES

TM 11-6625-3061-14

TECHNICAL MANUAL

OPERATOR’S ORGANIZATIONAL,

DIRECT SUPPORT, AND

GENERAL SUPPORT

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPECTRUM ANALYZER

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEL 85558B

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

1 JANUARY 1986

TM 11-6625-3061-14

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

Safety Symbols

The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual and in the instrument. Familiarize yourself with each of

the symbols and its meaning before operating this instrument.

Instruction manual symbol: the apparatus

will be marked with this symbol when it is

necessary for the user to refer to the

instruction manual in order to protect the

apparatus against damage.

Indicates dangerous voltages.

The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard. It

calls attention to an operation procedure,

practice, or the like, which, if not correctly

performed or adhered to, could result in

damage to or destruction of part or all of

the equipment. Do not proceed beyond a

CAUTION sign until the indicated conditions

are fully understood and met.

The WARNING sign denotes a hazard. It

calls attention to a procedure, practice, or

the like, which, if not correctly performed or

adhered to, could result in injury or loss of

life. Do not proceed beyond a WARNING

sign until the indicated conditions are fully

understood and met.

Operation

BEFORE THIS INSTRUMENT IS

SWITCHED ON, the oscilloscope

mainframe protective earth terminal must

be connected through the protective

conductor of the ac power cable to a socket

outlet provided with protective earth contact.

Failure to ground the instrument can result

in personal injury.

The 8558B Spectrum Analyzer should not

be operated without protective covers (out

of the mainframe). Adjustments,

performance tests, and service procedures

which require operation of the 8558B out of

the mainframe should be performed only by

trained service personnel.

CAUTION

BEFORE THIS INSTRUMENT IS

SWITCHED ON, make sure that the

oscilloscope mainframe is set to the voltage

of the ac power source. Failure to set the

ac power input to the correct voltage could

cause damage to the instrument when the

ac power cable is plugged in.

Service and Adjustments

There are voltages at many points in the

instrument which can, if contacted, cause

personal injury. Be extremely careful.

Service and adjustments should be

performed only by trained service

personnel.

Any interruption of the protective

(grounding) conductor, inside or outside the

instrument, or disconnection of the

protective earth terminal may cause

personal injury.

WARNING

WARNING WARNING

CAUTION

TM 11-6625-3061-14

This manual contains copyright material reproduced by permission of the Hewlett-Packard Company, Valley Forge, PA

19482.

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Technical Manual ) HEADQUARTERS

)DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

No. 11-6625-3061-14) Washington, DC, 1 January 1986

OPERATOR'S ORGANIZATIONAL AND

DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPECTRUM ANALYZER HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEL 8558B

(Includes Option 001 and Option 002)

SERIAL NUMBERS

This manual applies directly to instruments with serial numbers

prefixed 2147A.

With modifications described in Section VII, this manual also

applies to instruments with the serial prefixes 1914A through

2145A.

For additional important information about serial numbers, see

INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL in Section I.

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a

way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form

2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form

2028-2 located in the back of this manual direct to Commander, US Army

Communications-Electronics Command and Fort Monmouth, ATTN: AMSEL-

ME-MP, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703-5007.

In either case, a reply will be furnished direct to you.

TM 11-6625-3061-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Page

0INTRODUCTION

0-1 Scope...................................................................................................................... 0-1

0-2 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms ..................................... 0-1

0-3 Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports ............................................................. 0-1

0-4 Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR).................................. 0-1

0-5 Administrative Storage ............................................................................................ 0-1

0-6 Destruction of Army Electronics Materiel ................................................................. 0-1

TM 11-6625-3061-14

CONTENTS

Section Page Section Page

I GENERAL INFORMATION..................................1-1 IV PERFORMANCE TESTS................................4-1

1-1. Introduction..........................................1-1 4-1. Introduction ........................................4-1

1-3. Description...........................................1-1 4-3. Instruments Tested.............................4-1

1-6. Manual Organization............................1-1 4-5. Equipment Required...........................4-1

1-10. Specifications.......................................1-2 4-7. Test Record........................................4-1

1-12. Safety Considerations ..........................1-2 4-9. Calibration Cycle ................................4-1

1-14. Instruments Covered by Manual...........1-2 4-11. Frequency Span Accuracy..................4-2

1-15. Serial Numbers ....................................1-2 4-12. Tuning Accuracy.................................4-7

1-17. Manual Changes Supplement ..............1-2 4-13. Residual FM.......................................4-10

1-20. Manual Backdating Changes................1-2 4-14. Noise Sidebands ................................4-13

1-23. Options ................................................1-9 4-15. Resolution Bandwidth

1-24. Option 001 ...........................................1-9 Accuracy......................................4-15

1-26. Option 002 ...........................................1-9 4-16. Resolution Bandwidth

1-28. Option 910 ...........................................1-9 Selectivity ....................................4-20

1-30. Accessories Supplied ...........................1-9 4-17. Average Noise Level ..........................4-25

1-32. Termination..........................................1-9 4-18. Spurious Responses...........................4-27

1-34. Cable Adapter......................................1-9 4-19. Residual Responses ...........................4-34

1-36. Side Stop Kit........................................1-9 4-20. Frequency Response..........................4-37

1-38. Graticule Overlays ...............................1-9 4-21. Bandwidth Switching

1-39. Equipment Required But ..................... (Amplitude Variation)....................4-41

Not Supplied..................................1-10 4-22. Input Attenuator Accuracy ..................4-43

1-40. Display Mainframe ...............................1-10 4-23. Reference Level Accuracy..................4-46

1-43. Extender Cable Assembly ....................1-10 4-24. Display Fidelity...................................4-51

1-45. Measurement Accessories ...................1-10 4-25. Calibrator Accuracy............................4-55

1-46. AC Probe .............................................1-10

1-48. Modification Kit ................................... VADJUSTMENTS .............................................5-1

(Option 807 Connections) ..............1-10 5-1. Introduction ........................................5-1

1-50. Oscilloscope Camera ...........................1-10 5-4. Equipment Required...........................5-1

1-52. Service Accessories.............................1-10 5-7. Adjustment Tools .........................5-1

1-54. Recommended Test Equipment ...........1-11 5-9. Extender Cable Installation...........5-1

...................................................... 5-13. Related Adjustments ..........................5-1

II INSTALLATION...................................................2-1 5-15. Factory-Selected Components............5-2

2-1. Introduction..........................................2-1 5-17. Second Converter LO and

2-3. Initial Inspection ...................................2-1 Bandpass Adjustments.................5-12

2-5. Preparation for Use..............................2-1 5-18. Third Converter LO and

2-6. Installation............................................2-1 CAL OUTPUT Adjustment............5-15

2-9. Side Stop Kit........................................2-1 5-19. Slope Adjustment ...............................5-18

2-13. Graticule Overlays ...............................2-2 5-20. Second IF Bandpass Amplifier and

2-15. Mainframe Interconnections .................2-2 Bandpass Filter Adjustment..........5-21

2-17. Operating Environment ........................2-2 5-21. Crystal and LC Bandwidth

2-21. Modifications........................................2-2 Filter Adjustments ........................5-23

2-23. Storage and Shipment..........................2-3 5-22. 3-dB Bandwidth Adjustment................5-29

2-24. Environment ........................................2-3 5-23. Step Gain Assembly RF

2-26. Packaging............................................2-3 Gain Adjustment ..........................5-33

...................................................... 5-24. Step Amplifier Gain

III OPERATION ......................................................3-1 Adjustments .................................5-35

3-1. Introduction..........................................3-1 5-25. +19.5V Adjustment.............................5-39

3-3. Controls, Indicators, and Connectors....3-1 5-26. Log Amplifier Log and

3-5. Control Grouping..................................3-1 Linear Adjustment ........................5-40

3-13. Variable Persistence and ..................... 5-27. Sweep Time Per Division

Storage Functions..........................3-2 Adjustment...................................5-45

3-15. Persistence and Intensity .....................3-2 5-28. Frequency Control and

3-19. Photographic Techniques.....................3-2 DPM Adjustments ........................5-48

Operating Precautions..........................3-2 5-29. 1-dB Offset Adjustment ......................5-51

iii

TM 11-6625-3061-14

CONTENTS

Section Page Section Page

VI REPLACEABLE PARTS......................................6-1 8-5. Schematic Symbols, Terminology,

6-1. Introduction..........................................6-1 and Voltage Levels.......................8-1

6-3. Replaceable Parts List .........................6-1 8-7. Test Equipment..................................8-1

6-6. Ordering Information............................6-1 8-9. Troubleshooting..................................8-1

...................................................... 8-10. General........................................8-1

VII MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES ...................7-1 8-13. Troubleshooting Hints...................8-1

7-1. Introduction..........................................7-1 8-18. General Principles of Operation..........8-4

7-5. Manual Change.................................... Front Switch Assembly A2,

Instructions ....................................7-2 Disassembly and Repair...............8-107

VII SERVICE ......................................................8-1 NOTE

8-1. Introduction..........................................8-1 Schematic, block and component location

8-3. Service Information Index ....................8-1 diagrams are listed under ILLUSTRATIONS.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Page Figure Page

1-1. HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer 5-2. Special Adapter Used in Second Converter

with Accessories Supplied........................... 1-0 LO and Bandpass Test Setup................5-14

1-2. Typical Serial Number Label............................ 1-2 5-3. Third Converter LO and CAL OUTPUT

1-3. Service Accessories .......................................1-12 Adjustment Test Setup..........................5-17

2-1. Location of Side Stops..................................... 2-3 5-4. Slope Adjustment Test Setup.....................5-21

3-1. HP 8558B Installed in HP 182T 5-5. Second IF Bandpass Amplifier and Bandpass

Display Mainframe...................................... 3-5 Filter Adjustment Test Setup.................5-25

3-2. Rear Panel Controls and Connectors............... 3-7 5-6. Crystal and LC Bandwidth Filter

4-1. Frequency Span Accuracy Test Setup ............. 4-3 Adjustment Test Setup..........................5-27

4-2. Frequency Span Accuracy Measurement for 5-7. Crystal Short Configuration........................5-28

Ninth Spectral Line...................................... 4-5 5-8. Adjusting Crystal Symmetry and

4-3. Frequency Span Accuracy Measurement for Crystal Centering ..................................5-29

Seventeenth Spectral Line.......................... 4-5 5-9. 3- dB Bandwidth Adjustment Test Setup..........5-33

4-4. Tuning Accuracy Test Setup............................ 4-9 5-10. Step Gain Assembly RF Gain

4-5. Residual FM Test Setup .................................4-13 Adjustment Test Setup..........................5-37

4-6. Example of Residual FM ................................4-14 5-11. Step Amplifier Gain Adjustment

4-7. Noise Sideband Test Setup ............................4-17 Test Setup ............................................5-39

4-8. Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup, 5-12. +19.5V Adjustment Test Setup ..................5-43

3 MHz to 100 kHz ......................................4-19 5-13. Log Amplifier and Linear Adjustment

4-9. Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup, Test Setup ............................................5-45

1 kHz to 30 kHz .........................................4-21 5-14. Sweep Time Per Division Adjustment

4-10. Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Test Setup, Test Setup ............................................5-51

1 kHz to 30 kHz .........................................4-25 5-15. Frequency Control and DPM Adjustments

4-11. Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Test Setup, Test Setup ............................................5-55

100 kHz to 3 MHz ......................................4-28 5-16. l-dB Offset Adjustment Test Setup.............5-59

4-12. Average Noise Level Measurement ................4-32 6-1. Cable Assembly W1 (08558-60038 or

4-13. Harmonic Distortion Test Setup ......................4-33 08558-60031) Replaceable Parts ..........6-29

4-14. Intermodulation Distortion Test Setup.............4-36 6-2. Mechanical Chassis Parts..........................6-31

4-15. Intermodulation Distortion Products ................4-37 6-3. Front Switch Assembly ..............................6-33

4-16. Residual Responses Test Setup .....................4-41 7-1. Mechanical Chassis Parts (CHANGE A) ......7-8

4-17. Frequency Response Test Setup ....................4-45 7-2. Front Panel Assembly (CHANGE A)..........7-11

4-18. Input Attenuator Accuracy Test Setup.............4-51 7-3. Front Switch Assembly A2,

4-19. Reference Level Accuracy Test Setup............4-55 Schematic (CHANGE A) .......................7-13

4-20. Amplitude Log Display Accuracy Test Setup...4-61 7-4. Log Amplifier Log and Linear Adjustment

4-21. Calibrator Accuracy Test Setup ......................4-65 Test Setup (CHANGE B).......................7-15

5-1. Second Converter LO and 7-5. A14 Log Amplifier, Component and Test

Bandpass Adjustment Test Setup...............5-13 Point Locations (CHANGE B)................7-24

TM 11-6625-3061-14

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Page Figure Page

7-6. A14 Log Amplifier Assembly Schematic 8-21. Simplified Schematic of Sweep Generator

(CHANGE B)..............................................7-25 in AUTO Mode......................................8-46

7-7. A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF, 8-22. A8 Sweep Generator Assembly,

Component Locations (CHANGE C)...........7-27 Component and Test Point Locations....8-52

7-8. P/O A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF, 8-23. A8 Sweep Generator, Schematic...............8-53

Schematic Diagram (CHANGE C)..............7-28 8-24. Bandpass Amplifier Tank Circuit,

7-9. A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF, Simplified Schematic ............................8-59

Component Locations (CHANGE F)...........7-29 8-25. A9 Third Converter Assembly, and

7-10. P/O A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF, A10 Second IF Assembly, Component

Schematic Diagram (CHANGE F)..............7-30 Locations ..............................................8-60

8-1. Symbols Used in Schematics and 8-26. A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF,

Block Diagrams........................................... 8-5 Schematic.............................................8-61

8-2. Conditions for Schematic Diagram 8-27. Crystal Pole, Simplified Schematic ............8-65

Measurements ............................................ 8-9 8-28. LC Pole, Simplified Schematic ..................8-66

8-3. CRT Displays for Residual FM 8-29. A11 Bandwidth Filter No. 1 Assembly,

Troubleshooting .........................................8-13 Component and Test Point Locations....8-68

8-4. Baseline Step Caused by Failure of A7Q18 ....8-13 8-30. A11 Bandwidth Filter No. 1, Schematic.....8-69

8-5. Simplified Block Diagram ...............................8-15 8-31. Equivalent Circuit for

8-6. Troubleshooting Block Diagram......................8-17 Step Gain Amplifiers.............................8-72

8-7. A1A2U1 Clock ................................................8-20 8-32. A12 Step Gain Assembly, Component and

8-8. Integrator and EOC Waveforms for FRE- Test Point Locations..............................8-74

QUENCY MHz Display of 1296 MHz..........8-20 8-33. A12 Step Gain, Schematic.........................8-75

8-9. A1A2U1 Outputs for FREQUENCY MHz 8-34. A13 Bandwidth Filter No. 2 Assembly,

Display of 1296 MHz..................................8-21 Component and Test Point Locations....8-78

8-10. A1A2 DPM Driver Component Locations ........8-22 8-35. A13 Bandwidth Filter No. 2, Schematic.....8-79

8-11. A1A2 DPM Driver (and DPM Display), 8-36. Simplified Log Amplifier Stage...................8-81

Schematic..................................................8-23 8-37. A14 Log Amplifier Assembly,

8-12. Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1, Component Locations ...........................8-84

Component Locations ................................8-26 8-38. A14 Log Amplifier Assembly, Schematic ...8-85

8-13. A2 Front Switch, Schematic Diagram .............8-27 8-39. Simplified Vertical Driver Circuit................8-91

8-14. A3 Input Attenuator.........................................8-31 8-40. Simplified Blanking Circuit.........................8-92

8-15. A6 YIG Oscillator............................................8-31 8-41. A15 Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly,

8-16. A4 First Converter, Component Component and Test Point Locations....8-94

Locations ...................................................8-32 8-42. A15 Vertical Driver and Blanking,

8-17. A5 Second Converter Assembly, Schematic.............................................8-95

Component Locations ................................8-33 8-43. A16 Motherboard Assembly, Components

8-18. A3 Input Attenuator, A4 First Converter, and Test Point Locations.......................8-97

A5 Second Converter, and A6 YIG 8-44. A16 Motherboard, Schematic Diagram ......8-97

Oscillator, Schematic.................................8-35 8-45. A17 Inverter Assembly, Component

8-19. A7 Frequency Control Assembly, Locations ............................................8-102

Component and Test Point Locations.........8-42 8-46. A17 Inverter, Schematic ..........................8-103

8-20. A7 Frequency Control, Schematic ..................8-43 8-47. Locations of Major Assemblies ................8-105

LIST OF TABLES

Table Page Table Page

1-1. HP Model 8558B Specifications....................... 1-3 1-4. Recommended Test Equipment.................1-14

1-2. Model 8558B/180-Series 2-1. Side Stop Kit (08558-60131)........................2-1

Supplemental Characteristics...................... 1-6 2-2. HP Model 8558B Mainframe

1-3. Parts Included in Modification Interconnections......................................2-4

Kit 00180-69503.........................................1-10 4-1. Performance Tests ......................................4-1

TM 11-6625-3061-14

LIST OF TABLES

Table Page Table Page

4-2. Narrow Span Width Error Measurement .......... 4-7 5-4. Related Adjustments..................................5-11

4-3. Tuning Accuracy Measurement.......................4-11 5-5. REF LEVEL FINE Control Check...............5-41

4-4. Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity ....................4-29 5-6. REFERENCE LEVEL Control Check .........5-42

4-5. Frequency Response, 5 MHz to 1500 MHz. ...4-48 5-7. Log Fidelity Check.....................................5-47

4-6. Frequency Response, 100 kHz to 5 MHz ........4-48 5-8. Linear Gain Adjustments............................5-48

4-7. Amplitude Accuracy, Switching Between .............. 5-9. Log Gain Adjustment Limits.......................5-48

Bandwidths ................................................4-50 5-10. Log Amplifier Output Limits .......................5-49

4-8. Input Attenuator Accuracy...............................4-52 6-1. Reference Designations and Abbreviations..6-2

4-9. IF Gain Accuracy in LOG Mode......................4-57 6-2. Manufacturers Code List..............................6-4

4-10. IF Gain Accuracy in Linear Mode....................4-58 6-3. Replaceable Parts .......................................6-5

4-11. Conversion Table, Deviation in............................. 7-1. Manual Change Requirement by

Linear Mode...............................................4-58 Serial Number.........................................7-1

4-12. Vernier Accuracy ............................................4-59 7-2. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE A)..................7-6

4-13. Amplitude Log Display Accuracy.....................4-63 7-3. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE A)..................7-7

4-14. Sample Computations of Amplitude...................... 7-4. Linear Gain Adjustment Limits...................7-17

Log Display Accuracy.................................4-63 7-5. Log Fidelity Check.....................................7-18

4-15. Performance Test Record...............................4-69 7-6. Log Gain Adjustment Limits.......................7-19

5-1. Adjustable Components................................... 5-3 7-7. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE B)................7-20

5-2. Factory Selected Components in .......................... 8-1. Service Information .....................................8-2

Alpha-Numeric Order.................................. 5-7 8-2. Residual FM Troubleshooting

5-3. HP Part Numbers of Standard Value .................... Procedure .............................................8-11

Replacement Components.......................... 5-8 8-3. Truth Table for A2DSI Display ...................8-20

APPENDICES

APPENDIX

A. REFERENCES .......................................................................A-1

B. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM LIST...................................... B-1

C. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST(Not Applicable)

D. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION...............................................D-1

E. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIAL LIST(Not Applicable)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION 0.

INTRODUCTION

0-1. SCOPE

This manual describes Spectrum Analyzer, Hewlett-Packard Model 8558B and provides instructions for operation and

maintenance.

0-2. CONSOLIDATED INDEX OF ARMY PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310-1 to determine whether there are new editions, changes or additional

publications pertaining to the equipment.

0-3. MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

a.Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment. Department of the Army forms and procedures used for

equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA Pam 738-750, as contained in Maintenance Management

Update.

b.Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies. Fill out and forward SF 364 (Report of Discrepancy (ROD)) as

prescribed in AR 735-11-2/DLAR 4140.55/ NAVMATINST 4355.73A/AFR 400-54/MCO 4430.3F.

c.Discrepancy in Shipment Report (DISREP)(SF 361). Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment Report

(DISREP)(SF 361) as prescribed in AR 55-38/ NAVSUPINST 4610.33C/AFR 75-18/MCO P4610.19D/DLAR 4500.15.

0-4. REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If your equipment needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us

what you don't like about your equipment. Let us know why you don't like the design. Put it on an SF 368 (Quality

Deficiency Report). Mail it to Commander, US Army Communications-Electronics Command and Fort Monmouth,

ATTN: AMSEL-ME-MP, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703-5007. We'll send you a reply.

0-5. ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE

Administrative storage of equipment issued to and used by Army activities will have preventive maintenance performed

in accordance with the PMCS charts before storing. When removing the equipment from administrative storage the

PMCS should be performed to assure operational readiness. Disassembly and repacking of equipment for shipment or

limited storage is covered in paragraph 2-23.

0-6. DESTRUCTION OF ARMY ELECTRONICS MATERIEL

Destruction of Army electronics materiel to prevent enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750-244-2.

0-1

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Model 8558B

Figure 1-1. HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer with Accessories Supplied

1-0

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Model 8558B

SECTION I.

GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1. INTRODUCTION

1-2. This Operation and Service manual contains

information required to install, operate, test, adjust, and

service the Hewlett-Packard Model 8558B Spectrum

Analyzer. Figure 1-1 shows the standard instrument and

accessories supplied. This section covers instrument

identification, description, options, accessories,

specifications, and other basic information.

1-3. DESCRIPTION

1-4. The HP 8558B displays the amplitude and

frequency of each component of an input signal on a

CRT. This display gives quantitative information often

not available from a conventional oscilloscope. The HP

8558B is capable of measuring signals from -117 dBm

to +30 dBm over a frequency range of 100 kHz to 1500

MHz.

001: 110 dBm to + 30 dBm

002: 63 dBmV to + 80 dBmV

1-5. The complete measuring system includes the HP

8558B Spectrum Analyzer plugged into a compatible

Hewlett-Packard display mainframe.

1-6. MANUAL ORGANIZATION

1-7. This manual is divided into eight sections as

follows:

SECTION I, GENERAL INFORMATION, contains the

instrument description and specifications, explains

accessories and options, and lists recommended test

equipment.

SECTION II, INSTALLATION AND OPERATION

VERIFICATION, contains information concerning initial

mechanical inspection, preparation for use, operating

environment, packaging and shipping, and operation

verification.

SECTION III, OPERATION, contains detailed

instructions for operation of the instrument.

SECTION IV, PERFORMANCE TESTS, contains the

necessary tests to verify that the electrical operation of

the instrument is in accordance with published

specifications.

SECTION V, ADJUSTMENTS, contains the necessary

adjustment procedures to properly adjust the instrument

after repair.

SECTION VI, REPLACEABLE PARTS, contains the

information necessary to order parts and/or assemblies

for the instrument.

SECTION VII, MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES,

contains backdating information to make this manual

compatible with earlier equipment configurations.

SECTION VIII, SERVICE, contains schematic diagrams,

block diagrams, component location illustrations, circuit

descriptions, and troubleshooting information to aid in

repair of the instrument.

1-8. On the title page of this manual, below the manual

part number, is a microfiche part number. This number

may be used to order 4-by 6-inch microfilm

transparencies of the manual. Each microfiche contains

up to 60 photo-duplicates of the manual pages. The

microfiche package also includes the latest Manual

Changes supplement.

1-9. Where text changes are required to reflect Options

001 and 002, these changes are shown in bold type

immediately following applicable text. Notes are also

included in tables and illustrations where users of

Options 001 and 002 need to be informed of differences

from the standard instrument. Users of the standard

instrument should ignore references to Options 001 and

002.

1-1

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

1-10. SPECIFICATIONS

1-11. Instrument specifications are listed in Table 1-1.

These specifications are the performance standards or

limits against which the instrument is tested. Table 1-2

lists supplemental characteristics. Supplemental

characteristics are not specifications but are typical

characteristics included as additional information for the

user.

NOTE

To ensure that the HP Model 8558B

meets the specifications listed in

Table 1-1, performance tests (Section

IV) should be performed every six

months.

1-12. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

1-13. Before operating this instrument, you should

familiarize yourself with the safety markings on the

instrument and safety instructions in this manual. This

instrument has been manufactured and tested according

to international safety standards. However, to ensure

safe operation of the instrument and personal safety of

the user and service personnel, the cautions and

warnings in this manual must be followed. Refer to the

Safety Considerations at the front of the manual. Refer

also to individual sections of this manual for detailed

safety notation concerning the use of the instrument as

described in those individual sections.

1-14. INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL

1-15. Serial Numbers

1-16. Attached to the rear of your instrument is a mylar

serial number label. The serial number is in two parts.

The first four digits and letter are the serial number

prefix; the last five digits are the suffix (see Figure 1-2).

The prefix is the same for all identical instruments; it

changes only when a change is made to the instrument.

The suffix, however, is assigned sequentially and is

different for each instrument. The contents of this

manual apply to instruments with the serial number

prefix(es) listed under SERIAL NUMBERS on the title

page.

Figure 1-2. Typical Serial Number Label

1-17. Manual Changes Supplement

1-18. An instrument manufactured after the printing of

this manual might have a serial number prefix that is not

listed on the title page. This unlisted serial number

prefix indicates that the instrument is different from

those described in this manual. The manual for this

newer instrument is accompanied by a yellow Manual

Changes supplement. This supplement contains

change information that explains how to adapt the

manual to the newer instrument.

1-19. In addition to change information, the supplement

may contain information for correcting errors in the

manual. To keep this manual as current and accurate

as possible, Hewlett-Packard recommends that you

periodically request the latest Manual Changes

supplement. The supplement carries a manual

identification block that includes the model number, print

date of the manual, and manual part number.

Complimentary copies of the supplement are available

from Hewlett-Packard. Addresses of Hewlett-Packard

offices are located at the back of this manual.

1-20. Manual Backdating Changes

1-21. Instruments manufactured before the printing of

this manual have been assigned serial number prefixes

other than those for which this manual was written

directly. Manual backdating information is provided in

Section VII to adapt this manual to earlier serial number

prefixes. For instruments with serial number prefixes

1829A and earlier, refer to the HP 8558B Operating and

Service Manual dated October 1977, HP part number

08558-90043, and to the Manual Changes supplement

supplied with that manual.

1-2

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-1. HP Model 8558B Specifications (1 of 3)

FREQUENCY SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE

100 kHz to 1500 MHz

FREQUENCY SPANS

Per Division (MHz/Div, kHz/Div)

14 frequency scale calibrations in 1-2-5 sequence

from 5 kHz/div to 100 MHz/div. Start or center

frequency is set with the TUNING control and

indicated by the FREQUENCY MHz readout.

Zero Span (0)

Analyzer functions as a manually tuned receiver, at

the frequency indicated by the FREQUENCY MHz

readout, for time-domain display of signal modulation.

FREQUENCY ACCURACY

Tuning Accuracy

Frequency MHz readout (start or center frequency),

after zeroing on the LO feedthrough and operating the

FREQUENCY CAL control, +10°C to +40°C: 0-195

MHz: ±(1 MHz+20% of frequency span per division)

195-1500 MHz: ±(5 MHz + 20% of frequency span per

division)

Frequency Readout Resolution

0-195 MHz: 100 kHz

195-1500 MHz: 1 MHz

Frequency Span Accuracy

± 5% of displayed frequency separation

SPECTRAL RESOLUTION AND STABILITY

Resolution Bandwidths

Eight selectable resolution (3-dB) bandwidths in 1-3

sequence from 1 kHz to 3 MHz. Bandwidth may be

selected independently or coupled with frequency

span. Optimum ratio of frequency span to resolution

bandwidth is indicated by alignment of markers ( > < )

on the two controls.

Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy:

Individual resolution bandwidth 3-dB points:

±20% (+10°C to +40°C)

Selectivity:

60-dB: 3-dB resolution bandwidth ratio: <15:1

Stability

Residual FM:

<1 kHz p-p in 0.1 second

Noise Sidebands:

>65 dB down, >50 kHz from center of CW signal

with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth and full video

filtering.

Video Filter

Post-detection low-pass filter averages displayed

noise for a smooth trace. The MAX (detent)

position selects a video filter bandwidth of

approximately 1.5 Hz for noise level

measurement.

AMPLITUDE SPECIFICATIONS

AMPLITUDE RANGE

-117 dBm to +30 dBm

001: - 110 dBm to +30 dBm

002: -63 dBm V to +80 dBm V

Maximum Input (Damage) Levels

Total Power:

+30 dBm (1W, 7.1 Vrms)

001: +30 dBm (1W, 8.7 Vrms)

002: +80 dBm V (1.3W, 10 Vrms)

dc or ac (<100 Hz):

± 50V

Peak Pulse Power:

+50 dBm (100W, <10 æsec pulse width, 0.01%

duty cycle) with input attenuation >20 dB

002: + 100 dBm V (130W)

Average Noise Level

The displayed average noise level determines

sensitivity (minimum discernible signal). Signals

at this input level peak approximately 3 dB above

the displayed noise.

Maximum average noise level with 10 kHz

resolution bandwidth, 0 dB input attenuation, and

maximum (MAX) video filtering:

<-107 dBm (1-1500 MHz)

001: <-100 dBm (1-1500 MHz)

002: <-53 dBmV (1-1500 MHz)

Calibrated Display Range

Log (from Reference Level):

70 dB with 10 dB/DIV Amplitude Scale

8 dB with 1 dB/DIV Amplitude Scale

Linear:

8 divisions with LIN Amplitude Scale

AMPLITUDE ACCURACY

With AUTO sweep time selected, amplitude accuracy

is determined by one or more of the following factors,

depending on the measurement technique.

Calibrator Output

-30 dBm +1 dB (into 50Ω)

280 MHz ± 300 kHz

001: -30 dBm + 1 dB (into 75Ω)

002: +20 dBm V + 1 dB (into 75Ω)

1-3

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-1. HP Model 8558B Specifications (2 of 3)

Reference Level

10-dB steps and a 12-dB vernier for calibrated

Reference Level adjustment from -112 dBm to +60

dBm.

(002: -62 dBm V to + 1 10 dBm V) 1

Step Accuracy:

Steps referenced with 0 dB input attenuation.

-10 dBm to -80 dBm: ± 0.5 dB

-10 dBm to -100 dBm: ±1.0 dB

Vernier Accuracy

±0.5 dB

Frequency Response

Frequency response includes input attenuator, limiter,

and mixer flatness:

6<±1.0 dB with 10 dB input attenuation

Input Attenuator

0 dB to 70 dB of input attenuation selectable in 10-dB

steps

Step Accuracy:

0 dB to 70 dB: <±0.5 dB per 10-dB step

Maximum Cumulative Error:

0 dB to 70 dB: <±1.0 dB

Bandwidth Switching (Amplitude Variation)

Bandwidths 3 MHz to 300 kHz: <±0.5 dB

Bandwidths 3 MHz to 1 kHz: <±1.0 dB2

Display Fidelity

CRT linearity and log or linear fidelity affect amplitude

accuracy at levels other than Reference Level.

Log Incremental Accuracy:

±0.1 dB per dB from Reference Level

Log Maximum Cumulative Error:

<±1.5 dB over entire 70-dB range

Linear Accuracy:

±3% of Reference Level

SPURIOUS RESPONSES

Second Harmonic Distortion:

>70 dB3 below a -40 dBm input signal with 0 dB input

attenuation.

001: -35 dBm input signal

002: + 15 dBm V input signal

Third Order Intermodulation Distortion:

>70 dB3 below two -30 dBm input signals, separated

by >50 kHz, with 0 dB input attenuation.

001: two -25 dBm input signals

002: two +25 dBm V input signals

Image and Multiple Responses:

>70 dB3 below a -40 dBm input level with 0dB input

attenuation.

001: -35 dBm input level

002: + 15 dBm V input level

RESIDUAL RESPONSES

<-100 dBm (1-1500 MHz) with 0 dB input attenuation

and no signal present at input.

001: <-95 dBm (1--1500 MHz)

002: <-50 dBm V (1- 1500 MHz)

SWEEP SPECIFICATIONS

SWEEP TIME

Automatic (AUTO):

Sweep time adjusted automatically to maintain

absolute amplitude calibration for any combination

of frequency span, resolution bandwidth, and video

filter bandwidth.

Calibrated Sweep Times (sec/Div, mSec/Div):

16 selectable sweep times in 1-2-5 sequence from

0.1 msec/div to 10 sec/div, provided primarily for

time-domain calibration in zero span (0).

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

TEMPERATURE RANGE

Operating: 0°C to +55°C

Storage: -40°C to +75°C.

HUMIDITY RANGE

Type-tested from 50% to 95% relative humidity (-

<+40°C) per requirements of MIL-STD-810C, Method

507.1, Procedure IV.

EMI

Conducted and radiated interference is in compliance

with MIL-STD 461A, Methods CE03 and RE02, CISPR

Publication 11 (1975) and Messempfaenger

Postverfuegung 526/527/79 (Kennzeichnung Mit F-

Nummer/Funkschutzzeichen).

1 Input level not to exceed +30 dBm (002: +80 dBm V) damage level.

2 100 kHz bandwidth limited to < 80% relative humidity. Amplitude variation is < +2.5 at 95% relative humidity, +40°C.

3 > 60 dB for 100 kHz to 5 MHz input signals. k,

1-4

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-1. HP Model 8558B Specifications (3 of 3)

POWER REQUIREMENTS

HP Model 182T/180TR Display with HP Model

8558B Spectrum Analyzer:

48440 Hz, 115 or 230 volts (±10%), 200VA maxi-

mum, convection cooled.

HP Model 181T/181TR Display with HP Model

8558B Spectrum Analyzer:

48440 Hz, 115 or 230 volts (±10%), 225 VA maxi-

mum, convection cooled.

WEIGHT

HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer:

Net: 5.5 kg (12 lbs)

Shipping: 10.5 kg (23 lbs)

HP Model 182T Display:

Net: 12.5 kg (27 lbs)

Shipping: 16.5 kg (36 lbs)

HP Model 181T Display:

Net: 11.0 kg (24 lbs)

Shipping: 15.5 kg (34 lbs)

HP Model 181TR Display:

Net: 12.0 kg (26 lbs)

Shipping: 17.5 kg (38 lbs)

HP Model 180TR Display:

Net: 12.0 kg (26 lbs)

Shipping: 17.5 kg (38 lbs)

DIMENSIONS

HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer:

1-5

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-2. Model 8558B/180-Series Supplemental Characteristics (1 of 3)

SUPPLEMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

NOTE:

Values in this table are not specifications. They are typical characteristics included for user information.

FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS

FREQUENCY ACCURACY

FREQUENCY ZERO

Adjusts digital FREQUENCY MHz readout. FRE-

QUENCY ZERO control may be used to calibrate

the frequency readout on a known signal or on the

LO feedthrough.

FREQUENCY CAL

Removes tuning hysteresis from first LO (YIG

oscillator). FREQUENCY CAL button should be

pressed to maintain FREQUENCY MHz readout

accuracy whenever TUNING is changed by more

than 50 MHz.

FREQUENCY RANGE

OUT-OF-RANGE BLANKING

The CRT trace is automatically blanked whenever

the spectrum analyzer is swept or tuned beyond its

frequency range (approximately -50 MHz and 1600

MHz).

SPECTRAL RESOLUTION AND STABILITY

FREQUENCY DRIFT

At fixed start/center frequency, after 2-hour warmup:

<50 kHz in 10 minutes.

With temperature changes: <200 kHz/°C

RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SHAPE

Approximately gaussian (synchronously-tuned,

4-pole filter).

SPECTRAL RESOLUTION

The following graph shows typical spectrum

analyzer resolution for different resolution

bandwidths.

Signal Resolution vs. Frequency Separation

AMPLITUDE CHARACTERISTICS

AMPLITUDE RANGE AND ACCURACY

DYNAMIC RANGE

Maximum power ratio of two signals simultaneously

present at the input that may be measured within the

limits of specified accuracy, sensitivity, and distortion

(i.e. spurious responses): >70 dB

FREQUENCY RESPONSE AND AVERAGE

NOISE LEVEL

The following graphs show typical frequency response

and average noise level versus frequency.

(Option 002)

Average Noise Level and Frequency Response

1-6

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-2. Model 8558B/180-Series Supplemental Characteristics (2 of 3)

SUPPLEMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

NOTE:

Values in this table are not specifications. They are typical characteristics included for user information.

GAIN COMPRESSION

Gain compression is typically less than 1 dB for a -

10 dBm input level with 0 dB input attenuation.

001: -5 dBm input level

002: +45 dBmV input level

AMPLITUDE SCALE SWITCHING

Reference Level variation is typically less than

±1 dB for any change in Amplitude Scale.

SPURIOUS RESPONSES

SECOND HARMONIC AND THIRD ORDER

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION

The graphs below illustrate typical second harmonic

and third order intermodulation distortion.

SWEEP CHARACTERISTICS

SWEEP TIME

CALIBRATED SWEEP TIME ACCURACY

(Sec/DIV, mSec/DIV)

Sweep times are typically ±10% of indicated value.

MANUAL

Spectrum analyzer may be swept manually, in either

direction, with front panel control.

SWEEP TRIGGER

FREE RUN

End of each sweep triggers new sweep.

LINE

Sweep triggered at ac line frequency.

VIDEO

Sweep triggered on post-detection video waveform.

One-half major division of vertical deflection

required to trigger sweep.

SINGLE

Single sweep started or reset by turning SWEEP

TRIGGER clockwise momentarily.

FRONT PANEL INPUT AND OUTPUT

CHARACTERISTICS

SIGNAL INPUT

INPUT IMPEDANCE

50 ohms nominal; Precision Type N female

connector.

001 and 002: 75 ohms nominal; 75-ohm BNC female

connector.

INPUT SWR

<1.5 SWR with >10 dB input attenuation

001 and 002: <1.5 SWR

Distortion vs. Mixer Level

1-7

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-2. Model 8558B/180-Series Supplemental Characteristics (3 of 3)

SUPPLEMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

NOTE:

Values in this table are not specifications. They are typical characteristics included for user information.

CAL OUTPUT

-30 dBm at 280 MHz with second through fourth

harmonics greater than -70 dBm (into 50 ohms).

001:-30 dBm at 280 MHz (into 75 ohms)

002: +20 dBm V at 280 MHz (into 75 ohms)

1ST LO OUTPUT

+10 dBm nominal into 50 ohms, 2.05-3.55 GHz.

Terminate with a 50-ohm load when not in use.

PROBE POWER

+15V, -12.6V, and GND (150 mA maximum) for use

with HP High-Impedance Probes (i.e. HP 1120A,

1121A, 1123A, 1124A). The HP 1121A is

recommended for its low noise characteristics.1'

REAR PANEL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS2

VERTICAL, PENLIFT/BLANKING, AND HORIZONTAL

OUTPUTS (AUX A, B, D)

These outputs are compatible with and may be used

to drive HP X-Y Recorders (using positive pencoils

or TTL penlift input) and CRT monitors.

1See Section II for details regarding use with 001 and

002 75ohm inputs.

2Rear panel outputs refer to 180T-series display

mainframes and other 180-series mainframes with

Option 807 installed. Horizontal, vertical, and blanking

outputs, attenuated and shifted in dc level, are available

on other 180-series mainframes at the MAIN SWEEP,

MAIN GATE, and DELAYED GATE outputs,

respectively. DO NOT connect an X-Y recorder to the

DELAYED GATE OUTPUT, or damage will result.

AUX A VERTICAL OUTPUT

BNC output provides detected video signal from a

50-ohm output impedance. Typical 0-800 mV range

corresponds to full 8-division CRT vertical

deflection.

AUX B PENLI FT/BLANKING OUTPUT

BNC output provides a +15V penlift/blanking signal

from a 10K-ohm output impedance when CRT trace

is blanked. Otherwise, output is low at OV (low

impedance, 150 mA max.) for an unblanked trace.

AUX C 21.4 MHz IF OUTPUT

BNC output provides 21.4 MHz IF signal (linearly

related to spectrum analyzer RF input) from a 50-

ohm output impedance. Output bandwidth

controlled by spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW

setting; output amplitude controlled by INPUT

ATTEN, REFERENCE LEVEL FINE, and first six

REFERENCE LEVEL positions (i.e. -10 through -60

dBm with 0 dB input attenuation). Output level is

approximately -10 dBm into 50 ohms with a signal

displayed at Reference Level.

002: (i.e. +40 to -10 dBmV with 0 dB input

attenuation).

AUX D HORIZONTAL OUTPUT

BNC output provides horizontal sweep voltage from

a 5K-ohm output impedance. -5V to +5V range

corresponds to full 10-division CRT horizontal

deflection.

1-8

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

1-22. This information should not be confused with

information contained in the yellow Manual Changes

supplement, which is intended to adapt this manual to

instrument changes that are accomplished after its

printing.

1-23. OPTIONS

CAUTION

The two 75-ohm BNC connectors on

Option 001 and Option 002

instruments are not compatible with

50ohm BNC connectors. Direct use

of 50-ohm BNC connectors with

these instruments might damage the

INPUT and CAL OUTPUT connectors.

1-24. Option 001

1-25. Option 001 provides direct-measurement

capability in a 75-ohm system. The BNC input and

calibration-output connectors have 75 Ω impedance

(nominal). Option 001 is calibrated in dBm, providing a

measurement range from -110 dBm to +30 dBm.

Throughout the manual, differences between the

standard instrument and Option 001 are given in

boldface type following applicable text references and

as necessary in tables and illustrations.

1-26. Option 002

1-27. Option 002 provides direct-measurement

capability in a 75-ohm system. The BNC input and

calibration-output connectors have 75Q impedance

(nominal). Option 002 is calibrated in dBmV, providing

a measurement range from -63 dBmV to + 80 dBmV.

Throughout the manual, differences between the

standard instrument and Option 002 are given in

boldface type following applicable text references and

as necessary in tables and illustrations.

1-28. Option 910

1-29. One additional Operation and Service manual is

provided for each Option 910 ordered. To obtain

additional manuals after initial shipment, order by the

manual part number, which appears on the title page

and on the back cover.

1-30. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED

1-31. The following accessories, supplied with the

instrument, are shown in Figure 1-1:

•BNC termination

•Cable adapter

•Side stop kit

•Graticule overlays

1-32. Termination

1-33. A BNC, 50-ohm termination, HP Model 11593A,

is supplied for the front-panel 1ST LO OUTPUT.

1-34. Cable Adapter

1-35. A Type N male to BNC female adapter, HP part

number 1250-0780, is supplied with the standard

instrument for the use of lightweight cables with BNC

connectors.

1-36. Side Stop Kit

1-37. A side stop kit, HP part number 08558-60131, is

supplied to prevent the spectrum analyzer from sliding

out of the mainframe. When the side stops are

installed, the plug-in cannot be removed from the

mainframe. Refer to Section II for installation or

removal of the side stops.

1-38. Graticule Overlays

Three graticule overlays provide the operator with

reference-level labels for the CRT. HP Part Number

5020-8565 is the overlay for 180-series display

mainframes. HP Part Number 5020-8566 is the overlay

for 181-series display mainframes. HP Part Number

5020-8567 is the overlay for 182- series display

mainframes. For proper installation of the graticule

overlay, refer to Section II.

1-9

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

1-39. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BUT NOT

SUPPLIED

1-40. Display Mainframe

1-41. A 180T-series display mainframe (180TR, 181T,

181TR, or 182T) is recommended for use with the HP

Model 8558B. In the 180T-series mainframe, the rear-

panel auxiliary output connectors (AUX A, AUX B, AUX

C, and AUX D) provide, respectively, Vertical Output,

Pen Lift Output, 21.4 MHz IF Output, and Horizontal

Output.

1-42. A standard 180-series Display mainframe

(180A/AR, 180C/D, 181A/AR, 182A/C, or 184A/B)

provides only horizontal, vertical, and blanking rear

panel outputs. Furthermore, these outputs are

attenuated and shifted in dc level. Unbuffered rear

panel outputs (similar to the 180T-series) are provided

only if Option 807 is installed.

1-43. Extender Cable Assembly

1-44. An Extender Cable Assembly (Figure 1-3), HP

Part Number 5060-0303, allows operation of the HP

8558B outside the display mainframe. This provides

access to the HP 8558B for necessary adjustments and

some performance tests. This cable is also useful for

troubleshooting.

1-45. MEASUREMENT ACCESSORIES

1-46. AC Probe

1-47. The HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer has a

front-panel PROBE POWER connector for the use of

high-impedance active probes such as the HP 1120A,

HP 1121A, HP 1123A, and HP 1124A. High-impedance

probes permit testing of high-frequency circuits without

significant loading effects. The low-noise, AC-coupled

HP 1121A is preferred for use with the HP 8558B.

CAUTION

The 75-ohm BNC input connector on

ANT Option 001 and 002 instruments

is not compatible with 50-ohm BNC

connectors. Direct connection of an

AC probe might damage the input

connector.

001 and 002: The AC probes have a 50-ohm output

impedance. Use of a probe with the 75-ohm Option 001

or 002 without proper impedance matching causes a +

1.58 dB error in displayed signal levels.

1-48. Modification Kit (Option 807 Connections)

1-49. A modification kit, HP part number 00180-69503,

provides the materials and information necessary to

install unbuffered rear panel connections (formerly

included in Option 807) in the following display

mainframes: 180A/AR, 180C/D, 181A/AR, 182A/C, and

184A/B. Refer to Table 1-3 for a description of parts

included in the modification kit.

1-50. Oscilloscope Camera

1-51. The HP Model 197B, Option 002, General

Purpose Camera can be used with 180- and 181-series

display mainframes to make a permanent record of

measurements. The HP 10367A adapter allows the

camera to be used with 182-series mainframes.

1-52. SERVICE ACCESSORIES

1-53. Service accessories are shown in Figure 1-3.

Table 1-3. Parts Included in Modification Kit 00180-69503

Quantity Description HP Part Number

1Output Amplifier Assembly (Auxiliary Output

Board) 00180-66551

1Label 7120-3116

23/4 inch pieces of shrink tubing 0890-0720

1Service Note 180A/AR-10, 180C/D-2, 181A/AR8

182A/C-1, or 184/B-1 (modification is

similar for all instruments listed)

1-10

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

1-54. RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT

1-55. Equipment required for operation verification,

performance tests, adjustments, and

troubleshooting of the HP Model 8558B is listed in Table

1-4. Other equipment may be substituted if it meets or

exceeds the critical specifications listed in the table.

1-11

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 1-3. Service Accessories (1 of 2)

1-12

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Item Description CD HP Part Number

(1) Board Puller, 2 prongs to lift PC boards 103950-4001

(2) Extender Board, 6 pin, 12 contacts 208559-60042

(3) Extender Board, 10 pin, 20 contacts 285680-60028

(4) Extender Board, 22 pin, 44 contacts 808565-60107

(5) Extender Cable Assembly, for plug-in operation out of

display mainframe 95060-0303

(6) Tuning Tool, modified 5/16 inch nut driver with

modified No. 10 Allen driver 608555-60107

(7) Alignment tool, metal tip in plastic 78710-0630

(8) Alignment tool, non-metallic 48710-0033

(9) Wrench, No. 2 Bristol 08710-0055

(10) Wrench, 15/64 inch, combination 88710-0946

(11) Wrench, 1/4 inch, open end 28720-0014

(12) Wrench, 5/16 inch, slotted box end/open end 908555-20097

Figure 1-3. Service Accessories (2 of 2)

1-13

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-4. Recommended Test Equipment (1 of 4)

Recommended

Equipment Critical Specifications Model Use*

Display Mainframe HP 180T Series with variable persistence HP 181T/TR P, A, T

Oscilloscope Time Base: 1 ms/cm to 10 ms/cm HP 1741A A, T

Vertical Sensitivity: 1 mV/cm to 20 V/cm

Frequency Counter Frequency Range: 150 MHz to 1.5 GHz HP 5342A P, A, T

Sensitivity: -30 dBm

Timer/Counter Time base: 10 us HP 5308A A, T

Digital Voltmeter Accuracy: ±(.05% Rdg ± digit) HP 3455A P, A, T

Power Meter Power Range: -20 dBm to +10 dBm HP 435A/B P, A, T

Power Sensor Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.5 GHz HP 8482A P, A, T

Maximum SWR: 1.1,0.1 to 1 GHz

Amplifier Frequency Range: 200 MHz to 300 MHz HP 8447D P, A, T

Gain: > 20 dB

Impedance: 50 Ω

Signal Generator Frequency Range: 4 MHz to 305 MHz HP 8640B P, A, T

(2 required) Drift: Less than 50 ppm (or 5 Hz,

whichever is greater)

Harmonic Distortion: > 30 dB below

fundamental

Noise Sidebands: > 80 dB down, 50 kHz

away, 1 kHz BW

Tracking Generator Frequency Range: 5 MHz to 1500 MHz HP 8444A Opt. 059 P, T

Sweep Oscillator Manual Sweep HP 8350A A

RF Plug-In Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 1.5 GHz HP 83522A A

Flatness (external leveling): < ±0.1 dB

Spectrum Analyzer Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 1.5 GHz HP 141T/8552B/ T

8555A

Comb Generator Accuracy: 0.01% HP 8406A P, A, T

Function Generator Frequency Range: 5 kHz to 5 MHz HP 3310A P, T

Crystal Detector Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 1.5 GHz HP 423B A, T

Frequency Response: ± 0.2 dB/octave

to 2 GHz; ±0.5 dB overall

*P = Performance Test; A = Adjustment; T = Troubleshooting

1-14

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-4. Recommended Test Equipment (2 of 4)

Recommended

Equipment Critical Specifications Model Use*

300 MHz LPF Rejection: > 50 dB for signals above Telonic P, A, T

300 MHz TPL 3004AB

Power Splitter Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.5 GHz HP 11667A P, A

Input SWR: <, 1.15

10 dB Attenuator Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.5 GHz HP 8491A Opt. 010 P, A

(2 required) Accuracy: ±0.5 dB

Step Attenuator Frequency Range: 20 MHz to 305 MHz HP 355C Opt. H80 P, A, T

Attenuation: 12 dB in l-dB steps

calibrated at 30 MHz by a standards lab

Accuracy: ±0.25 dB

Step Attenuator Frequency Range: 20 MHz to 305 MHz HP 355D Opt. H82 P, A, T

Attenuation: 80 dB in 10-dB steps

calibrated at 30 MHz and 280 MHz

by a standards lab

Accuracy: ±0.01 dB ±0.02/10 dB step

at calibrated frequencies

Termination Impedance: 50Ω HP 908A/11593A P, A

Type N Cable 50Ω coaxial cable with Type N (m) HP 11500A P, A

connectors on both ends

BNC Cable, 20 cm (9 in) 50Ω coaxial cable with BNC (m) HP 10502A P, A, T

connectors on both ends

BNC Cable, 120 cm 50Ω coaxial cable with BNC (m) HP 10503A P, A, T

(48 in) (2 required) connectors on both ends

Cable BNC to Banana Plug HP 11001A P

Cable SMC (f) to BNC (m) HP 11592-60001 A, T

Cable Banana Plug to Alligator Clips HP 11102A A

Adapter Banana plugs to BNC (f) HP 10111 A P, T

Adapter N (m) to BNC (f) (3 required) HP 1250-0780 P, A

Adapter SMC (m) to BNC (m) HP 1250-0831 P

Adapter BNC (f) to BNC (f) HP 1250-0080 P

Adapter BNC Tee HP 1250-0781 A

*P = Performance Test; A = Adjustment; T = Troubleshooting

1-15

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-4. Recommended Test Equipment (3 of 4)

Recommended

Equipment Critical Specifications Model Use*

Adapter N (m) to N (m) HP 1250-1475 P

Adapter BNC (m) to BNC (m) HP 1250-0216 P

Adapter N (f) to BNC (m) HP 1250-0077 P

Adapter SMC (m) to SMC (m) HP 1250-0827 A, T

Adapter Type N (m) to SMC (m) HP 1250-1023 A, T

Adapter BNC (f) to Alligator Clips HP 8120-1292 A, T

Adapter SMC (f) to SMC (f) HP 1250-1113 A, T

Adapter Type N (m) to SMA (f) HP 1250-1250 P, A

Adapter BNC (f) to SMA (m) HP 1250-1200 P

Adapter SMA (f) to SMA (f) HP 1250-1158 P

Extender Board 6 pin, 12 contacts with 51.1 Ω resistor HP 08505-60109 A, T

from pin 1 to pin 5 HP 0757-0394

NOTE

The following equipment is required

for Option 001 and Option 002.

Termination Impedance: 75 Ω HP 11652-60010 P

Power Sensor Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2 GHz HP 8483A T

Maximum SWR: 1.18, 10 MHz to 2 GHz

Adapter 75Ω BNC (m) to 75Ω Type N (f) HP 1250-1534 T

Minimum Loss Adapter 75Ω BNC (f) to 50Ω SMA (m) HP 08558-60031 P, A, T

5.72 dB attenuation

Adapter BNC (f) to SMA (m) HP 1250-1200 T

Adapter SMA (f) to SMA (f) HP 1250-1158 P, T

*P = Performance Test; A = Adjustment; T = Troubleshooting

1-16

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 1-4. Recommended Test Equipment (4 of 4)

Recommended

Equipment Critical Specifications Model Use*

Adapter N (f) to N (f) HP 1250-0777 A, T

Cable BNC, 30 cm (12 in), 75Ω HP 11652-60012 P, A, T

Cable BNC, 60 cm (24 in), 75ΩHP 11652-60013 P, A, T

Cable BNC, 90 cm (37 in), 75ΩHP 11652-60014 P, A, T

Adapter BNC (m) to BNC (m) HP 1250-1288 P, A, T

Adapter Type N (m) to SMA (f) HP 1250-1250 P, A, T

*P = Performance Test; A = Adjustment; T = Troubleshooting

1-17/1-18

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION II.

INSTALLATION

2-1. INTRODUCTION

2-2.This section includes information on initial

inspection, preparation for use, and storage and

shipping requirements for the HP Model 8558B.

2-3. INITIAL INSPECTION

2-4.Inspect the shipping container for damage. If the

shipping container or cushioning material is damaged, it

should be kept until the contents of the shipment have

been checked for completeness and the instrument has

been checked mechanically and electrically. The

contents of the shipment should be as shown in Figure

1-1. The electrical performance is checked with the

procedures in Section IV. If the contents are

incomplete, if there is mechanical damage or defect, or

if the instrument does not pass the Performance Test

procedures, notify the nearest Hewlett-Packard office. If

the shipping container is damaged, or if the cushioning

material shows signs of stress, notify the carrier as well

as the Hewlett-Packard office. Keep the shipping

materials for inspection by the carrier. The Hewlett-

Packard office will arrange for repair or replacement

without waiting for a claim settlement.

2-5. PREPARATION FOR USE

2-6. Installation

2-7.When properly installed, the spectrum analyzer

obtains all necessary power from the display mainframe.

The rear panel connector provides the interface.

CAUTION

BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS

INSTRUMENT, make sure it is

adapted to the voltage of the ac

power source to be used and the

proper fuse is installed. Failure to

set the ac power input of the

instrument

for the correct voltage level could

cause damage to the instrument

when plugged in. Refer to the

display mainframe Operation and

Service Manual for line voltage and

fuse selection.

2-8.To install the spectrum analyzer in the mainframe:

1.Set display mainframe LINE switch to OFF.

2.Pull out lock knob and slide plug-in toward rear of

compartment until it is seated firmly in place.

3.Push in lock knob to secure spectrum analyzer in

mainframe.

2-9. Side Stop Kit

2-10.Installation of a Side Stop Kit, HP part number

08558-60131, prevents the removal of the analyzer from

the 180-series mainframe without the use of hand tools.

This kit contains two side stops, mounting hardware,

label, and installation instructions. (Refer to Table 2-1

for part numbers of individual items.)

Table 2-1. Side Stop Kit (08558-60131)

HP Part C

Quantity Description Number D

2 SIDE STOP 08558-00094 7

4 MACHINE SCREW, 2200-0168 9

440 .438-IN-LG

82 DEG FLATHEAD

1 LABEL, FRONT-PANEL 7120-8131 7

1 LABEL, INSTRUCTIONS 7120-8215 8

2-1

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

2-11. To install side stops:

WARNING

Before removing covers from the

display mainframe, disconnect line

power by removing the ac power

cord.

1. Remove side covers from bottom section of

mainframe. (Remove only right side cover if

mainframe is a rack-mounted model.)

2. Use flathead machine screws to install side stops as

shown in Figure 2-1.0

3. Reinstall side covers on mainframe.

4. Place caution label on front panel of spectrum

analyzer (upper right-hand corner) to indicate that

plug-in is secured with side stops.

2-12. To remove side stops:

WARNING

Before removing covers from the

display mainframe, disconnect line

power by removing the ac power

cord.

1. Remove side covers from bottom section of

mainframe. (Remove only right side cover if

mainframe is a rack-mounted model.)

2. Remove side stops. (See Figure 2-1.)

3. Reinstall side covers on display mainframe.

2-13. Graticule Overlays

2-14. To install a graticule overlay:

1. Select proper overlay. HP part number 5020-8565

is for 180TR display mainframes, HP part number

5020-8566, for 181T/TR display mainframes, and

HP part number 5020-8567, for 182T display

mainframes.

2. For 180TR and 181T/TR mainframes, remove

CRT bezel and metallic-mesh contrast filter. Insert

proper overlay and replace contrast filter and CRT

bezel.

3. For 182T mainframes, grasp top portion of CRT

bezel and pull straight up. Remove metallic-mesh

contrast filter and insert proper overlay and contrast

filter. (Either the metallic-mesh contrast filter or a

light blue contrast filter may be used.)

4. Slide bezel back into place to retain overlay and

filter.

2-15. Mainframe Interconnections

2-16. When the HP 8558B is properly installed in the

display mainframe, the interconnections are as listed in

Table 2-2.

2-17. Operating Environment

2-18. Temperature. The instrument may be operated

in temperatures from 0°C to + 55oC.

2-19. Humidity. The instrument may be operated in

environments with relative humidity from 5 percent to 95

percent, 0°C to +40oC. The recommended long-term

operating environment is 5 percent to 80 percent

relative humidity. The instrument should also be

protected from abrupt temperature changes that cause

internal condensation.

2-20. Altitude. The instrument may be operated in

altitudes up to 4572 meters (15,000 feet).

2-21. Modifications

2-22. A Modification Kit, HP part number 00180-69503,

provides materials and information necessary to add

Option 807 rear-panel connections to the standard HP

180-series display. Refer to Table 1-3 in Section I.

Option 807 is factory-installed in 180T, 181T, 181TR,

and 182T mainframes. The modification kit is required

for use with other mainframes if all four rear-panel

outputs are needed.

2-2

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

* Only one side stop and two screws are used for rackmount models.

Figure 2-1. Location of Side Stops

2-23. STORAGE AND SHIPMENT

2-24. Environment

2-25. The instrument may be stored or shipped in

environments within the following limits:

Temperature: -40°Cto +75°C

Humidity: 5% to95o (0°Cto +400C)

Altitude: Up to 15240 meters (50,000 feet)

The instrument should also be protected from

temperature extremes which cause condensation within

the instrument.

2-26. Packaging

2-27. Original Packaging. Containers and materials

identical to those used in factory packaging are

available through Hewlett-Packard offices. If the

instrument is being returned to Hewlett-Packard for

servicing, attach a tag indicating the type of service

required, return address, model number, and full serial

number. A supply of these tags is provided at the end

of this section. Mark the container FRAGILE to assure

careful handling. In any correspondence, refer to the

instrument by model number and full serial number.

2-3

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 2-2. HP Model 8558B Mainframe Interconnections

Pin on P1 Signal or Voltage Pin on P1 Signal or Voltage

1CRT HORIZ (adjusted horizontal 17 BLANKING

signal) 18 NC

2GROUND from mainframe 19 GROUND from mainframe

(jumpered to pin 8) (jumpered in pin 24)

3NC 20 AUTO SWP

4L NORM 21 BEAM FINDER

5YNORM 22 NC

6NC 23 NC

7SING SWP 24 GROUND from mainframe

8GROUND from mainframe (jumpered to pin 19)

(jumpered to pin 2) 25 NC

9MAN SWP 26 NC

10 NC 27 NC

11 AUX D Horizontal Output 28 -12.6 VDC from mainframe

(to mainframe rear panel) 29 +15 VDC from mainframe

12 AUX C 21.4 MHz IF Output 30 +100 VDC from mainframe

(to mainframe rear panel) 31 30V p-p from mainframe

13 AUX B Penlift/Blanking Output (for LINE TRIGGER)

(to mainframe rear panel) 32 NC

14 AUX A Vertical Output W10P3 +VERT (top contact,

(to mainframe rear panel) (2 contacts) yellow wire)

15 GROUND -VERT (bottom contact,

16 NC orange wire)

2-28. Other Packaging. The following general

instructions should be used for repackaging with

commercially available materials:

1. Wrap instrument in heavy paper or plastic. If

shipment is to a Hewlett-Packard office or service

center, attach a tag indicating type of service

required, return address, model number, and full

serial number. A supply of these tags is provided at

end of this section.

2. Use a strong shipping container. A double-wall

carton made of 350-pound test material is adequate.

3. Use enough shock-absorbing material (3- to 4-inch

layer) around all sides of the instrument to provide

firm cushion and prevent movement inside

container. Protect control panel with cardboard.

4. Seal shipping container securely.

5. Mark shipping container FRAGILE to assure careful

handling.

2-4

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION III.

OPERATION

3-1. INTRODUCTION

3-2.This section provides operating information for the

Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer. It also provides a

brief description of display mainframe controls. For a

detailed description of the display mainframe, refer to its

manual.

3-3. CONTROLS, INDICATORS, AND CONNECTORS

3-4.The spectrum analyzer is used with one of the

180-series display mainframes. The 180T-series display

mainframes, or the 180-series mainframes with Option

807, have the correct rear-panel connections for

spectrum analyzer horizontal, vertical, penlift, and IF

outputs. Figure 3-1 shows the front-panel features of

the HP 8558B Spectrum Analyzer and the display

mainframe. Figure 3-2 shows the rear-panel features of

the HP 8558B. The rear panels of all 180T-series

mainframes, and 180-series mainframes with Option

807, are basically the same.

3-5. Control Grouping

3-6.The spectrum analyzer and display mainframe

front-panel controls fall into three general groups: those

that deal with the display, those that deal with

frequency, and those that deal with amplitude.

3-7. Display. The display group consists of:

SWEEP TIME/DIV

SWEEP TRIGGER

VERTICAL POSN

VERTICAL GAIN

MAN SWEEP

HORIZ GAIN (rear panel of 8558B)

VIDEO FILTER

BASELINE CLIPPER

HORIZONTAL POSITION

INTENSITY

FOCUS

TRACE ALIGN

ASTIG

3-8.The display group enables the operator to

calibrate the display and to select a variety of scan and

display conditions. The controls are explained in

Figures 3-1 and 3-2. However, when the SWEEP

TIME/DIV control is placed in the AUTO position, sweep

time is controlled by the RESOLUTION BW, FREQ

SPAN/DIV, and VIDEO FILTER controls.

3-9. Frequency. The frequency group consists of:

TUNING

RESOLUTION BW

FREQ SPAN/DIV

3-10.The frequency group enables the operator to

control how the spectrum analyzer displays the

frequency domain. The RESOLUTION BW and FREQ

SPAN/DIV controls when pushed in are coupled

together, and moving either control moves the other.

When the SWEEP TIME/DIV control is in the AUTO

position varying the RESOLUTION BW or the FREQ

SPAN/DIV (coupled or uncoupled) will change the

sweep time to maintain calibration. With the two

controls coupled together in the OPTIMUM position,

RESOLUTION BW's of 3 MHz to 1 kHz will be

automatically selected as the FREQ SPAN/DIV is

narrowed from 100 MHz to 0. TUNING controls coarse

and fine (coarse is larger knob) set the center frequency

of the displayed spectrum. RESOLUTION BW control

determines the resolution of the signals on the CRT.

3-11. Amplitude. The amplitude group consists of:

REFERENCE LEVEL

INPUT ATTEN

REF LEVEL FINE

REF LEVEL CAL

10 dB/DIV - 1 dB/DIV - LIN (Amplitude

Scale)

3-12.The amplitude group enables the operator to

measure signal amplitude in units of either voltage or

dBm.

3-1

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

3-13. Variable Persistence and Storage Functions

3-14. With the 181T/TR Display Mainframe, the

operator can set trace persistence for a bright, steady

trace that does not flicker, even on the slow sweeps

required for narrow band analysis. The variable

persistence also permits the display of low repetition

rate pulses without flickering; and using the longest

persistence, intermittent signals can be captured and

displayed. The storage capability allows side-by-side

comparison of changing signals.

3-15. Persistence and Intensity

CAUTION

Excessive INTENSITY may damage

the CRT storage mesh.

3-16. These controls determine the appearance of the

CRT trace. Specifically, PERSISTENCE controls the

rate at which a signal is erased and INTENSITY controls

the trace brightness as the signal is written. With a

given PERSISTENCE setting, the actual time of trace

visibility can be increased by greater INTENSITY.

Since the PERSISTENCE control sets the rate of trace

erasure, a brighter trace requires more time to be

erased. Conversely, a display of low intensity

disappears more rapidly. The same principle applies to

a stored display of high or low intensity.

3-17. Storage. These controls select the storage

mode in which the CRT functions. In ERASE mode,

STORE, WRITE, and MAX WRITE are disconnected

and all written signals are removed from the CRT. The

STORE selector disconnects the WRITE, MAX WRITE,

and ERASE functions and implements signal retention

at reduced intensity. In the STORE mode,

PERSISTENCE and INTENSITY have no function.

3-18. Writing Speed. In the MAX WRITE mode, the

CRT storage surface is primed to allow much faster

writing on the storage surface. Since the erasing rate is

decreased, the entire screen becomes illuminated more

rapidly and the display is obscured. The effective

persistence and storage times are thus considerably

reduced. For this reason, MAX WRITE is not normally

used with a spectrum analyzer plug-in.

3-19. Photographic Techniques

3-20. The HP Model 197A Oscilloscope Camera

attaches directly to the spectrum analyzer's CRT bezel

without adapters. Flood guns in the CRT provide

background lighting of the display. When photography

of stored traces (181T/TR) is required, a double

exposure is needed. (Flood guns are turned off when

STORE is pressed.) See Application Note AN 150-5 for

full details.

OPERATING PRECAUTIONS

The spectrum analyzer is a sensitive measuring

instrument. To avoid damage to the instrument, do not

exceed the following Absolute Maximum Inputs:

Total Power: + 30 dBm (1W, 7.1 Vrms)

Option 001: + 30dBm(1W, 8.7 Vrms)

Option 002: +80dBmV(1.3W, 9.9 Vrms)

dc or ac (< 100 Hz): ±50V

Peak Pulse Power:

+ 50 dB, (100W, < 10 µs pulse width,

0.01% duty cycle) with ò20 dB INPUT ATTEN

Option 002: + 100 dBmV (130W), <10 µs

Overloading the input with too much power, peak

voltages, or dc voltages will damage the input circuit

and require expensive repairs.

CAUTION

While the analyzer's reference level

may be set for power levels up to +60

dBm, the total input power must not

exceed the absolute maximum limits

listed.

FRONT PANEL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Whenever an HP 8558B Spectrum Analyzer plug-in is

reinstalled in a different mainframe, the spectrum

3-2

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

analyzer should be calibrated to ensure proper

correlation between plug-in and display. It is good

practice to execute this adjustment procedure

periodically (recommended daily) to correct for changes

in calibration which may occur over a period of time.

These adjustments are also an excellent way for the

new user to become acquainted with the spectrum

analyzer. For reference, a front panel view appears in

Figure 3-1.

If an HP 181 Variable Persistence Display is being used,

begin by setting the PERSISTENCE maximum

counterclockwise and pushing in the WRITE button.

Make the following spectrum analyzer settings.

Function Setting

INPUT ATTEN 10 dB

(push knob to engage)

REFERENCE LEVEL 0 dBm

002: +50 dBmV

REF LEVEL FINE 0

Amplitude Scale LIN

FREQ SPAN/DIV 10 MHz

(uncoupled)

RESOLUTION BW 1 MHz

(uncoupled)

SWEEP TIME/DIV AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER FREE RUN

START - CENTER CENTER

TUNING > 60 MHz

BASELINE CLIPPER OFF

VIDEO FILTER OFF

180-series mainframes:

DISPLAY INT (out)

MAGNIFIER X1 (out)

SCALE (180TR, 182T) OFF

PERSISTENCE (181T/TR) MIN (ccw)

Display Mode (181T/TR) WRITE

DISPLAY ADJUSTMENTS

1. With an adjustment tool, adjust VERTICAL POSN to

place the CRT trace on a horizontal graticule line

near center of CRT.

2. Reduce the INTENSITY and set the SWEEP

TIME/DIV control to MAN. Adjust the MAN SWEEP

knob to bring dot to center of CRT.

CAUTION

Leaving a dot on the CRT for

prolonged periods at high intensity

may burn the phosphor.

3. Adjust the FOCUS and ASTIG controls for the

smallest round dot possible.

4. Reset the SWEEL TIME/DIV control to AUTO and

increase the INTENSITY for an optimum CRT trace.

Center the trace horizontally with the HORIZONTAL

POSITION control. If the horizontal deflection is not

exactly 10 divisions, adjust the HORIZ GAIN control

(located on the spectrum analyzer rear panel) for a

10 division (wide) horizontal deflection.

NOTE

The analyzer must be removed from

the mainframe to adjust the HORIZ

GAIN control.

5. Adjust the TRACE ALIGN so that the CRT trace is

parallel with the horizontal graticule lines.

6. Adjust the VERTICAL POSN until the trace aligns

with the bottom graticule line.

FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENTS

7. Center the LO feedthrough - the 'signal' at 0 MHz -

on the CRT with the TUNING control, pressing the

FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton two or three times to

remove tuning hysteresis in the first LO (YIG

oscillator).

8. Narrow the FREQ SPAN/DIV to 200 kHz and press

the FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton once more.

Adjust the REF LEVEL FINE control as necessary to

position the signal peak near the top CRT graticule

line.

9. Re-center the LO feedthrough, if necessary, and

adjust FREQUENCY ZERO to calibrate the

FREQUENCY MHz readout at 00.0 MHz.

3-3

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

AMPLITUDE ADJUSTMENTS

10. Set the FREQ SPAN/DIV control to 1 MHz and the

REF LEVEL FINE control to 0. Adjust the TUNING

control for a FREQUENCY MHz readout of

approximately 280 MHz.

11. Press the 10 dB/DIV Amplitude Scale pushbutton,

and set the REFERENCE LEVEL control to - 20

dBm (+ 30 dBmV for Option 002).

CAUTION

The HP 8558B Options 001 and 002

feature 75-ohm (female) INPUT and

CAL OUTPUT connectors. Standard

50-ohm BNC cables and adapters

should not be used with these

connectors since damage might

result.

12. Connect the 280 MHz CAL OUTPUT to the

spectrum analyzer input and center the signal on

the CRT with the TUNING control, pressing the

FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton two or three times.

The FREQUENCY MHz readout will indicate 280

MHz + 5 MHz.

13. Press the LIN Amplitude Scale pushbutton. Adjust

the REF LEVEL FINE control to place the signal

peak at the top CRT graticule line.

14. Press the 10 dB/DIV Amplitude Scale pushbutton.

Adjust VERTICAL GAIN to place the signal peak at

the top CRT graticule line.

15. Repeat steps 12 and 13 until the signal peak

remains at the top CRT graticule line when the

Amplitude Scale is alternated between 10 dB/DIV

and LIN.

16. Set the REF LEVEL FINE control to 0 and the

REFERENCE LEVEL control to -30 dBm (+ 20

dBmV for Option 002).

17. Press the LIN Amplitude Scale pushbutton and

adjust REF LEVEL CAL to place the signal peak at

the top CRT graticule line.

Once the Front Panel Adjustment Procedure is

completed, the spectrum analyzer is calibrated for

absolute amplitude and frequency measurements.

During normal operation, the FREQUENCY CAL

pushbutton should be pressed whenever the tuning is

changed by more than 50 MHz. This removes tuning

hysteresis and ensures maximum frequency accuracy.

3-4

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 3-2. Rear Panel Controls and Connectors (2 of 2)

3-7/3-8 (blank)

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION IV.

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-1. INTRODUCTION

4-2.The procedures in this section test the electrical

performance of the instrument against the specifications

in Section I. The performance tests included in this

section are listed in Table 4-1. Most of the tests can be

performed without access to the interior of the

instrument. If a test measurement is marginal, perform

the appropriate adjustment procedures in Section V.

Table 4-1. Performance Tests

Paragraph Test

4-11 Frequency Span Accuracy

4-12 Tuning Accuracy

4-13 Residual FM

4-14 Noise Sidebands

4-15 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy

4-16 Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity

4-17 Average Noise Level

4-18 Spurious Responses

4-19 Residual Responses

4-20 Frequency Response

4-21 Bandwidth Switching (Amplitude

Variation)

4-22 Input Attenuator Accuracy

4-23 Reference Level Accuracy

4-24 Display Fidelity

4-25 Calibrator Accuracy

4-3. INSTRUMENTS TESTED

4-4.Since a 180-series Display mainframe is required

for operation of the HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer

plug-in, the specifications listed in Table 1-1 apply when

both instruments are functioning together.

Consequently, the performance tests in this section

verify the proper operation of both the HP 8558B and

the 180-series Display mainframe.

4-5. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

4-6.The equipment required for the performance tests

is listed under Recommended Test Equipment in

Section I. Any equipment that satisfies the critical

specifications given in the table may be substituted for

the recommended model.

4-7. TEST RECORD

4-8.Results of the performance tests may be tabulated

in the Performance Test Record at the end of this

section. The test record lists test specifications and

acceptable limits.

4-9. CALIBRATION CYCLE

4-10.This instrument requires periodic calibration.

Calibration should be verified every six months by

means of the performance tests.

4-1

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

NOTE

Perform the Front Panel Adjustment Procedure in Section III before proceeding

with the performance tests. Allow at least 30 minutes warmup time.

4-11. FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY

SPECIFICATION

Fourteen calibrated spans from 100 MHz/div to 5 kHz/div in a 1, 2, 5 sequence. Frequency error between any two points

on the display is less than - 5 % of the indicated frequency separation.

DESCRIPTION

Wide span widths are checked by using the 100-, 10-, and 1-MHz outputs from a comb generator. Narrow span widths

are checked by using the output from a comb generator modulated by a function generator. Since the comb generator

produces frequency components separated by a precisely determined frequency interval, the resultant spectral lines

displayed on the CRT are evenly spaced when no span error exists in the instrument. Thus, span error is the cumulative

variance of distance among the spectral line intervals displayed across the CRT. The amount of span error is

determined by comparing the distance of the first nine graticule divisions to the display distance of the corresponding

spectral line intervals.

Figure 4-1. Frequency Span Accuracy Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Comb Generator.................................................................................................... HP 8406A

Timer/Counter ....................................................................................................... HP 5308A

Function Generator ............................................................................................... HP 3310A

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)................................................................................. HP 10503A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) .................................................... HP 1250-0780

BNC Tee ......................................................................................................... HP 1250-0781

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω............................................................. HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω.................................................................. HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f).............................................................................. HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m)............................................................................ HP 1250-1200

4-2

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-11. FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY(Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer:

START-CENTER..................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING .................................................................................................................. 800 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV .................................................................................................... 100 MHz

RESOLUTION BW............................................................... OPTIMUM, coupled (pushed in)

INPUT ATTEN............................................................................................................... 0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL ............................................................................................... -20 dBm

002: + 30 dBmV

Amplitude Scale .................................................................................................... 10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...................................................................................................... AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER............................................................................................... FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER..................................................................................................... OFF

VIDEO FILTER.............................................................................................................. OFF

Comb Generator:

COMB FREQUENCY- MHz........................................................................................ 100 MC

INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE- 1 MHz......................................................................... OFF

OUTPUT AMPLITUDE ............................................................................................10 o'clock

Function Generator:

FUNCTION ................................................................................................................... SINE

RANGE .......................................................................................................................... 10K

Frequency ................................................................................................................ 200 kHz

DC OFFSET LEVEL............................................................................................................ 0

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-1 but do not connect function generator to comb generator.

3. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to position one spectral line (from comb generator) at first graticule line

(left-hand edge of display). Measure error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line as shown in Figure 4-2.

Error should be no greater than - 0.4 division.

__________ div

4. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 50 MHz. Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line. Measure

error between fifth spectral line and ninth graticule line. Error should be no greater than i 0.4 division.

__________ div

4-3

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-11. FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY(Cont'd)

Figure 4-2. Frequency Span Accuracy Measurement for Ninth Spectral Line

Figure 4-3. Frequency Span Accuracy Measurement for Seventeenth Spectral Line

4-4

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-11. FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY(Cont'd)

5. Set comb generator COMB FREQUENCY-MHz for 10-MHz comb. Set spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN/DIV to 20

MHz. Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line. Measure error between 17th

spectral line and ninth graticule line as shown in Figure 4-3. Error should be no greater than ± 0.4 division.

__________ div

6. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 10 MHz. Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line.

Measure error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line. Error should be no greater than ± 0.4 division.

__________ div

7. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 5 MHz. Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line. Measure

error between fifth spectral line and ninth graticule line. Error should be no greater than ± 0.4 division.

__________ div

8. Set comb generator COMB FREQUENCY-MHz for 1-MHz comb. Set spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN/DIV to 2

MHz. Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line. Measure error between 17th

spectral line and ninth graticule line. Error should be no greater than ± 0.4 division.

__________ div

9. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz. Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line. Measure

error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line. Error should be no greater than ± 0.4 division.

__________ div

10. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 500 kHz. Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line.

Measure error between fifth spectral line and ninth graticule line. Error should be no greater than ± 0.4 division.

__________ div

11. Set comb generator COMB FREQUENCY-MHz for 10-MHz comb. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING to position

a spectral line at center graticule line. Turn on comb generator INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE- 1 MHz.

12. Set function generator frequency to 200 kHz (±0.5%) using frequency counter. Connect function generator output to

comb generator MODULATION input. Set function generator OUTPUT LEVEL for a clean 200-kHz comb on the

spectrum analyzer display.

4-5

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-11. FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY (Cont'd)

NOTE

To obtain a clean comb on the spectrum analyzer display, use the LOW or HIGH

output of the function generator as necessary. Readjust the function generator

OUTPUT LEVEL and the comb generator INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE - 1 MHz as

necessary.

13.Set spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN/DIV to 200 kHz. Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first

graticule line. Measure error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line. Error should be no greater than 4

0.4 division.

__________ div

14. Using procedure of NOTE in step 12, vary spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN/DIV and Function Generator Output

Frequency in accordance with Table 4-2. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to position one spectral line at

first graticule line. Measure span error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line.

Table 4-2. Narrow Span Width Error Measurement

Spectrum Analyzer Function Generator Allowable Error

FREQ SPAN/DIV RESOLUTION BW Output Frequency* (Max.)

100 kHz OPTIMUM 100 kHz +0.4 Division

50 kHz OPTIMUM 50 kHz +0.4 Division

20 kHz OPTIMUM 20 kHz +0.4 Division

10 kHz OPTIMUM 10 kHz +0.4 Division

5 kHz OPTIMUM 5 kHz +0.4 Division

*Check function generator output frequency using a frequency counter. Frequency readout should be within +0.5%

of desired audio frequency.

4-6

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-12. TUNING ACCURACY

SPECIFICATION

0 to 195 MHz: ±(1 MHz ±20% of FREQ SPAN/DIV setting), 10°C to 40°C

195 to 1500 MHz: ±(5 MHz ±20% of FREQ SPAN/DIV setting), 10°C to 40°C.

DESCRIPTION

A comb generator is used to provide 1-, 10-, or 100-MHz frequency components that produce spectral lines on the CRT

at 1-, 10-, or 100-MHz intervals, respectively. The spectrum analyzer TUNING control is adjusted until the desired test

frequency is shown on the FREQUENCY MHz readout of the Digital Panel Meter. The FREQUENCY CAL switch is

pressed and the amount of readout (or tuning) error is found by measuring the distance of the spectral line offset from the

center graticule line.

Figure 4-4. Tuning Accuracy Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Comb Generator....................................................................................................HP 8406A

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)...................................................................................HP 10503A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required)....................................................HP 1250-0780

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω...........................................................HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω.................................................................HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f).............................................................................HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m)...........................................................................HP 1250-1200

4-7

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-12. TUNING ACCURACY (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START-CENTER..................................................................................................... CENTER

FREQ SPAN/DIV ..................................................................................................... 200 kHz

RESOLUTION BW................................................................................................ OPTIMUM

INPUT ATTEN............................................................................................................... 0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL .............................................................................................. - 20 dBm

002: +30dBmV

Amplitude Scale .................................................................................................... 10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...................................................................................................... AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER............................................................................................... FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER...................................................................................................... OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................... OFF

2. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to position LO feedthrough signal at center graticule line of display.

Press FREQUENCY CAL switch and reposition LO feedthrough signal at center graticule line, as required. Adjust

FREQ ZERO control for zero indication on FREQUENCY MHz readout. LO feedthrough signal should still be

positioned at center graticule line of display.

3. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-4.

4.Set comb generator controls as follows:

COMB FREQUENCY - MHz....................................................................................... 10 MC

INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE- 1 MHz......................................................................... OFF

OUTPUT AMPLITUDE .......................................................................................... 10 o'clock

5. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control until FREQUENCY MHz readout indicates 10.0 MHz. Press

FREQUENCY CAL switch. Comb generator spectral line, displayed on CRT, should be within 5.2 divisions ( - 1.04

MHz) of center graticule line.

__________ div

NOTE

If the spectral line is off screen, set FREQ SPANIDIV to 500 kHz and check that the

spectral line is within 2.2 divisions of the center graticule line.

6. Using procedure of step 5, adjust spectrum analyzer and comb generator controls as shown in Table 4-3 to measure

TUNING accuracy. After tuning to each FREQUENCY MHz readout, press FREQUENCY CAL switch before

measuring TUNING accuracy.

4-8

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-12. TUNING ACCURACY (Cont'd)

Table 4-3. Tuning Accuracy Measurement

Spectrum Analyzer Comb Generator Specification

FREQUENCY COMB (Spectral line limits referenced

MHz FREQ FREQUENCY-MC to center graticule line)

Readout SPAN/DIV. Setting (Divisions)

(MHz) Setting (MHz) Min. Max.

20.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

40.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

60.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

80.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

100.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

120.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

140.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

160.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

180.0 200 kHz 10 -5.2 +5.2

200 1 MHz 100 -5.2 +5.2

400 1 MHz 100 -5.2 +5.2

600 1 MHz 100 -5.2 +5.2

800 1 MHz 100 -5.2 +5.2

1000 1 MHz 100 -5.2 +5.2

1200 1 MHz 100 -5.2+5.2

1400 1 MHz 100 -5.2 +5.2

1500 1 MHz 100 -5.2 +5.2

4-9

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-13. RESIDUAL FM

SPECIFICATION

Less than 1 kHz peak-to-peak for time < 0.1 second

FM DESCRIPTION

This test measures the inherent short-term instability (residual FM) of the LO system in the spectrum analyzer. A stable

signal applied to the input of the spectrum analyzer is slope-detected on the linear portion of the 10 kHz bandwidth filter

in zero span (fixed-tuned receiver). (See Figure 4-6a.) Instability in the LO system in transferred to the IF signal in the

mixing process. As the IF signal moves in relation to the center of the IF filter, the attenuation of the signal changes in

accordance with the skirt characteristics of the filter. If the signal stays on the linear portion of the IF filter skirt, the

amplitude of the IF signal applied to the final detector (and thus the level on the display) is linearly related to the

frequency of the IF signal. (See Figure 4-6b). Therefore, any variations in level seen on the display are linearly related

to variations in LO frequency.

Figure 4-5. Residual FM Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Comb Generator.................................................................................................... HP 8406A

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)................................................................................... HP 10503A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) .................................................... HP 1250-0780

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω........................................................... HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω................................................................. HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f)............................................................................. HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m)........................................................................... HP 1250-1200

4-10

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-13. RESIDUAL FM (Cont'd)

Figure 4-6. Example of Residual FM

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer and comb generator controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer:

START-CENTER..................................................................................................... CENTER

FREQUENCY SPAN/DIV ......................................................................................... 100 kHz

RESOLUTION BW...................................................................................................... 10kHz

INPUT ATTEN............................................................................................................... 0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL .............................................................................................. - 20 dBm

002: +30dBmV

Amplitude Scale ............................................................................................................. LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...................................................................................................... AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER............................................................................................... FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER...................................................................................................... OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................... OFF

Comb Generator:

COMB FREQUENCY - MHz....................................................................................... 100 MC

INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE- 1 MHz......................................................................... OFF

OUTPUT AMPLITUDE .................................................................................. Fully clockwise

4-11

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-13. RESIDUAL FM (Cont'd)

2. Connect OUTPUT of comb generator to spectrum analyzer INPUT connector as shown in Figure 4-5.

NOTE

The HP 8558B is sensitive to vibration. Be sure the instrument is in a vibration-

free environment.

3. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to display 500-MHz signal produced by comb generator. Adjust

REFERENCE LEVEL and REF LEVEL FINE controls to position peak of signal at top graticule line.

4. Keep 500-MHz signal centered on CRT while reducing FREQ SPAN/DIV to zero.

5. Set RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz and SWEEP TIME/DIV to .1 SEC.

6. Slightly readjust fine TUNING control of spectrum analyzer until trace appears between fourth and seventh graticule

lines. Peak-to-peak variation of trace should not exceed one major vertical division for each major horizontal

division. (See Figure 4-6a.)

__________ div

4-12

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-14. NOISE SIDEBANDS

SPECIFICATION

More than 65 dB below CW signal, 50 kHz or more away from signal with a 1-kHz resolution bandwidth and full video

filtering.

DESCRIPTION

A stable 400-MHz CW signal is applied at a - 20 dBm level to the spectrum analyzer and is displayed on the CRT. The

test is designed to measure the amplitude of noise-associated sidebands and unwanted responses.

Figure 4-7. Noise Sideband Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator ................................................................................................... HP 8640B

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)................................................................................... HP 10503A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) .................................................... HP 1250-0780

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω........................................................... HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω................................................................. HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f)............................................................................. HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m)........................................................................... HP 1250-1200

4-13

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-14. NOISE SIDEBANDS(Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer:

START-CENTER..................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING ................................................................................................................... 400MHz

FREQUENCY SPAN/DIV ......................................................................................... 1 MHz

RESOLUTION BW..................................................................................................... 30 KHz

INPUT ATTEN............................................................................................................ 10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL .............................................................................................. - 20 dBm

002: +30dBmV

Amplitude Scale ......................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...................................................................................................... AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER............................................................................................... FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER...................................................................................................... OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................... OFF

Signal Generator

FREQUENCY.......................................................................................................... 400 MHz

RF OUTPUT ........................................................................................................... - 20 dBm

RF.................................................................................................................................. ON

AM ................................................................................................................................. OFF

FM ................................................................................................................................. OFF

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-7.

3. Adjust TUNING control to locate 400-MHz signal on CRT.

4. Adjust REFERENCE LEVEL and REF LEVEL FINE controls to position peak of 400-MHz signal at top graticule line.

5. Decrease FREQ SPAN/DIV to 20 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz. Adjust TUNING to keep signal centered.

6. Position signal at center of display. Turn VIDEO FILTER control fully clockwise (not in detent). Measure noise

sidebands existing more than 2.5 division (50 kHz) from 400-MHz signal. Noise sidebands should be greater than

65 dB (6.5 divisions) down from top graticule line.

_________ div down

4-14

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-15. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY

SPECIFICATION

Individual resolution bandwidth 3-dB points calibrated to 20%o (10°C to 400C)

DESCRIPTION

Resolution bandwidth accuracy is measured in the linear mode to eliminate log amplifier errors. Since signal level at the

3-dB points (half-power points) is related to peak signal level by a voltage ratio of 0.707:1.0, a peak level of 7.1 vertical

divisions on the spectrum analyzer display gives a half-power level of 5 vertical divisions:

0.707 (voltage ratio) = X div/7.1 div

X div = (7.1)(0.707)

≈ 5 div

In the 30-, 10-, and 1-kHz bandwidths, a 301.4-MHz signal (second IF) is injected into A9 Third Converter Assembly to

provide the stability required for measurement of narrow resolution bandwidths.

Figure 4-8. Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup, 3 MHz to 100 kHz

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator ................................................................................................... HP 8640B

Extender Cable Assembly ............................................................................... HP 5060-0303

Adapter, SMC (m) to BNC (m)......................................................................... HP 1250-0831

Adapter, BNC (f) to BNC (f)............................................................................. HP 1250-0080

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) .................................................... HP 1250-0780

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)................................................................................... HP 10503A

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω........................................................... HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω................................................................. HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f)............................................................................. HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m)........................................................................... HP 1250-1200

4-15

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-15. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY(Cont'd) ,

PROCEDURE

WARNING

This test must be performed with power supplied to the instrument and with

protective covers removed. The test should be performed only by service-trained

personnel who are aware of the hazards involved.

1. Set equipment controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer:

START-CENTER..................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING ................................................................................................................... 10 MHz

FREQUENCY SPAN/DIV .................................................................................................... 0

RESOLUTION BW...................................................................................................... 3 MHz

INPUT ATTEN............................................................................................................. 20 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL ................................................................................................. 0 dBm

002: +30dBmV

Amplitude Scale ............................................................................................................... LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV .....................................................................................................5 mSEC

SWEEP TRIGGER............................................................................................... FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER...................................................................................................... OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................... OFF

Signal Generator

COUNTER MODE................................................................................... INT, EXPAND X10

AM ................................................................................................................................ OFF

FM ................................................................................................................................ OFF

FREQUENCY TUNE .................................................................................................. 10 MHz

RF.................................................................................................................................... ON

OUTPUT LEVEL ........................................................................................................ 0 dBm

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-8.

3. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to locate peak of 10-MHz signal on CRT. Reduce signal generator output

if necessary.

4. Adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to position trace at 7.1 divisions above graticule baseline.

5. Tune signal generator frequency until trace drops to 5 divisions above graticule baseline. Record signal generator

frequency.

__________ MHz

4-16

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-15. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY(Cont'd)

6. Tune signal generator frequency in direction opposite to that of step 5 until trace peaks (7.1 divisions above

graticule baseline) and then drops to 5 divisions above graticule baseline. Record signal generator frequency.

__________ MHz

7. Calculate and record resolution bandwidth at 3-dB points (difference between frequencies recorded in steps 5 and

6).

Min. Actual Max.

2.40 MHz ________________3.60 MHz

8. Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Set signal generator to 10 MHz and repeat

steps 3 through 7.

Min. Actual Max.

800 kHz _________________1200 kHz

9. Set RESOLUTION BW to 300 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Set signal generator to 10 MHz and repeat

steps 3 through 7.

Min. Actual Max.

240 kHz _________________360 kHz

10. Set RESOLUTION BW to 100 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Set signal generator to 10 MHz and repeat

steps 3 through 7.

Min. Actual Max.

80 kHz __________________120 kHz

Figure 4-9. Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup, 1 kHz to 30 kHz

4-17

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-15. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY(Cont'd)

WARNING

In the following procedure, the plug-in must be removed from the display

mainframe and connected through the extender cable assembly. Be very careful;

the energy at some points in the instrument might, if contacted, cause personal

injury. This test should be performed only by a skilled person who knows the

hazard involved.

11. Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to approximately -12 dBm and tune frequency to 301.4 MHz. Set COUNTER

MODE to EXPAND X100.

12. Set spectrum analyzer INPUT ATTEN to 0 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to -10 dBm. Set RESOLUTION BW to 30

kHz. Leave FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0.

002: REFERENCE LEVEL, + 40 dBmV.

13. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-9. Remove W7P1 from A10OJ2. Connect signal generator through

adapters to W7P1.

14. Adjust signal generator frequency until spectrum analyzer trace is at peak. Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to

position trace at 7.1 divisions above graticule baseline.

15. Tune signal generator frequency until trace drops to 5 divisions above graticule baseline. Record signal generator

frequency.

__________ MHz

16. Tune signal generator frequency in direction opposite to that of step 15 until trace peaks and then drops to 5

divisions above graticule baseline. Record signal generator frequency.

__________ MHz

17. Calculate and record resolution bandwidth at 3-dB points (difference between frequencies recorded in steps 15 and

16).

Min. Actual Max.

24 kHz __________________36 kHz

18. Set RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 14 through 17.

Min. Actual Max.

8 kHz ___________________12 kHz

4-18

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-15. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY(Cont'd) ,

19. Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 14 through 17.

Min. Actual Max.

2.4 kHz__________________3.6 kHz

20. Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 14 through 17.

Min. Actual Max.

0.8 kHz__________________1.2 kHz

21. Reconnect W7P1 to A10J2 unless continuing on with next performance test.

4-19

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-16. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY '

SPECIFICATION

60-dB:3-dB resolution bandwidth ratio < 15:1.

DESCRIPTION

The 60-dB bandwidth is measured for all resolution bandwidths. The 60- to 3-dB resolution bandwidth ratio (shape

factor) is then computed for each bandwidth by dividing the 3-dB value (from the Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy test)

into the 60-dB value.

In the 30-, 10-, and 1-kHz bandwidths, a 301.4-MHz signal (second IF) is injected into A9 Third Converter assembly to

provide the stability required for the measurement of narrow resolution bandwidths.

Figure 4-10. Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Test Setup, 1 kHz to 30 kHz

WARNING

In the following procedure, the plug-in must be removed from the display

mainframe and connected through the extender cable assembly. Be very careful;

the energy at some points in the instrument might, if contacted, cause personal

injury. This test should be performed only by a skilled person who knows the

hazard involved.

4-20

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-16. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY(Cont'd)

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator ..........................................................................................................................HP 8640B

Extender Cable Assembly...................................................................................................... HP 5060-0303

Adapter, SMC (m) to BNC (m)............................................................................................... HP 1250-0831

Adapter, BNC (f) to BNC (f) ................................................................................................... HP 1250-0080

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) .......................................................................... HP 1250-0780

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)......................................................................................................... HP 10503A

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω...................................................................................HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω....................................................................................... HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f)................................................................................................... HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m) ................................................................................................. HP 1250-1200

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

START-CENTER........................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING ...........................................................................................................................................50 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV........................................................................................................................................0

RESOLUTION BW ..............................................................................................................................1 kHz

INPUT ATTEN.......................................................................................................................................0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL.......................................................................................................................-10 dBm

002: + 40 dBm V

Amplitude Scale ...........................................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV...........................................................................................................................5 mSEC

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER......................................................................................................................................OFF

Signal Generator

COUNTER MODE ...........................................................................................................INT, EXPAND X10

AM.........................................................................................................................................................OFF

FM.........................................................................................................................................................OFF

FREQUENCY TUNE ...................................................................................................................301.4 MHz

RF ...........................................................................................................................................................ON

OUTPUT LEVEL..............................................................................................................................-20 dBm

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-10. Remove W7P1 from A10J2. Connect signal generator through

adapters to W7P1.

3. Adjust signal generator frequency until spectrum analyzer trace is at peak. Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to

position trace at top graticule line.

4-21

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-16. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY(Cont'd)

4. Tune signal generator until trace drops to 2 divisions above graticule baseline. Record signal generator frequency.

MHz

5. Tune signal generator in direction opposite to that of step 4 until trace peaks and then drops to 2 divisions above

graticule baseline. Record signal generator frequency.

MHz

6. Calculate and record resolution bandwidth at 60-dB points (difference between frequencies recorded in steps 4 and

5).

kHz

7Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 3 through 6.

kHz

8. Set RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 3 through 6.

kHz

9. Set spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 3 through 6.

kHz

10. Reconnect W7P1 to A10J2. Set display LINE power to OFF and remove extender cable assembly. Install plug-in in

mainframe and set LINE power to ON.

11. Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to 0 dBm.

12. Set spectrum analyzer INPUT ATTEN to 20 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to 0 dBm. Set RESOLUTION BW to 100

kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0.

002: REFERENCE LEVEL, +50 dBmV.

13. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-11.

14. Set signal generator frequency to 50 MHz. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING to locate peak of 50-MHz signal on

CRT.

15. Adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to position trace at top graticule line.

4-22

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-16. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY (Cont'd)

Figure 4-11. Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Test Setup, 100 kHz to 3 MHz

16. Tune signal generator frequency until trace drops to 2 divisions above graticule baseline. Record signal generator

frequency.

MHz

17. Tune signal generator frequency in direction opposite to that of step 16 until trace peaks and then drops to 2 divisions

above graticule baseline. Record signal generator frequency.

MHz

18. Calculate and record resolution bandwidth at 60-dB points (difference between frequencies recorded in steps 16 and

17).

kHz

19. Set spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW to 300 kHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 14 through

18.

kHz

20. Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 14 through 18.

MHz

21. Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 MHz, leaving FREQ SPAN/DIV set to 0. Repeat steps 14 through 18.

MHz

22. In Table 4-4, record 3-dB bandwidths computed in Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy test.

23. In Table 4-4, record 60-dB bandwidths recorded in this procedure.

24. For each resolution bandwidth, divide 60-dB bandwidth by 3-dB bandwidth to obtain Resolution Bandwidth Ratio.

Each ratio should be less than 15:1.

4-23

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-16. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY (Cont'd)

Table 4-4. Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity

RESOLUTION

BW Setting MEASURED

3 db BW MEASURED

60 db BW

Resolution Bandwidth

Ration (60 db BW):

(3 dB BW)

3 MHz

1 MHz

300 kHz

100 kHz

30 kHz

10 kHz

3 kHz

1 kHz

4-24

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-17. AVERAGE NOISE LEVEL

SPECIFICATION

Less than - 107 dBm with a 10-kHz resolution bandwidth (0 dB input attenuation), 1 MHz to 1500 MHz.

001: Less than - 100dBm

002: Less than - 53 dBm V

DESCRIPTION

The average noise level is checked by observing the average noise power level displayed on the CRT when no input

signal is applied to the instrument. The test is performed with a 10-kHz resolution bandwidth.

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START-CENTER.....................................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING .................................................................................................................................................. 500 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV..................................................................................................................................... 100 MHz

RESOLUTION BW ..................................................................................................................................... 10 kHz

INPUT ATTEN.................................................................................................................................................0dB

REFERENCE LEVEL ..............................................................................................................................- 60 dBm

002:-10 dBm V

Amplitude Scale .................................................................................................................................... 10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV.................................................................................................................................. 10 mSEC

SWEEP TRIGGER.............................................................................................................................. FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.......................................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER.......................................................................................................................................12 o'clock

2. Adjust TUNING until LO feedthrough is not on screen. Set VIDEO FILTER to MAX (not in detent) and observe CRT

display of noise level from 1 MHz to 1000 MHz. Noise level, as shown in Figure 4-12, should be less than - 107.

001: Change '- 107 dBm' to '- 100 dBm' throughout procedure and in Figure 4-12.

002: Change '- 107 dBm' to '- 53 dBmV' throughout procedure and in Figure 4-12.

< - 107 dBm

3. Set START-CENTER switch to START. Observe average noise level from 500 MHz to 1500 MHz. Noise level

should be less than - 107 dBm.

< - 107 dBm

4-25

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-17. AVERAGE NOISE LEVEL(Cont'd)

4. Set START-CENTER switch to CENTER and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz. Adjust TUNING for a FREQUENCY MHz

readout of 6 MHz and momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch.

5. Observe average noise level from I MHz to 11 MHz. Noise level should be less than - 107 dBm.

< - 107 dBm

Figure 4-12. Average Noise Level Measurement

4-26

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-18. SPURIOUS RESPONSES

SPECIFICATION

Image and multiple responses and second harmonic distortion products are > 70 dB* below a - 40 dBm in-put signal with

0 dB input attenuation.

001: - 35 dBm input signal

002: + 15dBmV input signal

Third order intermodulation distortion products are >70 dB* below two -30 dBm input signals, separated by ≥ 50 kHz, with

0 dB input attenuation.

001: two - 25 dBm input signals

002: two + 25 dBm V input signals

* > 60 dB for 100 kHz to 5 MHz input signals.

DESCRIPTION:

A signal source with a lowpass filter is used to measure harmonic distortion. The LPF is required to ensure that the

signals displayed on the CRT are due to harmonic distortion in the spectrum analyzer rather than to the harmonic content

of the signal generator.

In measuring spurious responses due to image frequencies, out-of-band responses, and intermodulation distortion,

signals from two separate sources are applied to the spectrum analyzer.

Figure 4-13. Harmonic Distortion Test Setup

4-27

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-18. SPURIOUS RESPONSES (Cont'd)

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator (2 required) .......................................................................................................HP 8640B

10 dB Attenuator (2 required).........................................................................................HP 8491A Opt. 010

300 MHz LPF...............................................................................................................Telonic TLP 300-4AB

BNC Tee................................................................................................................................ HP 1250-0781

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (3 required) .......................................................................... HP 1250-0780

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in) (2 required)...................................................................................... HP 10503A

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω...................................................................................HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC(m) to BNC(m), 75Ω......................................................................................... HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f)................................................................................................... HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m) ................................................................................................. HP 1250-1200

PROCEDURE

Harmonic Distortion

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START-CENTER........................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING .........................................................................................................................................280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV.............................................................................................................................500 kHz

RESOLUTION BW ............................................................................................................................30 kHz

INPUT ATTEN.......................................................................................................................................0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL.......................................................................................................................-40 dBm

001: -30 dBm

002: + 20 dBm V

REF LEVEL FINE.......................................................................................................................................0

001: -5

002: -5

Amplitude Scale ...........................................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................................. 12 o'clock

2. Set signal generator frequency to 280 MHz and OUTPUT LEVEL to - 30 dBm.

3. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-13.

4. Momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch. Tune signal generator to center signal on spectrum analyzer display.

4-28

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-18. SPURIOUS RESPONSES (Cont'd)

5. Adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL for -40 dBm displayed at top graticule line of spectrum analyzer CRT.

001: -35 dBm

002: + 15 dBm V

6. Increase signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL by 20 dB.

7. Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to approximately 560 MHz and identify second harmonic.

8. Center signal on spectrum analyzer display and reduce signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL by 20 dB.

9. Set spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz. Harmonics should be more than 70 dB below input signal

(below first graticule line from bottom).

2nd Harmonic: dB

3rd Harmonic: dB

10. Set RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz. Increase signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL by 20 dB.

11. Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to approximately 840 MHz and identify third harmonic.

12. Repeat steps 8 and 9.

Intermodulation Distortion

13. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START-CENTER........................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING ...........................................................................................................................................30 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV.............................................................................................................................500 kHz

RESOLUTION BW ............................................................................................................................30 kHz

INPUT ATTEN.......................................................................................................................................0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL......................................................................................................................- 30 dBm

001: -20dBm

002: +30dBm V

REF LEVEL FINE.......................................................................................................................................0

001: -5

002: -5

Amplitude Scale ...........................................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................................. 12 o'clock

4-29

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-18. SPURIOUS RESPONSES(Cont'd)

14. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-14.

Figure 4-14. Intermodulation Distortion Test Setup

15. Set both signal generators for approximately 30 MHz output at - 24 dBm.

16. Momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch. Tune signal generators until signals are 2 divisions apart and centered

on display.

17. Adjust OUTPUT LEVEL controls of both signal generators for - 30 dBm displayed on spectrum analyzer.

001: -25 dBm

002: + 25 dBm V

18. Reduce spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz and check for third order intermodulation distortion products

at approximately 3 divisions to either side of center graticule line (see NOTE below). They should be more than 70

dB below input signals (-100 dBm on spectrum analyzer display). (See Figure 4-15.)

001: - 95 dBm on spectrum analyzer display

002: - 50 dBmV on spectrum analyzer display

NOTE

If the intermodulation distortion product cannot be located, increase output levels of both signal

generators by 10 dB. Be sure to return the OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to its

previous setting before making the actual measurement.

4-30

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-18. SPURIOUS RESPONSES(Cont'd)

Figure 4-15. Intermodulation Distortion Products

19. Set INPUT ATTEN to 0 dB, REFERENCE LEVEL to -40 dBm, and RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz. Adjust OUTPUT

LEVEL of each signal generator to - 43 dBm as displayed on CRT.

001: REFERENCE LEVEL - 35 dBm; output level of - 38 dBm displayed on CRT

002: REFERENCE LEVEL + 15 dBmV; output level of + 12 dBmV displayed on CRT

20. Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to 1 MHz and momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch. Set RESOLUTION BW

to 3 kHz and adjust VIDEO FILTER as necessary for more than 70 dB display range. Check for second order

intermodulation distortion product (f2 fl) near center of display (see NOTE below). Second order intermodulation

distortion product should be more than 60 dB below the total applied signal (- 100 dBm on spectrum analyzer

display). (See Figure 4-15.)

001: - 95 dBm on spectrum analyzer display

002: - 45 dBmV on spectrum analyzer display

NOTE

If the intermodulation distortion product cannot be located, increase output levels of both signal

generators by 10 dB. Be sure to return the OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to its

previous setting before making the actual measurement.

4-31

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-18. SPURIOUS RESPONSES (Cont'd)

21. Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to 60 MHz and RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz. Momentarily press FREQUENCY

CAL switch.

22. Check for second order intermodulation distortion product (f1 + f2) between 2f1 and 2f2 signals (see NOTE below).

Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz and adjust VIDEO FILTER as necessary for more than 70 dB display range.

Second order intermodulation distortion product should be more than 70 dB below total applied signal (- 110 dBm on

spectrum analyzer display). (See Figure 4-15.)

001: - 105 dBm on spectrum analyzer display

002: - 60 dBm V on spectrum analyzer display

NOTE

If the intermodulation distortion product cannot be located, increase output levels of both signal

generators by 10 dB. Be sure to return the OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to its

previous setting before making the actual measurement.

23. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START-CENTER........................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING .............................................................................................................................................4 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV.............................................................................................................................500 kHz

RESOLUTION BW ............................................................................................................................30 kHz

INPUT ATTEN.......................................................................................................................................0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL......................................................................................................................- 30 dBm

001: - 20 dBm

002: +30dBmV

REF LEVEL FINE.......................................................................................................................................0

001: -5

002: -5

Amplitude Scale ...........................................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................................. 12 o'clock

24. Set both signal generators for approximately 4 MHz at - 24 dBm.

25. Momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch. Tune signal generators until signals are 2 divisions apart and centered

on display.

26. Adjust OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator for - 30 dBm as displayed on CRT.

001: - 25 dBm

002: + 25 dBm V

4-32

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-18. SPURIOUS RESPONSES(Cont'd)

27. Check for third order intermodulation distortion products at approximately 3 divisions from either side of center

graticule line. Third order intermodulation distortion products should be more than 60 dB below input signals (- 90

dBm on spectrum analyzer display).

001: - 85 dBm on spectrum analyzer display

002: - 35 dBm V on spectrum analyzer display

NOTE

If signal generators other than HP 8640's are used, intermodulation distortion might be in the

generators themselves because of crosstalk between the two sources.

28. Set INPUT ATTEN to 0 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to -40 dBm. Adjust OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator

for - 43 dBm as displayed on CRT.

001: REFERENCE LEVEL, - 35 dBm; output level of - 38 dBm displayed on CRT

002: REFERENCE LEVEL, + 15 dBmV; + 12 dBmV as displayed on CRT

29. Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to 1 MHz and momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch. Set RESOLUTION BW

to 3 kHz and adjust VIDEO FILTER as necessary for more than 70 dB display range. Check for second order

intermodulation distortion product (f2 - f1) near center of display (see NOTE below). Second order intermodulation

distortion product should be more than 60 dB below total applied signal (-100 dBm on spectrum analyzer display).

(See Figure 4-15.)

001: - 95 dBm on spectrum analyzer display

002: - 45 dBm V on spectrum analyzer display

NOTE

If the intermodulation distortion product cannot be located, increase output levels of both signal

generators by 10 dB. Be sure to return the OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to its

previous setting before making the actual measurement.

30. Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to 8 MHz and check for second order intermodulation distortion product (f1 + f2)

between 2f1 and 2f2 signals. (See figure 4-15.) Second order intermodulation distortion product should be more than

60 dB below total applied signal (- 100 dBm on spectrum analyzer display). (See NOTE above.)

001: - 95 dBm on spectrum analyzer display

002: - 45 dBmV on spectrum analyzer display

4-33

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-19. RESIDUAL RESPONSES

SPECIFICATION

< - 100 dBm (1-1500 MHz) with 0 dB input attenuation and no signal present at input.

001: < - 95 dBm

002: < - 50 dBmV

DESCRIPTION

The spectrum analyzer is tested for residual responses with no signal applied to the INPUT 509 connector. The input

attenuation is set to 0 dB.

001 and 002: INPUT 75Ω

Figure 4-16. Residual Responses Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Variable Persistence/Storage Display ............................................................................................. HP 181T

50-Ohm Termination................................................................................................................... HP 11593A

001 and 002: 75-Ohm Termination, HP 11652-60010

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START-CENTER........................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING .........................................................................................................................................500 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV............................................................................................................................100 MHz

RESOLUTION BW .............................................................................................................................1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN.......................................................................................................................................0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL......................................................................................................................- 60 dBm

002: - 10 dBm V

Amplitude Scale ...........................................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

VIDEO FILTER...............................................................................................Fully clockwise (not in detent)

4-34

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-19. RESIDUAL RESPONSES (Cont'd)

2. Terminate INPUT 501 connector with 50-ohm coaxial termination (see Figure 4-16).

001 and 002: 75Ω; 75-ohm

3. With variable persistence display in NORM mode, set LO feedthrough to far left vertical graticule line. Set

BASELINE CLIPPER to 3 o'clock.

4. Set HP 181T to WRITE mode. Set PERSISTENCE control to MAX and INTENSITY control to approximately 12

o'clock.

5. Set spectrum analyzer SWEEP TRIGGER to SINGLE sweep mode and RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz. Momentarily

press ERASE pushbutton.

NOTE

When the ERASE pushbutton is pressed, the spectrum analyzer sweep might be triggered. To

stop the sweep, turn SWEEP TRIGGER control clockwise.

6. Turn SWEEP TRIGGER control clockwise to initiate sweep.

7. Slowly turn BASELINE CLIPPER control until peaks of trace begin to appear on display. It might be necessary to

increase baseline clipping slightly near end of sweep to reduce blooming.

8. Trigger sweep at least one more time and check for residual responses from 1 to 1000 MHz. Record frequency at

which residual response of greatest amplitude appears. MHz

9. Set display to NORM mode. Set spectrum analyzer BASELINE CLIPPER fully counterclockwise and SWEEP

TRIGGER to FREE RUN.

10. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 20 kHz and TUNING to center frequency of residual recorded in step 8.

11. Narrow FREQ SPAN/DIV and RESOLUTION BW, using TUNING control to keep signal centered. Use SWEEP

TIME/DIV control to reduce sweep speed until signal level does not rise when sweep speed is further reduced.

Residual response must be less than - 100 dBm.

dBm

001: < - 95 dBm

002: < - 50 dBmV

12. Repeat steps 1 through 5.

13. Set START-CENTER switch to START and repeat steps 6 and 7.

4-35

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-19. RESIDUAL RESPONSES(Cont'd)

14. Trigger sweep at least one more time and check for residual responses from 500 MHz to 1500 MHz. Record

frequency at which residual response of greatest amplitude appears.

MHz

15. Repeat step 9.

16. Set spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN/DIV to 20 kHz and TUNING to center frequency of residual recorded in step 14.

17. Narrow FREQ SPAN/DIV and RESOLUTION BW, using TUNING control to keep signal centered. Use SWEEP

TIME/DIV control to reduce sweep speed until signal level does not rise when sweep speed is further reduced.

Residual response must be less than - 100 dBm.

dBm

001: < - 95 dBm

002: < - 50 dBm V

4-36

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-20. FREQUENCY RESPONSE

SPECIFICATION

≤ ± 1.0 dB with 10 dB input attenuation

DESCRIPTION

Signals from 0.1 to 1500 MHz are applied to the input of the spectrum analyzer. The amplitude of each signal is adjusted

to a reference set on the analyzer display. The power level, measured with a power meter, determines the frequency

response of the spectrum analyzer.

Figure 4-17. Frequency Response Test Setup

4-37

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-20. FREQUENCY RESPONSE(Cont'd)

EQUIPMENT

Tracking Generator........................................................................................................HP 8444A Opt. 059

Power Meter ...................................................................................................................................HP 435B

Power Sensor ...............................................................................................................................HP 8482A

Function Generator.......................................................................................................................HP 3310A

Power Splitter .............................................................................................................................HP 11667A

BNC Cable, 20 cm (9 in)............................................................................................................. HP 10502A

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)......................................................................................................... HP 10503A

Type N cable, 180 cm (72 in)...................................................................................................... HP 11500A

10 dB Attenuator............................................................................................................HP 8491B Opt. 010

Adapter, Type N (m) to Type N (m)........................................................................................ HP 1250-1475

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) ............................................................................................. HP 1250-0780

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω....................................................................................... HP 1250-1288

Adapter, Type N (m) to SMA (f), 50Ω..................................................................................... HP 1250-1250

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω...................................................................................HP 08558-60031

PROCEDURE

1. Set controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer:

START- CENTER.......................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING .....................................................................................................................................................0

FREQ SPAN/DIV........................................................................................................................................0

RESOLUTION BW ..........................................................................................................................100 kHz

INPUT ATTEN.....................................................................................................................................10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL.......................................................................................................................-10 dBm

002: + 40 dBmV

Amplitude Scale ...........................................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER......................................................................................................................................OFF

2. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING to peak LO feedthrough signal on display. Press FREQUENCY CAL and readjust

TUNING for peak. Repeat. Adjust TUNING for peak and adjust FREQUENCY ZERO for a FREQUENCY MHz

reading of 00.0.

3. Adjust TUNING for a FREQUENCY MHz reading of 5.0 MHz. Press FREQUENCY CAL. Set up equipment as

shown in Figure 4-17. Connect the tracking generator 500 MHz LO OUTPUT to the THIRD LO INPUT (rear panel).

4. Set spectrum analyzer Amplitude Scale to 1 dB/DIV and adjust REF LEVEL FINE to bring the trace on the display.

Peak the trace using tracking generator TRACK ADJ.

4-38

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-20. FREQUENCY RESPONSE(Cont'd)

5. Set power meter CAL FACTOR according to chart on power probe (5 MHz). Set RANGE to - 10 dBm.

6. Adjust tracking generator LEVEL to set a reference of - 12 dBm on the power meter.

7. Adjust spectrum analyzer REF LEVEL FINE to position trace to fourth graticule line.

8. For each setting in Table 4-5:

a. Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING and press FREQUENCY CAL.

b. Set power meter CAL FACTOR.

c. Adjust tracking generator TRACK ADJ to peak signal on display and adjust LEVEL to place signal on reference

graticule.

d. Record Power Meter Reading.

9. Disconnect Type N cable from power splitter. Connect function generator LOW output to power splitter.

10. Set controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

FREQ SPAN/DIV...............................................................................................................................50 kHz

RESOLUTION BW ............................................................................................................................10 kHz

Amplitude Scale ...........................................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

Function Generator:

RANGE ...........................................................................................................................................100 kHz

Frequency ..........................................................................................................................................5 MHz

FUNCTION...........................................................................................................................................SINE

DC OFFSET...............................................................................................................................................0

11. Set power meter CAL FACTOR according to chart on power sensor (5 MHz). Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING to

center 5 MHz signal on display. Set amplitude scale to 1 dB/DIV.

12. Adjust function generator OUTPUT LEVEL to - 12 dB on power meter.

13. Adjust REF LEVEL FINE to bring the peak of the 5 MHz signal to fourth graticule from bottom.

14. For each frequency in Table 4-6, set function generator frequency and tune spectrum analyzer to bring signal to

center screen. Adjust function generator OUTPUT LEVEL to bring signal peak to reference graticule on the display.

Set the power meter CAL FACTOR and record the power indicated by the power meter.

15. Find the overall maximum power reading from both Table 4-5 and Table 4-6.

dBm

4-39

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-20. FREQUENCY RESPONSE (Cont'd)

16. Find the overall minimum power reading from both Table 4-5 and Table 4-6.

dBm

17. The difference between the overall maximum power in step 15 and the overall minimum power in step 16 should be

less than 2 dB.

Table 4-5. Frequency Response, 5 lMHz to 1500 MHz

Spectrum Analyzer TUNING

(MHz) Power Meter Reading

(dBm)

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

-12(Ref.)

Table 4-6. Frequency Response, 100 kHz to 5 MHz

Spectrum Analyzer/Function Generator

Frequency Power Meter Reading

(dBm)

5 MHz

3 MHz

1 MHz

500 kHz

100 kHz

-12 (Ref.)

4-40

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-21. BANDWIDTH SWITCHING (AMPLITUDE VARIATION)

SPECIFICATION

3 MHz to 300 kHz: ≤ ± 0.5 dB

3 MHz to I kHz: ≤ ±1.0 dB (100 kHz bandwidth limited to < 80o R.H.)

DESCRIPTION

The spectrum analyzer 280 MHz CAL OUTPUT signal is applied to the INPUT connector and displayed on the CRT. The

peak of the displayed 280 MHz signal is centered on the CRT and adjusted for a vertical deflection of seven divisions.

The amplitude variation of the 280 MHz signal is measured for each RESOLUTION BW control setting. The overall

variation between RESOLUTION BW settings of 3 MHz to 300 kHz should be equal to or less than 1 dB (± 0.5 dB). The

overall variation between RESOLUTION BW settings of the 3 MHz to 1 kHz should be equal to or less than 2 dB (±1.0

dB).

EQUIPMENT

BNC Cable, 20 cm (9 in)............................................................................................................. HP 10502A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) ............................................................................................. HP 1250-0780

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω....................................................................................HP08558-60031

Adapter, BNC(m) to BNC(m), 75Ω......................................................................................... HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f)................................................................................................... HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m) ................................................................................................. HP 1250-1200

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START- CENTER.......................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING .........................................................................................................................................280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV................................................................................................................................1 MHz

RESOLUTION BW .............................................................................................................................3 MHz

INPUT ATTEN.......................................................................................................................................0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL.......................................................................................................................-20 dBm

002: + 30 dBm

REF LEVEL FINE....................................................................................................................................-10

Amplitude Scale .............................................................................................................................1 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER......................................................................................................................................OFF

2. Connect spectrum analyzer CAL OUTPUT signal to INPUT 50Ω connector.

001 and 002: 75Ω

4-41

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-21. BANDWIDTH SWITCHING (AMPLITUDE VARIATION) (Cont'd)

3. Set TUNING control, as required, to center 280 MHz signal on CRT.

4. Set REF LEVEL FINE control to position peak of 280 MHz signal seven divisions above graticule baseline.

5. Vary the RESOLUTION BW and FREQ SPAN/DIV controls in accordance with Table 4-7. Record the change in

amplitude for each RESOLUTION BW setting. Changes in amplitude above reference level set in step 4 are positive

(+). Changes below reference level are negative (-).

Table 4-7. Amplitude Accuracy, Switching Between Bandwidths

RESOLUTION

Setting

FREQ

SPAN/DIV

Setting

Change in

Amplitude

(dB)

Overall Variation Between

3 MHz and 300 kHz

RESOLUTION BW Settings (dB)

Overall Variation

Between 3 MHZ and

1 HZ RESOLUTION

BW Settings (dB)

3 MHz

1 MHz

300 kHz

1 MHz

500 kHz

100 KH

0 (Ref)

100 kHz

30 kHz

10 kHz

3 kHz

1 kHz

50 kHz

10 KHz

5 kHz

6. To find the overall variation in Table 4-7, algebraically subtract the greatest negative change in amplitude from the

greatest positive change in amplitude. If all changes in amplitude are of the same sign, the overall variation is the

largest positive or largest negative change in amplitude. The overall variation between 3 MHz and 300 kHz

RESOLUTION BW settings should be ≤ 1.0 dB (± 5.0 dB). The overall variation between 3 MHz and 1 kHz

RESOLUTION BW settings should be ≤2.0 dB ( ±1.0 dB).

4-42

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-22. INPUT ATTENUATOR ACCURACY

SPECIFICATION

Accuracy ±0.5 dB for each 10 dB step but not more than ±1.0 dB over full 70 dB range.

DESCRIPTION

The input attenuator accuracy is tested over its full 70 dB range using an RF substitution method. A step attenuator that

has been calibrated by a Standards Laboratory at 30 MHz is used for substitution. The known error of the calibrated

attenuator is taken into account when computing the 8558B input attenuator accuracy.

Figure 4-18. Input Attenuator Accuracy Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator ..........................................................................................................................HP 8640B

Step Attenuator................................................................................................................HP 355D Opt. H82

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) .......................................................................... HP 1250-0780

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m) ............................................................................................... HP 1250-0216

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)......................................................................................................... HP 10503A

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω...................................................................................HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m)................................................................................................ HP 1250-0216

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m) ................................................................................................. HP 1250-1200

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f)................................................................................................... HP 1250-1158

BNC Cable, 30cm (12 in), 75Ω............................................................................................HP 11652-60012

4-43

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-22 INPUT ATTENUATOR ACCURACY(Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

START - CENTER......................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING ...........................................................................................................................................30 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV.............................................................................................................................200 kHz

RESOLUTION BW ............................................................................................................................30 kHz

INPUT ATTEN.....................................................................................................................................70 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL..........................................................................................................................0 dBm

001 -10dBm

002: +40dBmV

Amplitude Scale .............................................................................................................................1 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................................... 2 o'clock

Signal Generator

COUNTER MODE .................................................................................................................................. INT

AM.........................................................................................................................................................OFF

FM.........................................................................................................................................................OFF

FREQUENCY TUNE .....................................................................................................................30.0 MHz

OUTPUT LEVEL.................................................................................................................................0 dBm

RF ...........................................................................................................................................................ON

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-18 with step attenuator set at 0 dB. Locate signal on CRT and adjust signal

generator OUTPUT LEVEL until signal peak is 6 divisions above graticule baseline.

3. Set HP 8558B INPUT ATTEN control and step attenuator to settings indicated in Table 4-8. Record deviation from

sixth division reference set in step 2 for each setting.

Table 4-8. Input Attenuator Accuracy

INPUT ATTEN

Setting (dBm) Step Attenuator

Setting (db) Deviation from 6th

Division (db) Step Attenuator Error

(Calibration) Corrected Deviation

(db)

0 (Ref.)

Ref.

0 (Ref.)

*Attenuations > dial settings are positive (+). Attenuations < dial settings are negative (-). For example, 9.99 dB

calibration for a 10 dB attenuator setting represents an error of -0.01 dB.

4-44

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-22. INPUT ATTENUATOR ACCURACY(Cont'd)

4. To compute Corrected Deviation, add Step Attenuator Error to Deviation from 6th Division for each setting.

Corrected Deviation should not differ more than 0.5 dB between any two adjacent settings of input attenuator.

Error Between Adjacent Settings

5. Record maximum positive and maximum negative Corrected Deviation values. Difference between these two

values (total deviation) should not exceed 2.0 dB (± 1.0 dB).

dB Maximum Positive Corrected Deviation

dB Maximum Negative Corrected Deviation

dB Total Corrected Deviation

4-45

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-23. REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY

SPECIFICATION

Step Accuracy:

Steps referenced with 0 dB input attenuation

-10 dBm to - 80 dBm: ± 0.5 dB

-10 dBm to - 100 dBm: ± 1.0 dB

Vernier Accuracy:

± 0.5 dB

DESCRIPTION

The reference level accuracy is tested over the range of - 10 dBm to - 100 dBm by checking the IF gain steps in 1

dB/DIV (Log) and in LIN. The resulting maximum deviation in each case must be less than 1.0 dB (± 0.5 dB) from - 10

dBm to - 80 dBm and less than 2.0 dB (+ 1.0 dB) from - 10 dBm to - 100 dBm.

002: Change range to + 40 dBm V to - 50 dBm V.

Figure 4-19. Reference Level Accuracy Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator ..........................................................................................................................HP 8640B

1 dB Step Attenuator ......................................................................................................HP 355C Opt. H80

10 dB Step Attenuator.....................................................................................................HP 355D Opt. H82

Adapter (2 required)............................................................................................................... HP 1250-0780

BNC Cable, 20 cm (9 in)............................................................................................................. HP 10502A

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)......................................................................................................... HP 10503A

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω...................................................................................HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω....................................................................................... HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f)................................................................................................... HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m) ................................................................................................. HP 1250-1200

4-46

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-23. REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

Step Accuracy in Log Mode

1. Set controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

START - CENTER......................................................................................................................... CENTER

TUNING ...........................................................................................................................................30 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV.................................................................................................................................5 kHz

RESOLUTION BW ..............................................................................................................................3 kHz

INPUT ATTEN.......................................................................................................................................0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL dBm ..............................................................................................................-10 dBm

002: +40dBmV

Amplitude Scale .............................................................................................................................1 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER.....................................................................................................................FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................................OFF

VIDEO FILTER............................................................................................................................... 2 o'clock

Signal Generator

COUNTER MODE .................................................................................................................................. INT

AM.........................................................................................................................................................OFF

FM.........................................................................................................................................................OFF

FREQUENCY TUNE ........................................................................................................................30 MHz

OUTPUT LEVEL..............................................................................................................................-10 dBm

2. Connect equipment in Figure 4-19 with step attenuator set at 0 dB. Locate signal on CRT.

NOTE

If signal is difficult to locate, press RESOLUTION BW control to couple with FREQ SPANIDIV

control and turn the coupled controls clockwise until signal appears on display. Momentarily

depress FREQ CAL switch and center the signal, using TUNING control. Return controls to

positions called out in step 1, adjusting TUNING control as necessary to keep signal centered.

3. Adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until trace is 6 divisions above graticule baseline. Set the 8558B

REFERENCE LEVEL control and step attenuator to settings indicated in Table 4-9. Record the Deviation from the

6th Division (reference set in step 2) for each setting.

4. To compute the Corrected Deviation, add the Step Attenuator Error to the Deviation from 6th Division for each

setting. The difference between the maximum positive and the maximum negative Corrected Deviation values

from -10 dBm to -80 dBm should not exceed 1.0 dB. The difference between the maximum positive and the

maximum negative Corrected Deviation values from - 10 dBm to - 100 dBm should not exceed 2.0 dB.

- 10 dBm to - 80 dBm dB

- 10 dBm to - 100 dBm dB

002: Change ranges to +40 dBm V to -30 dBm V and +40 dBm V to -50d BmV

4-47

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-23. REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY (Cont'd)

Table 4-9. IF Gain Accuracy in LOG Mode

REFERENCE

LEVEL Setting

(dBm)

Step Attenuator

Setting

(db)

Deviation from

6th Division

(db)

Step Attenuator

Error (Calibration)*

(dB)

Corrected

Deviation

(db)

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100

0 (Ref.)

Ref.

0 (Ref.)

002: REFERENCE LEVEL (dBm V) from top to bottom: 40, 30, 20, 10, 0, -10, -20, -30, -40, -50.

*Attenuations > dial settings are positive (+). Attenuations < dial settings are negative (-). For example, 9.99 dB

calibration for a 10 dB attenuator setting represents an error of -0.01 dB.

Step Accuracy in Linear Mode

5. Set the spectrum analyzer Amplitude Scale switch to LIN. Set REFERENCE LEVEL control to - 10 dBm and set step

ttenuator to 0 dB. Readjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until trace is 6 divisions above graticule baseline.

6. Set the 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL control and step attenuator to settings indicated in Table 4-10. Record the

Deviation from the 6th Division in Linear Mode (reference set in step 5) for each setting.

7. Using Table 4-11, convert Deviation from 6th Division in Linear Mode to deviation in dB for each setting. Record dB

values in Table 4-10.

8. To compute the Corrected Deviation, add the Step Attenuator Error to the Deviation from the 6th Division in dB. The

difference between the maximum positive and the maximum negative Corrected Deviation values from - 10 dBm to -

80 dBm should not exceed 1.0 dB. The difference between the maximum positive and the maximum negative

Corrected Deviation values from - 10 dBm to - 100 dBm should not exceed 2.0 dB.

002: Change ranges to + 40 dBm V to -30 dBm V and +40 dBm V to -50 dBm V.

- 10 dBm to - 80 dBm dB

- 10 dBm to - 100 dBm _ dB

4-48

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-23. REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY(Cont'd)

Table 4-10. IF Gain Accuracy in Linear Mode

REFERENCE

LEVEL

Setting (dBm)

Step Attenuator

Setting

(db)

Deviation from

6th Division in

Linear Mode (div.)

Deviation from

6th Division

in db*

Step Attenuator

Error (Calibra-

tion)** (dB)

Corrected

Deviation

(dB)

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100

0 (Ref.)

Ref.

0 (Ref.)

002: REFERENCE LEVEL (dBmV) from top to bottom: 40, 30, 20, 10, 0, -10, -20, -30, -40, -50.

*Use Table 4-11 to convert deviation in linear mode to deviation in dB.

**Attenuations > dial settings are positive (+). Attenuations < dial settings are negative (-).

Table 4-11. Conversion Table, Deviation in Linear Mode

POSTIVE DEVIATIONS (Above 6th division

from graticule baseline) NEGATIVE DEVIATIONS (Below 6 th division

from graticule baseline)

Liner (Divisions)I dB Linear (Divisions) dB

+.1

+.2

+.3

+.4

+.5

+.6

+.7

+.8

+.9

+1.0

+1.1

+1.2

+1.3

+1.4

+1.5

+0.14

+0.28

+0.42

+0.56

+0.70

+0.82

+0.96

+1.09

+1.21

+1.34

+1.46

+1.58

+1.70

+1.82

+1.94

-.1

-.2

-.3

-.4

-.5

-.6

-.7

-.8

-.9

-1.0

-1.1

-1.2

-0.15

-0.29

-0.45

-0.60

-0.76

-0.92

-1.08

-1.24

-1.41

-1.58

-1.76

-1.94

4-49

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-23. REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY(Cont'd)

Vernier Accuracy

9. Replace 10 dB step attenuator with 1 dB step attenuator. Set spectrum analyzer as follows:

REFERENCE LEVEL......................................................................................................................- 10 dBm

REFERENCE LEVEL FINE.........................................................................................................................0

Amplitude Scale ................................................................................................................................dB/DIV

FREQ SPAN/DIV...............................................................................................................................50 kHz

RESOLUTION BW ..........................................................................................................................300 kHz

10. Center the signal on the CRT and adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until trace is 6 divisions above graticule

baseline. Set step attenuator and spectrum analyzer REFERENCE LEVEL FINE to settings indicated in Table 4-12.

Record Deviation from 6th Division for each setting.

11. To compute Corrected Deviation, add Step Attenuator Error to Deviation from 6th Division for each setting.

Corrected Deviation should not exceed + 0.5 dB or -0.5 dB for each setting.

Table 4-12. Vernier Accuracy

Step Attenuator

Setting

(dB)

REFERENCE

LEVEL FINE

Setting

Deviation From

6th Division

(dB)

Step Attenuator

Error (Calibration)*

(dB)

Corrected

Deviation

(dB)

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5

-6

-7

-8

-9

-10

-11

-12

0 (Ref.)

Ref.

0 (Ref.)

* Attenuations > dial settings are positive (+). Attenuations < dial settings are negative (-).

4-50

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-24. DISPLAY FIDELITY

SPECIFICATION

Log Incremental Accuracy:

± 0.1 dB per dB from Reference Level

Log Maximum Cumulative Error:

< ± 1.5 dB over entire 70-dB range

Linear Accuracy:

± 3% of Reference Level

DESCRIPTION

The amplitude log display amplifier is tested by connecting a DVM to the rear panel AUX A connector (vertical output) of

the mainframe. The widest analyzer bandwidth possible is selected so the signal appears as a straight horizontal line on

the CRT display. The DVM is used to provide good resolution when checking for ±1 dB per 10 dB step (0.1 dB/dB).

Figure 4-20. Amplitude Log Display Accuracy Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator ............................................................................................................................. HP 8640B

Digital Voltmeter.............................................................................................................................. HP 3455A

10 dB Step Attenuator ....................................................................................................... HP 355D Opt. H82

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) ..............................................................................HP 1250-0780

Cable, BNC to Banana Plug ...........................................................................................................HP 11001A

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω...................................................................................... HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω...........................................................................................HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f).......................................................................................................HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m).....................................................................................................HP 1250-1200

4-51

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-24. DISPLAY FIDELITY (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

Log Display Accuracy

1. Set controls as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

START - CENTER.............................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING .............................................................................................................................................. 30 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV ................................................................................................................................500 kHz

RESOLUTION BW..............................................................................................................................300 kHz

INPUT ATTEN........................................................................................................................................ 10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL ............................................................................................................................ 0 dBm

002: + dBm V

REF LEVEL FINE.......................................................................................................................................... 0

Amplitude Scale .............................................................................................................................. 10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV .................................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER........................................................................................................................ FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER................................................................................................................................ OFF

VIDEO FILTER......................................................................................................................................... OFF

Digital Voltmeter

RANGE ......................................................................................................................................................100

FUNCTION ...........................................................................................................................................V (DC)

AUTO CAL.............................................................................................................................................AUTO

TRIGGER.......................................................................................................................................INTERNAL

MATH....................................................................................................................................................... OFF

Signal Generator

FREQUENCY...................................................................................................................................... 30 MHz

COUNTERMODE.......................................................................................................................................INT

OUTPUT LEVEL ................................................................................................................................... 0 dBm

AM ........................................................................................................................................................... OFF

FM ........................................................................................................................................................... OFF

2. With no signal at INPUT, measure and record the vertical output (AUX A) offset of the spectrum analyzer.

_______ mV

3. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 20. Tune signal generator to 30 MHz and set power output for

approximately 0 dBm. Set step attenuator to 0 dB.

4. Set spectrum analyzer Amplitude Scale to 10 dB/DIV and adjust TUNING control to center the signal on CRT

display.

5. Set the FREQ SPAN/DIV control to zero (0) and RESOLUTION BW control to 100 kHz. Tune the signal

generator frequency for maximum reading on DVM.

4-52

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-24. DISPLAY FIDELITY(Cont'd)

6. Set the signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL so the DVM reads + 800 mV plus the offset (step 2) ± 0.5 mV. The

trace should be approximately at the top graticule line.

Table 4-13. Amplitude Log Display Accuracy

AUX A Theoretical Difference

Attenuator DVM Corrected AUX A Reading Subtracted Between

Setting Reading DMV Theoretical From Corrected Adjacent

(dB) (mV) Reading* Reading DMV Reading Readings

(mV) (mV) (mV) (mV)

0+800 (Ref.) +800 0

10 - - +700 - -

20 - - +600 - -

30 - - +500 - -

40 - - +400 - -

50 - - +300 - -

60 - - +200 - -

70 - - +100 - -

*DVM Reading minus offset recorded in step 2.

Example (+ 5 mV offset):

Table 4-14. Sample Computations of Amplitude Log Display Accuracy

AUX A Theoretical Difference

Attenuator DVM Corrected AUX A Reading Subtracted Between

Setting Reading DMV Theoretical From Corrected Adjacent

(dB) (mV) Reading* Reading DMV Reading Readings

(mV) (mV) (mV) (mV)

0+805 +800 +800 0

10 +811 +703 +700 +3 -3

20 +599 +594 +600 -6 +9

30 +497 +492 +500 -8 +2

40 +406 +401 +400 +1 -9

*DVM Reading minus offset recorded in step 2.

7. Record the DVM Reading for each 10 dB step of the step attenuator, up to 70 dB, in Table 4-13.

8. Having recorded the DVM readings for all of the attenuator settings from 0 to 70 dB, subtract the AUX A

Theoretical Reading from the Corrected DVM Reading (DVM reading minus offset) in each case and record

results in Table 4-13. Theoretical Reading Subtracted From Corrected DVM Reading should not exceed ± 15

mV (± 1.5 dB).

4-53

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4.24. DISPLAY FIDELITY (Cont'd)

9. Subtract each converted reading (AUX A Theoretical Reading Subtracted From Corrected DVM Reading) from

the previous converted reading. This subtraction must be performed algebraically. Record results in Table 4-13

(see Example).

10. The difference between adjacent readings (Table 4-13) should not exceed 10 mV (4 0.1 dB/dB).

Linear Display Accuracy

11. Replace 10 dB step attenuator with 1 dB step attenuator. Set step attenuator to 0 dB.

12. Set spectrum analyzer Amplitude Scale to LIN and RESOLUTION BW control to 1 MHz.

13. Peak the signal on the CRT display using the TUNING control. Set the signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to

place the trace at the top graticule line.

14. Set the step attenuator to 6 dB. Trace should be at 4th division above graticule baseline (center horizontal

graticule line) 1.2 minor divisions.

_______ div

15. Set the step attenuator to 12 dB. Trace should be at 2nd division above graticule baseline 1.2 minor divisions.

_______ div

4-54

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-25. CALIBRATOR ACCURACY

SPECIFICATION

Amplitude: -30 dBm ± 1 dB.

002: +20dBmV ± 1 dB.

Frequency: 280 MHz ±300 MHz.

DESCRIPTION

The amplitude accuracy and frequency accuracy of the CAL OUTPUT signal are checked for -30 dBm ± 1 dB and 280

MHz ± 300 kHz, respectively.

002: +20dBmV ±1 dB.

Figure 4-21. Calibrator Accuracy Test Setup

4-55

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-25. CALIBRATOR ACCURACY (Cont'd)

EQUIPMENT

Amplifier.......................................................................................................................................... HP 8447D

Signal Generator ............................................................................................................................. HP 8640B

10 dB Step Attenuator (Calibrated at 280 MHz) ................................................................. HP 355D Opt. H82

Power Meter...................................................................................................................................... HP 435B

300 MHz LPF ............................................................................................................. TELONIC TLP 300-4AB

Power Sensor.................................................................................................................................. HP 8482A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) ..............................................................................HP 1250-6780

Adapter, Type N (f) to BNC (m) .................................................................................................HP 1250-0077

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in) (2 required)..........................................................................................HP 10503A

Additional Equipment for Options 001 and 002:

Power Sensor, 750.......................................................................................................................... HP 8483A

Adapter, GR Type 874 to BNC (m), 75Ω.................................................................. General Radio 0874-9754

Adapter, GR Type 874 to N (f), 75Ω........................................................................ General Radio 0874-9751

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Q to 50Ω...................................................................................... HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m) ...................................................................................................HP 1250-0216

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f).......................................................................................................HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC(f) to SMA (m)......................................................................................................HP 1250-1200

BNC Cable 30 cm (12 in), 75Ω.............................................................................................. HP 11652-60012

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START - CENTER.............................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING ............................................................................................................................................ 280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV .................................................................................................................................. 1 MHz

RESOLUTION BW................................................................................................................................ 1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN........................................................................................................................................ 10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL ......................................................................................................................... -20 dBm

002: +30dBmV

Amplitude Scale .............................................................................................................................. 10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV .................................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER........................................................................................................................ FREE RUN

BASELINE CLIPPER................................................................................................................................ OFF

2. Set signal generator COUNTER MODE to EXT, 0-550, and EXPAND-X10. Connect spectrum analyzer CAL

OUTPUT to signal generator COUNTER INPUT connector through amplifier. Frequency counter should indicate

280 MHz ± 300 kHz.

__________ MHz

3. Set signal generator COUNTER MODE to INT and tune frequency to 280 MHz. Connect output of signal

generator to calibrated step attenuator through 300 MHz low pass filter. Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to

0 dBm.

4-56

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-25. CALIBRATOR ACCURACY(Cont'd)

4. Set step attenuator to 10 dB and connect power sensor and power meter to attenuator as shown in Figure 4-21.

5. Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL power for a 10 dBm reading on power meter. Leave signal generator set

at this level.

6. Set step attenuator to 30 dB and connect output of step attenuator to spectrum analyzer INPUT connector.

7. Set spectrum analyzer TUNING control to center signal on CRT display. Peak amplitude of reference signal

should be one division down from top graticule line.

8. Set Amplitude Scale switch to I dB/DIV and adjust REF LEVEL FINE control so peak amplitude of reference

signal is one division down from top graticule line.

9. Disconnect reference signal and connect spectrum analyzer CAL OUTPUT to the INPUT connector. Signal peak

amplitude should be one division down from top graticule line ±1 division.

- 31 dBm _______ 29 dBm

PROCEDURE FOR OPTIONS 001 and 002:

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as indicated above.

2. Connect CAL OUTPUT to 8640B counter input connector through amplifier. Frequency counter should indicate

280 MHz ±300 kHz. (Use EXPAND X10 COUNTER MODE, EXT 0-550.)

3. Set signal generator frequency to 280 MHz. Connect output of signal generator to calibrated step attenuator and

75-ohm minimum loss adapter (approximately 5.7 dB attenuation). Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to 5

dBm.

4. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB. Connect minimum loss adapter through power sensor to power meter.

5. Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL for a 10 dBm (Option 001) or -8.75 dBm (Option 002) reading on power

meter. Leave the signal generator set at this level.

6. Set step attenuator to 20 dB and connect -30 dBm (+20 dBm V) reference signal from signal generator through

step attenuator, minimum loss adapter, and 75 ohm cable to HP 8558B INPUT 75Ω connector.

7. With Amplitude Scale switch set to 10 dB/DIV, adjust TUNING control to center signal on CRT display. Peak

amplitude of reference signal should be one division down from the top graticule line.

4-57

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PERFORMANCE TESTS

4-25. CALIBRATOR ACCURACY (Cont'd)

8. Set Amplitude Scale switch to 1 dB/DIV and adjust REF LEVEL FINE control so peak amplitude of reference

signal is on seventh graticule line (one division down from top).

9. Disconnect the reference signal and connect HP 8558B CAL OUTPUT through 75-ohm cable to INPUT 75g

connector. Signal peak amplitude should be one division down from top, plus or minus one division.

001: -31 dBm _______ 29 dBm

002: + 19 dBm V ______21 dBm V

4-58

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 4-15. Performance Test Record (1 of 4)

Hewlett-Packard Company Tested by:__________

Model 8558B

Spectrum Analyzer 0.1-1500 MHz

Serial No._________________ Date:______________

Paragraph Results

Number Test Description Min. Actual Max.

4-11 Frequency Span Accuracy

3.100 MHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

4.50 MHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

5.20 MHz FREQ SPAN/DIV .-0.4 div - +0.4 div

6.10 MHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

7.5 MHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

8.2 MHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

9.1 MHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

10.500 kHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

13.200 kHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

14.100 kHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

50 kHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

20 kHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

10 kHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

5 kHz FREQ SPAN/DIV -0.4 div - +0.4 div

4-12 TUNING Accuracy

5.10.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(8.96 MHz) (11.04 MHz)

6.20.0MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(18.96 MHz) (21.04 MHz)

40.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(38.96 MHz) (41.04 MHz)

60.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(58.96 MHz) (61.04 MHz)

80.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(78.96 MHz) (81.04 MHz)

100.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(96.96 MHz) (101.04 MHz)

120.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(118.96 MHz) (121.04 MHz)

140.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(138.96 MHz) (141.04 MHz)

160.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(158.96 MHz) (161.04 MHz)

180.0 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(178.96 MHz) (181.04 MHz)

200 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(194.8 MHz) (205.2 MHz)

4-59

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 4-15. Performance Test Record (2 of 4)

Paragraph Results

Number Test Description Min. Actual Max.

4-12 TUNING Accuracy (Cont'd)

400 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(394.8 MHz) (405.2 MHz)

600 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(594.8 MHz) (605.2 MHz)

800 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(794.8 MHz) (805.2 MHz)

1000 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(994.8 MHz) (1005.2 MHz)

1200 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(1194.8 MHz) (1205.2 MHz)

1400 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(1394.8 MHz) (1405.2 MHz)

1500 MHz -5.2 div - +5.2 div

(1494.8 MHz) (1505.2 MHz)

4-13 Residual FM

6.Peak-to-Peak Variation of Trace - 1.0 div

(1 kHz/0.1 sec)

4-14 Noise Sidebands

6.Noise Sidebands - 6.5 div down

(-65 dB)

4-15 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy

7.3 MHz Resolution BW 2.40 MHz - 3.60 MHz

8.1 MHz Resolution BW 800 kHz - 1.20 MHz

9.300 kHz Resolution BW 240 kHz - 360 kHz

10.100 kHz Resolution BW 80 kHz - 120 kHz

17.30 kHz Resolution BW 24 kHz - 36 kHz

18.10 kHz Resolution BW 8 kHz - 12 kHz

19.3 kHz Resolution BW 2.4 kHz - 3.6 kHz

20.1 kHz Resolution BW 0.8 kHz - 1.2 kHz

4-16 Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity

24.3 MHz Resolution BW Selectivity - 15:1

1 MHz Resolution BW Selectivity - 15:1

300 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity - 15:1

100 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity - 15:1

30 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity - 15:1

10 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity - 15:1

3 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity - 15:1

1 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity - 15:1

4-60

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 4-15. Performance Test Record (3 of 4)

Paragraph Results

Number Test Description Min. Actual Max.

4-17 Average Noise Level

2 Average Noise Level 1 MHz to 1000 MHz - -107 dBm

3 Average Noise Level 500 MHz to 1500 MHz - -107 dBm

5 Average Noise Level 1 MHz to 11 MHz - -107 dBm

001: Max. is -100 dBm

002: Max. is -53 dBm V

4-18 Spurious Responses

9.Harmonic Distortion

2nd Harmonic -70 dB -

3rd Harmonic -70 dB -

18.Third Order Intermodulation Distortion,

30 MHz input signals -70 dB -

20.Second Order Intermodulation Distortion,

30 MHz input signals (f1 + f2) -70 dB -

22.Second Order Intermodulation Distortion,

30 MHz input signals (f1 + f2) -70 dB -

27.Third Order Intermodulation Distortion,

4 MHz input signals -60 dB -

29.Second Order Intermodulation Distortion,

4 MHz input signals (f1 + f2) -60 dB -

30.Second Order Intermodulation Distortion,

4 MHz input signals (f1 + f2) -60 dB -

4-19 Residual Responses

11.Residual Responses 1 MHz to 1000 MHz - -100 dBm

17.Residual Responses 500 MHz to 1500 MHz - -100 dBm

001: Max. is <-95 dBm

002: Max. is <-45 dBm V

4-20 Frequency Response

17.Frequency Response - 2.0 dB

4-21 Bandwidth Switching (Amplitude Variation)

6.3 MHz to 300 kHz (overall variation) -0.5 dB - +0.5 dB

3 MHz to 1 kHz (overall variation) -1.0 dB - +1.0 dB

4-22 Input Attenuator Accuracy

4.Error Between Adjacent Settings - ±0.5 dB

(1.0 dB)

5.Error Over Full 70 dB Range - ±1.0 dB

(2.0 dB)

4-61

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 4-15. Performance Test Record (4 of 4)

Paragraph Results

Number Test Description Min. Actual Max.

4-23 Reference Level Accuracy

4.Step Accuracy in Log

-10 dBm to -80 dBm ±0.5 dB

(1.0 dB)

-10 dBm to -100 dBm ±1.0 dB

(2.0 dB)

002:+40 dBm V to -30 dBm V

+40 dBm V to -50 dBm V

8.Step Accuracy in LIN

-10 dBm to 80 dBm ±0.5 dB

(1.0 dB)

-10 dBm to -100 dBm ±1.0 dB

(2.0 dB)

002: +40 dBm V to -30 dBm V

+40 dBm V to -50 dBm V

11.Vernier Accuracy

REF LEVEL FINE:

-1 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-2 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-3 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-4 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-5 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-6 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-7 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-8 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-9 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-10 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-11 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

-12 -0.5 dB +0.5 dB

4-24 Display Fidelity

Log Display Accuracy

8.Maximum Error Over Full 70 dB Display Range ±1.5 dB

(±15 mV)

10.Error Between Adjacent Readings ±1.0 dB

(±10 mV)

Linear Display Accuracy

14.Error at 4th division 3.76 div 4.24 div

15.Error at 2nd division 1.76 div 2.24 div

4-25 Calibrator Accuracy

2.CAL OUTPUT Frequency 279.7 MHz 280.3 MHz

9.CAL OUTPUT Amplitude -31 dBm -29 dBm

002: Min. is + 19 dBm V, Max. is +21 dBm V

4-62

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

4-63 through 4-69

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION V.

ADJUSTMENTS

5-1. INTRODUCTION

5-2. The adjustments in this section are required to

optimize spectrum analyzer performance after repair.

Table 5-1 lists adjustable components by adjustment

name, reference designation, adjustment paragraph,

and description.

5-3. Data taken during adjustment should be

recorded in the spaces provided. Comparison of initial

data with data taken during periodic adjustments is

useful for preventive maintenance and troubleshooting.

WARNING

The adjustments in this section

require the spectrum analyzer to be

removed from the display mainframe

and connected through an extender

cable assembly. Be very careful; the

energy at some points in the

instrument might, if contacted, cause

personal injury. The adjustments in

this section should be performed

only by a skilled person who knows

the hazard involved.

NOTE

Before performing any adjustments,

allow 1 hour warmup time.

5-4. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

5-5. The table of Recommended Test Equipment in

Section I lists the test equipment and test accessories

required in the adjustment procedures. In addition, the

table lists the required minimum specifications and

suggested manufacturers' model numbers.

5-6. Required service accessories, with part

numbers, are illustrated in Section I.

5-7. Adjustment Tools

5-8. For adjustments requiring a non-metallic tuning

tool, use fiber tuning tool, HP Part Number 8170-0033.

Never try to force an adjustment control in the analyzer.

This is especially critical when tuning slug-tuned

inductors and variable capacitors.

5-9. Extender Cable Installation

WARNING

Disconnect mainframe line cord

before installing extender cable

assembly.

5-10. Pull out the lock knob and slide the spectrum

analyzer out of the display mainframe. If side stops are

installed, refer to Section II for removal.

5-11. Carefully slide the extender cable assembly,

HP part number 5060-0303, into the display mainframe,

aligning the metal guide plate with the slotted side rails

of the mainframe. Firmly seat the extender cable

assembly to ensure good contact.

5-12. Connect the opposite end of the cable to the

spectrum analyzer. The plug is keyed so it will go on

correctly and will not make contact upside down.

Remove the orange and the yellow leads from pins 3

and 4 on the A15 board at the rear of the spectrum

analyzer. Connect the corresponding leads from the

extender cable assembly to these pins by means of the

insulated alligator clips.

5-13. RELATED ADJUSTMENTS

5-14. These adjustments should be performed

whenever troubleshooting information in Section VIII

indicates that an adjustable circuit is not operating

properly. Perform the adjustments after repair or

replacement of the circuit. The troubleshooting

procedures and Table 5-1 specify the required

adjustments.

5-1

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

5-15. FACTORY-SELECTED COMPONENTS

5-16. Table 5-2 provides a list of factory-selected

components by reference designation, selection

procedure paragraph number, range of values, and

basis

of selection. Factory-selected components are

designated by an asterisk (*) on the schematic diagrams

in Section VIII and in the table of Replaceable Parts,

Section VI. Part numbers for standard-value

components can be found in Table 5-3.

5-2

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-1. Adjustable Components (1 of 4)

Adjustment Reference Adjustment

Name Designator Paragraph Description

REF A1A2R3 5-28 Adjusts DPM reference voltage and adjusts frequency

for correct FREQUENCY MHz readout at 1500 MHz.

2nd MIXER MATCH A5L2 5-17 Adjust for optimum match between second converter

output and second IF input.

Z1, Z2, Z3 A5Z1 A5Z3 5-17 Adjust the bandpass of the 2050 MHz bandpass filter.

2nd LO FREQUENCY A5Z4 5-17 Adjusts second LO frequency to 1748.60 MHz.

3.55 GHZ A7R1 5-28 Coarse adjustment of YIG upper frequency limit, 3.55

GHz.

3.55 FINE A7R2 5-28 Fine adjustment of YIG upper frequency limit, 3.55

GHz.

2.0 GHZ A7R3 5-28 Adjusts YIG lower frequency limit, 2.05 GHz

REF V A7R4 5-28 Adjusts reference voltage to 6.0 volts and is fine

adjustment of YIG lower frequency limit, 2.05 GHz.

+14.5V A7R5 5-28 Adjusts 14.5 volt supply to +14.5 volts.

FM A7R6 5-28 Adjusts frequency span accuracy for frequency spans

<1 MHz per division.

GAIN A7R7 5-28 Adjusts frequency for correct DPM frequency readout

at 190.0 MHz.

RNG A7R8 5-28 Adjusts frequency control circuit for proper DPM

ranging.

OFS A7R72 5-28 Adjusts frequency for correct FREQUENCY MHZ

readout at 200 MHz.

2 ms A8R13 5-27 Adjusts sweep ramp to calibrate 2 ms per division

sweep time.

1 ms A8R10 5-27 Adjusts sweep ramp to calibrate 1 ms per division

sweep time.

+10V A8R7 5-27 Adjusts +10 volt supply. This adjustment must be

performed while spectrum analyzer is still cold, during

first five minutes after turn on.

XTL A8R72 5-21 Adjusts IF bandwidth between 3 dB points for

5-22 RESOLUTION BW setting of 3 kHz.

LC A8R85 5-21 Adjusts IF bandwidth between 3 dB points for

RESOLUTION BW setting of 1 MHz.

LO FREQ A9L4 5-18 Adjusts third converter 280 MHz crystal-controlled LO

for maximum output.

5-3

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-1. Adjustable Components (2 of 4)

Adjustment Reference Adjustment

Name Designator Paragraph Description

SLOPE COMP A9R1 5-19 Compensates for frequency response of input mixer,

allowing flatness of less than 2 dB.

3rd LO PWR A9R5 5-18 Adjusts CAL OUTPUT signal for -30 dBm power level.

002: +20 dBm V.

C 1, C2, C3 A10C1 A10C3 5-20 Adjust the bandpass of the Second IF assembly

Bandpass Filter (301.4 MHz).

2nd IF TUNING A10L2 5-20 Peaks second IF bandpass amplifier. Has very little

effect on signal.

SYM A11C15 5-21 Adjust symmetry of first stage of crystal bandwidth

filter.

LC CTR A11C23 5-21 Adjusts centering of first stage of LC bandwidth filter.

CTR A11C25 5-21 Adjusts centering of first stage of crystal bandwidth

filter.

SYM A11C38 5-21 Adjusts symmetry of second stage of crystal

bandwidth filter.

LC CTR A11C45 5-21 Adjusts centering of second stage of LC bandwidth

filter.

CTR A11C54 5-21 Adjusts centering of second stage of crystal bandwidth

filter.

C73 A11C73 5-21 Compensates for capacitance of CR3.

C74 A11C74 5-21 Compensates for capacitance of CR11.

LC A11R26 5-21 Adjusts feedback in LC circuit of bandpass filter.

XTL A11R31 5-21 Adjusts feedback in crystal circuit of bandpass filter.

40 dB A12R1 5-24 Adjust 40 dB step gain.

10 dB A12R3 5-24 Adjusts 10 dB step gain.

GAIN A12R4 5-23 Adjusts overall gain of Step Gain assembly.

0 dB A12R5 5-24 Adjusts to calibrate 0 dB position of REF LEVEL FINE

control.

5-4

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-1. Adjustable Components (3 of 4)

Adjustment Reference Adjustment

Name Designator Paragraph Description

-12 dB A12R6 5-24 Adjusts to calibrate -12 dB position of REF LEVEL

FINE control.

+19.5V A12R7 5-25 Adjusts +19.5 volt supply.

SYM A13C15 5-21 Adjusts symmetry of first stage of crystal bandwidth

filter.

LC CTR A13C23 5-21 Adjusts centering of first stage of LC bandwidth filter.

CTR A13C25 5-21 Adjusts centering of first stage of crystal bandwidth

filter.

SYM A13C38 5-21 Adjusts symmetry of second stage of crystal

bandwidth filter.

LC CTR A13C45 5-21 Adjusts centering of second stage of LC bandwidth

filter.

CTR A13C54 5-21 Adjusts centering of second stage of crystal bandwidth

filter.

C73 A13C73 5-21 Compensate for capacitance of CR3.

C74 A13C74 5-21 Compensates for capacitance of CR11 .

LC A13R26 5-21 Adjusts feedback in LC circuit of bandpass filter.

XTL A13R31 5-21 Adjusts feedback in crystal circuit of bandpass filter.

OFFSET A14R10 5-26 Adjusts -8V temperature compensated supply.

TC A14R21 Adjusts gain of +1V supply to provide temperature

compensation for log mode temperature controlled

variable gain amplifier. (Factory adjustable only.)

SLOPE A14R23 5-26 Adjusts gain of log mode temperature controlled gain

amplifier.

G6 A14R27 5-26 Adjusts combined gain of 2nd and 3rd stages in linear

mode.

G5 A14R30 5-26 Adjusts gain of 4th stage in linear mode.

G4 A14R33 5-26 Adjusts gain of 5th stage in linear mode.

5-5

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-1. Adjustable Components (4 of 4)

Adjustment Reference Adjustment

Name Designator Paragraph Description

LIN A14R34 5-26 Adjusts combined gain of 6th and 7th stages in linear

mode.

-10 dB A14R39 5-26 Adjusts shape of log fidelity curve at -10 dB.

-30 dB A14R69 5-26 Adjusts shape of log fidelity curve at -30 dB.

1 VT A14R88 Adjusts voltage at A14TP1 for approximately +1V.

(Factory adjustable only.)

LOG GAIN A14R121 5-26 Adjusts dc offset circuitry at output of A14 Log

Amplifier Assembly for 10 dB steps in log mode.

1 dB OFFSET A15R1 5-29 Adjusts for equal amplitude displayed at full screen in

10 dB/DIV and 1 dB/DIV for a given input.

5-6

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-2. Factory Selected Components in Alpha-Numerical Order

Selection

Reference Procedure

Designator Paragraph Basis of Selection

Number

A8R30 Selected to set start of sweep ramp to -5.OOOV ±30 mV.

A8R35 Selected to set high end of sweep ramp to +5V.

A8R74 Selected to optimize 1 kHz bandwidth.

A8R76 Selected to optimize 3 kHz bandwidth.

A8R78 5-22 Selected to optimize 10 kHz bandwidth.

A9R89 5-22 Selected to optimize 300 kHz bandwidth.

A8R92 Selected to optimize 1 MHz bandwidth.

A8R95 5-22 Selected to optimize 3 MHz bandwidth.

A8R105 Selected for OV at A8TP8 with START CENTER switch in START, 100 MHz/DIV,

single scan mode (no sweep).

A8R125 Selected for optimum automatic sweep time with VIDEO FILTER on (but not in

detent).

A9R4 5-18 Selected for proper Third Converter LO power.

A9R9 Selected for proper CAL OUTPUT power.

A9R12 Selected for proper gain of Third Converter.

A9R14 Selected for proper REF LEVEL CAL range.

A11C20 Selected to shift adjustment range of A11C23.

A11C44 Selected to shift adjustment range of A11C45.

A11R23 5-22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 30 kHz.

A11R43 5-22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 100 kHz.

A11R48 5-22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 30 kHz.

A11R56 Selected to equalize feedback between LC stages (not field selectable).

A13C20 Selected to shift adjustment range of A13C23.

A13C44 Selected to shift adjustment range of A13C45.

A13R19 5-22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 100 kHz.

A13R23 5-22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 30 kHz.

A13R43 5-22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 100 kHz.

A13R48 5-22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 30 kHz.

A13R56 Selected to equalize feedback between LC stages (not field selectable).

A14R93 Selected to shift adjustment range of A14R34.

A14R101 Selected to shift adjustment range of A14R34.

A14R107 Selected to shift adjustment range of A14R23.

A15R26 Selected to provide increased range adjustment for 1 dB offset circuit.

A17R1 Selected for proper voltage offset of A17Q1 and A17Q2 to ensure initial turn-on of

oscillator.

5-7

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-3. HP Part Numbers of Standard Value Replacement Components (1 of 3)

CAPACITORS

Value CValue C

(pF) HP Part Number D(pF) HP Part Number D

1.0 0160-2236 8 27 0160-2306 3

1.2 0160-2237 9 30 0160-2199 2

1.5 0150-0091 8 33 0160-2150 5

1.8 0160-2239 1 36 0160-2308 5

2.0 0160-2240 443 0160-2200 6

2.2 0160-2241 5 47 0160-2307 4

2.4 0160-2242 6 51 0160-2201 7

2.7 0160-2243 7 56 0140-0191 8

3.0 0160-2244 8 62 0140-0205 5

3.3 0150-0059 868 0140-0192 9

3.6 0160-2246 0 75 0160-2202 8

3.9 0160-2247 1 82 0140-0193 0

4.3 0160-2248 2 91 0160-2203 9

4.7 0160-2249 3 100 0160-2204 0

5.1 0160-2250 6 110 0140-0194 1

120 0160-2205 1

5.6 0160-2251 7 130 0140-0195 2

6.2 0160-2252 8 150 0140-0196 3

6.8 0160-2253 9 160 0160-2206 2

7.5 0160-2254 0

8.2 0160-2255 1 180 0140-0197 4

200 0140-0198 5

9.1 OloO-2256 2 220 0160-0134 1

10.0 0160-2257 3 240 0140-0199 6

11.0 0160-2258 4

12.0 0160-2259 5

13.0 0160-2260 8 330 0160-2208 4

360 0160-2209 5

15.0 0160-2261 9 390 0140-0200 0

16.0 0160-2262 0 430 0160-0939 4

18.0 0160-2263 1

20.0 0160-2264 2 470 0160-3533 0

22.0 0160-2265 3 510 0160-3534 1

560 0160-3535 2

24.0 0160-2266 4 620 0160-3536 3

680 0160-3537 4

RANGE: 1 to 24 pF

TYPE: Tubular

TOLERANCE:

1 to 9.1 pF = ±.25 pF

10 to 24 pF = ±5%

RANGE: 27 to 680 pF

TYPE: Dipped Mica

TOLERANCE: ±5%

5-8

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-3. HP Part Numbers of Standard Value Replacement Components (2 of 3)

RESISTORS

RANGE: 10 to 464 K Ohms

TYPE: Fixed-Film

WATTAGE: .125 at 125° C

TOLERANCE: ±1.0%

Value CValue CValue C

(Ω)HP Part Number D(Ω)HP Part Number D(Ω)HP Part Number D

10.0 0757-0346 2 464 0698-0082 721.5K 0757-0199 3

11.0 0757-0378 0 511 0757-0416 723.7K 0698-3158 4

12.1 0757-0379 1 562 0757-0417 826.1K 0698-3159 5

13.3 0698-3427 0 619 0757-0418 928.7K 0698-3449 6

14.7 0698-3428 1 681 0757-0419 031.6K 0698-3160 8

16.2 0757-0382 6 750 0757-0420 334.8K 0757-0123 3

17.8 0757-0294 9 825 0757-0421 438.3K 0698-3161 9

19.6 0698-3429 2 909 0757-0422 542.2K 0698-3450 9

21.5 0698-3430 51.0K 0757-0280 346.4K 0698-3162 0

23.7 0698-3431 61.1K 0757-0424 751.1K 0757-0458 7

26.1 0698-3432 71.21K 0757-0274 556.2K 0757-0459 8

28.7 0698-3433 81.33K 0757-0317 761.9K 0757-0460 1

31.6 0757-0180 21.47K 0757-1094 968.1K 0757-0461 2

34.8 0698-3434 91.62K 0757-0428 175.0K 0757-0462 3

38.3 0698-3435 01.78K 0757-0278 982.5K 0757-0463 4

42.2 0757-0316 61.96K 0698-0083 890.9K 0757-0464 5

46.4 0698-4037 02.15K 0698-0084 9100K 0757-0465 6

51.1 0757-0394 02.37K 0698-3150 6110K 0757-0466 7

56.2 0757-0395 12.61K 0698-0085 0121K 0757-0467 8

61.9 0757-0276 72.87K 0698-3151 7133K 0698-3451 0

68.1 0757-0397 33.16K 0757-0279 0147K 0698-3452 1

75.0 0757-0398 43.48K 0698-3152 8162K 0757-0470 3

82.5 0757-0399 53.83K 0698-3153 9178K 0698-3243 8

90.9 0757-0400 94.22K 0698-3154 0196K 0698-3453 2

100 0757-0401 04.64K 0698-3155 1215K 0698-3454 3

110 0757-0402 15.11K 0757-0438 3237K 0698-3266 5

121 0757-0403 25.62K 0757-0200 7261K 0698-3455 4

133 0698-3437 26.19K 0757-0290 5287K 0698-3456 5

147 0698-3438 36.81K 0757-0439 4316K 0698-3457 6

162 0757-0405 47.50K 0757-0440 7348K 0698-3458 7

178 0698-3439 48.25K 0757-0441 8383K 0698-3459 8

196 0698-3440 79.09K 0757-0288 1422K 0698-3460 1

215 0698-3441 810.0K 0757-0442 9464K 0698-3260 9

237 0698-3442 911.0K 0757-0443 o

261 0698-3132 412.1K 0757-0444 1

287 0698-3443 013.3K 0757-0289 2

316 0698-3444 114.7K 0698-3156 2

348 0698-3445 216.2K 0757-0447 4

383 0698-3446 317.8K 0698-3136 8

422 0698-3447 419.6K 0698-3157 3

5-9

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-3. HP Part Numbers of Standard Value Replacement Components (3 of 3)

RESISTORS

RANGE: 10 to 1.47M Ohms

TYPE: Fixed-Film

WATTAGE: .5 at 125°C

TOLERANCE: ±1%

Value HP Part CValue HP Part CValue HP Part CValue HP Part C

(Ω)Number D(Ω)Number D(Ω)Number D(Ω)Number D

10.0 0757-0984 4 215 0698-3401 04.64K 0698-3348 4110K 0757-0859 2

11.0 0575-0985 5 237 0698-3102 85.11K 0757-0833 2121K 0757-0860 5

12.1 0757-0986 6 261 0757-1090 55.62K 0757-0834 3133K 0757-0310 0

13.3 0757-0001 6 287 0757-1092 76.19K 0757-0196 0147K 0698-3175 5

14.7 0698-3388 2 316 0698-3402 16.81K 0757-0835 4162K 0757-0130 2

16.2 0757-0989 9 348 0698-3403 27.50K 0757-0836 5178K 0757-0129 9

17.8 0698-3389 3 383 0698-3404 38.25K 0757-0837 6196K 0757-0063 0

19.6 0698-3390 6 422 0698-3405 49.09K 0757-0838 7215K 0757-0127 7

21.5 0698-3391 7 464 0698-0090 710.0K 0757-0839 8237K 0698-3424 7

23.7 0698-3392 8 511 0757-0814 912.1K 0757-0841 2261K 0757-0064 1

26.1 0757-0003 8 562 0757-0815 013.3K 0698-3413 4287K 0757-0154 0

28.7 0698-3393 9 619 0757-0158 414.7K 0698-3414 5316K 0698-3425 8

31.6 0698-3394 0 681 0757-0816 116.2K 0757-0844 5348K 0757-0195 9

34.8 0698-3395 1 750 0757-0817 217.8K 0698-0025 8383K 0757-0133 5

38.3 0698-3396 2 825 0757-0818 319.6K 0698-3415 6422K 0757-0134 6

42.2 0698-3397 3 909 0757-0819 421.5K 0698-3416 7 464K 0698-3426 9

46.4 0698-3398 41.00K 0757-0159 523.7K 0698-3417 851IK 0757-0135 7

51.1 0757-1000 71.10K 0757-0820 726.1K 0698-3418 9562K 0757-0868 3

56.2 0757-1001 81.21K 0757-0821 828.7K 0698-3103 9619K 0757-0136 8

61.9 0757-1002 91.33K 0698-3406 531.6K 0698-3419 0681K 0757-0869 4

68.1 0757-0794 41.47K 0757-1078 934.8K 0698-3420 3750K 0757-0137 9

75.0 0757-0795 51.62K 0757-0873 038.3K 0698-3421 4825K 0757-0870 7

82.5 0757-0796 61.78K 0698-0089 442.2K 0698-3422 5909K 0757-0138 0

90.0 0757-0797 71.96K 0698-3407 646.4K 0698-3423 61M 0757-0059 4

100 0757-0198 22.15K 0698-3408 751.1K 0757-0853 61.M 0757-0139 1

110 0757-0798 82.37K 0698-3409 856.2K 0757-0854 71.21M 0757-0871 8

121 0757-0799 92.61K 0698-0024 761.9K 0757-0309 71.33M 0757-0194 8

133 0698-3399 52.87K 0698-3101 768.1K 0757-0855 81.47M 0698-3464 5

147 0698-3400 93.16K 0698-3410 175.0K 0757-0856 9

162 0757-0802 53.48K 0698-3411 282.5K 0757-0857 0

178 0698-3334 83.83K 0698-3412 390.9K 0757-0858 1

196 0757-1060 94.22K 0698-3346 2100K 0757-0367 7

5-10

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 5-4. Related Adjustments

Assembly Charged Paragraph

or Repaired Perform the Following Related Adjustments Number

A1 Digital Panel Meter A1A2R3 5-28

A2 Front Switch A12RS, A12R6 5-24

A3 Input Attenuator No related adjustments

A4 First Converter A9R1 5-19

AS Second Converter A5Z1, A5Z2, A5Z3, A5Z4, A5L2 5-17

A6 YIG Oscillator A1A2R3, A7R1, A7R2, A7R3, A7R4, A7R6, A7R7, 5-28

A7R8, A7R72

A7 Frequency Control A5Z4 5-17

A1A2R3, A7R1, A7R2, A7R3, A7R4, A7R5, A7R6, 5-28

A7R7, A7R72

A8 Sweep Generator A8R2, A8R10, A8R13, A8R72, A8R85 5-22, 5-27

A9 Third Converter A9L4, A9R5, A9R1 5-18, 5-19

A10 Second IF A10C1, A10C2, A10C3, A10L2 5-20

A11, Bandwidth Filters A11C15, A11C23, A11C25, A11C38, A11C45, A11C54, A11C73, 5-21,5-22

A13* A11C74, A13C15, A13C23, A13C25, A13C38, A13C45, A13C54,

A13C73, A13C74, A8R72, A8R85

A12 Step Gain A12R1, A12R2, A12R3, A12R4, A12R5, A12R6, A12R7 5-23 - 5-25

A14 Log Amplifier A14R23, A14R27, A14R30, A14R33, A14R34, A14R39, 5-26

A14R69, A14R121 5-29

A15 Vertical Driver A15R1 5-29

and Blanking

A16 Motherboard No related adjustments

A17 Inverter No related adjustments

*A11 and A13 bandwidth filter assemblies contain a matched set of crystals. These two assemblies must be treated as a

matched pair when replacement is necessary.

5-11

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-17. SECOND CONVERTER LO AND BANDPASS ADJUSTMENTS

REFERENCE

A5 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

The second converter is adjusted for 1748.60 MHz and the bandpass filter is adjusted for a 2050 MHz Bandpass.

Figure 5-1. Second Converter LO and Bandpass Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Frequency Counter.................................................................................................................... HP 5342A

Comb Generator ....................................................................................................................... HP 8406A

Test Cable, SMC (f) to BNC (m)...................................................................................... HP 11592-60001

Adapter, SMC (m) to SMC (m)............................................................................................HP 1250-0827

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f)...........................................................................................HP 1250-0780

Special Adapter.................................................................................................................. See Figure 5-2

BNC Cable 120 cm (48 in) .......................................................................................................HP 10503A

Extender Cable Assembly ...................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω................................................................................ HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω....................................................................................HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f) ................................................................................................HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC(f) to SMA (m)................................................................................................HP 1250-1200

5-12

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-17. SECOND CONVERTER LO AND BANDPASS ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

NOTE

The special adapter in Figure 5-1 is made from a SMC (f) to SMC (f) adapter, HP Part No. 1250-

1113. The nuts must be soldered to the body of the subminiature RF adapter so they will both

turn with the body. Be sure to space the nuts properly before soldering (see Figure 5-2).

MAXIMUM SPACE

⇐(PULL NUT TO END⇒

OF BODY, BOTH SIDES)

Figure 5-2. Special Adapter Used in Second Converter LO and Bandpass Test Setup

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

START - CENTER ......................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING...................................................................................................................................... 300 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV ........................................................................................................................ 100 MHz

RESOLUTION BW......................................................................................................... 1 MHz (optimum)

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................... 0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL...................................................................................................................-30 dBm

002: +20dBmV

Amplitude Scale........................................................................................................................ 10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...........................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER ................................................................................................................. FREE RUN

Frequency Counter

10 Hz-500 MHz/500 MHz- 18 GHz ................................................................................ 500 MHz- 18 GHz

SAMPLE RATE........................................................................................................ Full counterclockwise

Comb Generator

COMB FREQUENCY..................................................................................................................... 100MC

INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE......................................................................................................... OFF

5-13

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-17. SECOND CONVERTER LO AND BANDPASS ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-1 and switch display mainframe power ON. Connect counter to A5J3

at the top of A5 Converter Assembly. Connect comb generator to HP 8558B INPUT.

3. Adjust second LO FREQUENCY adjustment A5Z4 for 1748.60 40.2 MHz. Use Allen wrench through center of

drilled-out 5/16-inch nut driver to enable nut to be tightened without shifting frequency.

4. Set comb generator for 100 MHz comb.

5. Center a 100 MHz comb tooth using 8558B TUNING control. Turn FREQ SPAN/DIV control to 2 MHz and

uncoupled RESOLUTION BW control to 300 kHz, keeping comb tooth centered on display.

6. Loosen lock nut on A5Z1 and A5Z2. Carefully turn tuning screws clockwise until they bottom on cavity.

7. Turn A5Z1 and A5Z2 one turn counterclockwise and lightly tighten lock nuts.

8. Loosen lock nut on A5Z3, and adjust A5Z3 for peak signal on display. Make final adjustment with Amplitude

Scale switch in LIN position. It might be necessary to increase gain to see signal in linear mode. Leave in LIN

position.

9. Adjust A5Z1 for peak signal on display. Reduce REFERENCE LEVEL as necessary to keep signal on display.

Repeat A5Z1 and A5Z3 adjustments for maximum signal on display.

10. Adjust A5Z2 for maximum signal on display. Reduce REFERENCE LEVEL as necessary to keep signal on

display.

11. Carefully tighten lock nuts on A5Z1, A5Z2, and A5Z3 so that signal does not change on display.

12. Adjust A5L2 2nd MIXER MATCH adjustment for maximum signal.

13. Check second LO frequency. If frequency error is greater than 4i0.5 MHz, repeat step 3.

5-14

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-18. THIRD CONVERTER LO AND CAL OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE

A9 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

The third converter LO frequency is adjusted for maximum output, and power is adjusted for -30 dBm ±1.0 dB CAL

OUTPUT. The third LO frequency is checked for 280 MHz ±300 kHz.

002: +20 dBmV ±1.0dB

Figure 5-3. Third Converter LO and CAL OUTPUT Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT Amplifier ................................................................................................................................... HP 8447A

Power Meter................................................................................................................................ HP 435B

Power Sensor............................................................................................................................ HP 8482A

Signal Generator....................................................................................................................... HP 8640B

10 dB Step Attenuator (calibrated at 280 MHz)........................................................... HP 355D, Opt. H82

300 MHz LPF...........................................................................................................Telonic TLP 300-4AB

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required)........................................................................HP 1250-0780

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Power Sensor, 75Ω, HP 8483A

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω................................................................................ HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC(m) to BNC(m), 75Ω......................................................................................HP 1250-1288

BNC Cable, 30 cm (12 in), 75Ω....................................................................................... HP 11652-60012

5-15

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-18. THIRD CONVERTER LO AND CAL OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment as follows:

START- CENTER .......................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING...................................................................................................................................... 280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV ..........................................................................................................................500 kHz

RESOLUTION BW.......................................................................................................................... 1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................. 10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL dBm................................................................................................................... -20

002: + 30 dBm V

Amplitude Scale...................................................................................................................................LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...........................................................................................................................AUTO

Extender Cable Assembly ...................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

Signal Generator:

OUTPUT LEVEL........................................................................................................................ + 10 dBm

FREQUENCY ............................................................................................................................. 280 MHz

AM .................................................................................................................................................... OFF

FM .................................................................................................................................................... OFF

RF ......................................................................................................................................................ON

COUNTER MODE................................................................................................................................INT

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-3. Connect CAL OUTPUT to INPUT 50( connector.

001 and 002: 75Ω

3. Center the 280 MHz signal on the display.

4. Adjust A9L4 third converter LO FREQ adjustment for maximum signal amplitude.

5. Tune signal generator to frequency of third converter LO (280 MHz ±300 kHz).

6. Connect signal generator through 300 MHz LPF to calibrated step attenuator. Set step attenuator to 10 dB.

7. Connect power sensor and power meter to step attenuator as shown in Figure 5-3.

8. Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL for a 0 dBm full scale reading on power meter. Leave signal generator set

at this level.

001: +5.7 dBm

002: + 7.0

9. Set step attenuator to 40 dB and connect the reference signal set in step 8 (from signal generator through step

attenuator) to the 8558B INPUT 50Ω connector.

001 and 002: INPUT 75Ω connector using Minimum Loss Adapter and 75Ω BNC Cable.

5-16

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-18. THIRD CONVERTER LO AND CAL OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

10. Set signal from signal generator to a convenient reference level on display with REFERENCE LEVEL and REF

LEVEL FINE controls.

11. Disconnect signal generator and connect spectrum analyzer CAL OUTPUT to the INPUT 500 connector.

001 and 002: 75Ω

12. Adjust A9R5 3RD LO PWR adjustment, accessible from bottom of analyzer through motherboard, to the

reference set in step 10. (If range is insufficient on A9R5, change value of factory-selected resistor A9R4*.)

13. Connect CAL OUTPUT to amplifier input and connect amplifier output to COUNTER INPUT of 8640B. Set HP

8640B COUNTER MODE to EXT EXPAND X10. The third LO frequency should read 280 MHz ±300 kHz.

5-17

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-19. SLOPE ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE

A9 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

An externally leveled signal is applied to the INPUT of the spectrum analyzer. The signal is adjusted across the

frequency range of the spectrum analyzer. A9R1 SLOPE COMP is adjusted for best flatness, compensating for first

converter conversion loss over frequency.

Figure 5-4. Slope Adjustment Test Setup

5-18

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-19. SLOPE ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

EQUIPMENT

Sweep Oscillator*...................................................................................................................... HP 8350A

RF Plug-In* ..............................................................................................................................HP 83522A

Power Splitter...........................................................................................................................HP 11667A

Crystal Detector .......................................................................................................................... HP 423B

10-dB Attenuator........................................................................................................HP 8491B Opt. 010

Adapter, Type N (m) to Type N (m).....................................................................................HP 1250-1475

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in) ......................................................................................................HP 10503A

Type N Cable...........................................................................................................................HP 11500A

Extender Cable Assembly ...................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

*8620C/86222A may be substituted

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 752 to 50Ω................................................................................ HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC(m) to BNC (m), 75Ω.....................................................................................HP 1250-1288

Adapter, Type N (m) to SMA (f)...........................................................................................HP 1250-1250

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

START - CENTER ......................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING...................................................................................................................................... 500 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV ........................................................................................................................ 100 MHz

RESOLUTION BW.......................................................................................................................... 1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................. 10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL...................................................................................................................-10 dBm

002: +40dBmV

REF LEVEL FINE ................................................................................................................................... 0

Amplitude Scale.......................................................................................................................... 1 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...........................................................................................................................AUTO

BASELINE CLIPPER ......................................................................................................................... OFF

VIDEO FILTER .................................................................................................................................. OFF

Sweep Oscillator

START.......................................................................................................................................... 10 MHz

STOP........................................................................................................................................... 1.5 GHz

SWEEP .............................................................................................................................................MAN

POWER LEVEL.............................................................................................................................. 0 dBm

ALC MODE.........................................................................................................................................EXT

FREQUENCY/TIME.................................................................................................................... 500 MHz

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-4.

5-19

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-19. SLOPE ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

3. Adjust spectrum analyzer REF LEVEL FINE to bring signal peak on display.

4. Set spectrum analyzer START - CENTER to CENTER. Manually tune sweep oscillator for output frequencies

from 10 MHz to 1.0 GHz. Set spectrum analyzer START - CENTER to START. Manually tune sweep oscillator

for output frequencies from 1.0 GHz to 1.5 GHz.

5. Using procedure of step 4, locate highest displayed amplitude. Adjust spectrum analyzer REF LEVEL FINE to

bring highest displayed amplitude to fifth CRT graticule line from bottom.

6. Using procedure of step 4, locate lowest displayed amplitude.

7. Adjust spectrum analyzer A9R1 SLOPE COMP for minimum difference between highest and lowest displayed

amplitudes.

8. Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 until no further adjustment is necessary.

9. With highest displayed amplitude set to fifth graticule line from bottom lowest displayed amplitude should be at

or above third graticule line from bottom.

5-20

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-20. SECOND IF BANDPASS AMPLIFIER AND BANDPASS FILTER ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE

A10 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

Tune bandpass amplifier output and bandpass filter.

Figure 5-5. Second IF Bandpass Amplifier and Bandpass Filter Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator....................................................................................................................... HP 8640B

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f)...........................................................................................HP 1250-0780

Test Cable, SMC (f) to BNC (m)...................................................................................... HP 11592-60001

Extender Cable Assembly ...................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

FREQ SPAN/DIV ........................................................................................................................ 100 MHz

RESOLUTION................................................................................................................................. 1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................... 0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL..................................................................................................................- 10 dBm

002: +40 dBmV

Amplitude Scale........................................................................................................................ 10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...........................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER ................................................................................................................. FREE RUN

2. Set signal generator frequency to 301.4 MHz and set output level to approximately - 35 dBm.

5-21

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-20. SECOND IF BANDPASS AMPLIFIER AND BANDPASS FILTER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

NOTE

If 8640B is not used, adjust the signal generator for maximum signal on the display in step 3.

3. Remove W6P2 from Second IF A10J1. Connect signal generator through test cable to A10J1 as shown in

Figure 5-5.

4. Adjust bandpass filter capacitors A10C1, A10C2, and A10C3 on Second IF Assembly fully counterclockwise.

Adjust REFERENCE LEVEL if necessary for an on-screen display.

5. Adjust A10C1 for maximum signal amplitude. Make final adjustment with Amplitude Scale switch in LIN position.

Leave switch in LIN position. Use REFERENCE LEVEL and REF LEVEL FINE controls to keep signal on top

half of display.

6. Adjust A10C3 for maximum signal amplitude. There may be a double peak; tune past first peak to second peak.

Signal on display will peak and fall off slightly and then peak again.

7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 adjusting A10C1 and A10C3 for maximum amplitude.

8. Adjust A10C2 for maximum signal amplitude. There may be a double peak; tune to second peak. Reduce input

signal level to keep signal on display.

NOTE

The following adjustment of A10L2 has very little effect on the signal or performance of the

spectrum analyzer. A10L2 need not be adjusted because the position of the core is not critical.

9. Adjust A10L2 2ND IF TUNING adjustment for maximum signal amplitude. L2 is adjusted through motherboard

on bottom of analyzer. Reconnect W6P2 to A10J1.

5-22

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-21. CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS

REFERENCE

A8, A11, and A13 Schematics

DESCRIPTION

The crystal and LC bandwidth filter circuits are adjusted for symmetry, center, and peak. Three-dB bandwidths are

adjusted on the Sweep Generator Assembly A8 (paragraph 5-22).

Figure 5-6. Crystal and LC Bandwidth Filter Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f)...........................................................................................HP 1250-0780

BNC Cable, 20 cm (9 in) ..........................................................................................................HP 10502A

Crystal Short (3 Required)................................................................................................. See Figure 5-7.

Extender Cable Assembly ...................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

BNC Cable, 30 cm (12 in), 75Ω................................................................................. HP 11652-60012

NOTE

A crystal short consists of a .01 µF capacitor (HP Part No. 0160-0161) and a 90.9 ohm resistor (HP

Part No. 0757-0400) connected in series. Two square-terminal connectors (HP Part No. 0362-

0265) are used to connect the crystal short across the test points.

5-23

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-21. CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

Figure 5-7. Crystal Short Configuration

PROCEDURE

NOTE

Allow 30 minutes warmup time before performing adjustments.

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START- CENTER .......................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING...................................................................................................................................... 280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV ............................................................................................................................. 5 kHz

RESOLUTION BW........................................................................................................................... 1 kHz

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................... 0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL...................................................................................................................-20 dBm

002: + 30 dBmV

Amplitude Scale...................................................................................................................................LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV ..................................................................................................................... 10 mSEC

SWEEP TRIGGER ................................................................................................................. FREE RUN

Crystal Alignment

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-6.

NOTE

If A8 Sweep Generator has been replaced or adjusted, perform steps 3 through 9. If not, proceed

to step 10.

3. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 500 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz.

4. Center the signal with TUNING control. Using REF LEVEL FINE control, place signal at 7.1 divisions (0.9

division from top graticule line).

5-24

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-21. CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

Figure 5-8. Adjusting Crystal Symmetry and Crystal Centering

5. Adjust A8R85 LC until signal is two divisions wide at the fifth graticule line (1 MH4z. wide at; 3-dB points).

6. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 5 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz.

7. Using REF LEVEL FINE control, place signal at 7.1 divisions.

8. Adjust A8R72 XTL until signal is two divisions wide- at the fifth graticule line (10 kHz wide at 3-dB points).

9. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 5 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz.

10. Center signal with TUNING control. (It might be necessary to increase FREQ SPAN/DIV temporarily to find the

signal.) Set REF LEVEL FINE control to place signal at sixth graticule line.

11. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 20 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz.

NOTE

A non-metallic tuning tool is required for adjustments on the Al1 and A13 bandwidth filter

assemblies.

12. Connect crystal shorts (through cover access holes) across A13TP1/TP2, A11TP1/TP2, and A11TP4/TP5.

5-25

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-21. CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS (Co nt'd)

NOTE

Keep crystal spike centered during adjustments. The SYM and CTR adjustments for each crystal

interact.

13. Adjust front-panel TUNING control to center bandpass spike (Figure 5-8) on the CRT display.

14. Adjust A13C38 SYM and A13C54 CTR for a centered and symmetrical bandpass as shown in Figure 5-8. Adjust

A13C54 CTR for minimum signal amplitude.

15. Remove crystal short from A13TP1/TP2 and connect it across A13TP4/TP5.

16. Adjust A13C15 SYM and A13C25 CTR for a centered and symmetrical bandpass. Adjust A13C25 CTR for

minimum signal amplitude.

17. Remove crystal short from A11TP4/TP5 and connect it across A13TP1/TP2.

18. Adjust A11C38 SYM and A11C54 CTR for a centered and symmetrical bandpass. Adjust A11C54 CTR for

minimum signal amplitude.

19. Remove crystal short from A11TP1/TP2 and connect it across A11TP4/TP5.

20. Adjust A11C15 SYM and A11C25 CTR for a centered and symmetrical bandpass. Adjust A11C25 CTR for

minimum signal amplitude.

21. Remove the crystal shorts.

LC Alignment

22. Perform preliminary LC filter adjustments as follows:

a. Install A13 on extender board. Set RESOLUTION BW control to 100 kHz.

b. Short to ground the following test points: A13TP6, A11TP3, and A11TP6. Jumper A8TP1 to A8TP2.

c. Adjust A13C73 for minimum signal amplitude.

d. Disconnect short from A13TP6 and short to ground A13TP3.

e. Adjust A13C74 for minimum signal amplitude.

f. Reinstall A13 and install A11 on extender board.

g. Disconnect short from A11TP3 and short to ground A13TP6.

h.Adjust A11C73 for minimum signal amplitude.

i. Disconnect short from A11TP6 and short to ground A11TP3.

5-26

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-21. CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

j. Adjust A11C74 for minimum signal amplitude.

k. Disconnect shorts from test points and reinstall A11. Replace covers on A11 and A13 assemblies. Remove

jumper from A8TP1/A8TP2.

NOTE

When A11 and A13 BW Filter Assemblies are installed with covers in place, midget copper

alligator clips (HP Part No. 1400-0483) can be used to short test points to the cover.

23. Carefully center signal on CRT in 30 kHz RESOLUTION BW; then switch RESOLUTION BW to 100 kHz. Note

where signal intersects the center vertical graticule line.

24. Adjust A13C45 LC CTR for maximum signal amplitude where the signal intersects the center vertical graticule

line.

25. Switch RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz and center signal; then switch to 100 kHz. Note where signal intersects the

center vertical graticule line.

26. Adjust A13C23 LC CTR for maximum signal amplitude where the signal intersects the center vertical graticule

line.

27. Switch RESOLUTION BW to 30 KHz and center signal; then switch to 100 kHz. Note where signal intersects the

center vertical graticule line.

28. Adjust A11C45 LC CTR for maximum signal amplitude where the signal intersects the center vertical graticule

line.

29. Switch RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz and center signal; then switch to 100 kHz. Note where signal intersects the

center vertical graticule line.

30. Adjust A11C23 LC CTR for maximum signal amplitude where the signal intersects the center vertical graticule

line.

31. Switch RESOLUTION BW between 100 kHz and 30 kHz to be sure the signal is centered at both bandwidth

settings.

32. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 5 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz. Center signal with TUNING control.

Bandwidth Amplitude

33. Set A11R31 XTL and A13R31 XTL fully counterclockwise.

34. Set Amplitude Scale switch to 1 dB/DIV.

35. Jumper A8TP1 to A8TP2. Short A11TP3, A11TP6, A13TP3, and A13TP6 to ground.

5-27

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-21. CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

36. Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 50 kHz.

37. Adjust fine TUNING and REF LEVEL FINE for a centered signal at 7 divisions.

38. Remove shorts from A13TP3 and A13TP6 and center signal with fine TUNING control. Adjust A13R26 LC for a

signal amplitude of 7 divisions.

39. Remove shorts from Al1TP3 and Al1TP6. Adjust A11R26 LC for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions.

40. Repeat steps 35 through 39 until no further adjustment is necessary.

41. Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 5 kHz. Center signal with fine TUNING control. Adjust

A11 R31 XTL and Al3R31 XTL equally for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions.

NOTE

Each potentiometer should be adjusted to accomplish half the necessary increase in signal

amplitude.

42. Remove jumper from A8TP1 and A8TP2.

43. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 100 MHz and RESOLUTION BW to 3 MHz and push in to couple the two controls.

44. Turn coupled controls to set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 50 MHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz. Center signal with

TUNING control. Adjust REF LEVEL FINE for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions.

45. With controls coupled, step down RESOLUTION BW from 1 MHz to 300 kHz. Variation in signal amplitude

should be less than ±0.4 dB.

46. Step down RESOLUTION BW from 100 kHz to 1 kHz. Variation of signal amplitude should be less than ±0.5 dB.

47. Repeat steps 35 through 46 until variation in signal amplitude is within limits.

5-28

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-22. 3-dB BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE

A8 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

The 3-dB bandwidths for the 3 MHz, 1 MHz and 300 kHz RESOLUTION BW settings are adjusted using the CAL

OUTPUT as the signal source. The 3-dB bandwidths for the 10 kHz, 3 kHz, and 1 kHz RESOLUTION BW settings are

adjusted by injecting a stable 301.4 MHz signal into the third converter of the spectrum analyzer.

Figure 5-9. 3-dB Bandwidth Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator....................................................................................................................... HP 8640B

Frequency Counter.................................................................................................................... HP 5343A

10 dB Step Attenuator................................................................................................................. HP 355D

BNC Cable, 20 cm (9 in) ..........................................................................................................HP 10502A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (3 requird)..........................................................................HP 1250-0780

BNC Tee.............................................................................................................................HP 1250-0781

Test Cable, SMC (f) to BNC (m)...................................................................................... HP 11592-60001

Extender Cable Assembly ...................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

5-29

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-22. 3-dB BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START - CENTER ......................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING...................................................................................................................................... 280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV ..........................................................................................................................200 kHz

RESOLUTION BW.......................................................................................................................... 1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................... 0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL...................................................................................................................-20 dBm

Amplitude Scale...................................................................................................................................LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV ....................................................................................................................... 1 mSEC

SWEEP TRIGGER ................................................................................................................. FREE RUN

VIDEO FILTER .................................................................................................................................. OFF

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-9 except for signal input to A9J1. Connect CAL OUTPUT to spectrum

analyzer INPUT 50(.

3. Set signal level of 7.1 divisions on display with REF LEVEL FINE control. (Signal should be 0.9 division from top

graticule line.)

4. Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 200 kHz. Adjust A8R85 LC to set bandwidth of 5

divisions at the fifth graticule line.

5. Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 MHz and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 500 kHz. The bandwidth at the fifth graticule line

should be between 5.4 and 6.6 divisions.

NOTE

A8R85 LC may be further adjusted to bring the 3 MHz and 300 kHz bandwidths within limits;

however, the final measurement of the 1 MHz bandwidth must be between 4.5 and 5.5 divisions at

the fifth graticule line. (If the 3 MHz bandwidth cannot be brought within limits by adjustment of

A8R85 LC, change the value of factory-selected resistor A8R95*.)

6. Set RESOLUTION BW to 300 kHz and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 50 kHz. The bandwidth should be between 5.4 and

6.6 divisions at the fifth graticule line. (If the bandwidth cannot be adjusted within the specified limits, change the

value of factory-selected resistor A8R89*.)

7. Set RESOLUTION BW to 100 kHz and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 20 kHz. The bandwidth should be between 4.3 and

5.7 divisions at the fifth graticule line.

NOTE

If the 100 kHz bandwidth is not within the specified limits, change the values of factory-selected

resistors A13R19*, A13R43*, and A11R43*. If the bandwidth is too wide, increase the value of the

resistors; if the bandwidth is too narrow, decrease the value of the resistors. The three factory-

selected resistors need not be of equal value, but each must be within one standard value of the

others.

5-30

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-22. 3-dB BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd )

8. Set RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 5 kHz. The bandwidth should be between 5.2 and 6.8

divisions at the fifth graticule line.

NOTE

If the 30 kHz bandwidth is not within the specified limits, change the values of factory-selected

resistors A11R23*, A11R48*, A13R23*, and A13R48*. If the bandwidth is too wide, decrease the

value of the factory selected resistors; if the bandwidth is too narrow, increase the value of the

resistors. The four factory-selected resistors need not be of equal value, but each must be within

one standard value of the others.

9. Connect signal generator through the BNC Tee connector to the step attenuator and to the frequency counter as

shown in Figure 5-9. Set the signal generator to approximately 0 dBm and the step attenuator to 30 dB. Set

COUNTER MODE to EXPAND X100.

10. Remove W7P2 from Third Converter A9J1. Connect step attenuator through test cable to A9J1.

11. Set HP 8558B RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz. Tune signal generator to peak signal on CRT display (near 301.4

MHz). Adjust the output level of signal generator to place the signal at 7.1 divisions.

12. Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz. Tune signal generator to peak signal on CRT display.

13. Adjust REF LEVEL FINE to place signal at 7.1 divisions.

14. Note the counter frequency and tune the signal generator 1500 Hz below the center frequency noted. Record the

new counter frequency.

15. Adjust A8R72 XTL to bring signal level to the fifth graticule line (three divisions from the top graticule line).

16. Increase signal generator frequency until signal on CRT display peaks and then decreases to the fifth graticule

line. Record counter frequency.

17. Compare new frequency with frequency recorded in step 14. The difference between the two frequencies should

be 2800 to 3200 Hz. If the bandwidth is not within limits, repeat steps 12 through 17, slightly readjusting A8R72

XTL, until the specified limits are achieved.

18. Set RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz. Tune signal generator to peak signal on CRT display.

19. Adjust REF LEVEL FINE to place signal at 7.1 divisions.

20. Note the counter frequency and tune the signal generator 5 kHz below the center frequency noted. Record the

new counter frequency.

21. Increase the signal generator frequency until the signal on the CRT display peaks and then decreases to the fifth

graticule line. Record counter frequency.

22. Compare new frequency with frequency recorded in step 20. The difference between the two frequencies should

be 9.000 kHz to 11.000 kHz.

5-31

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-22. 3-dB BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

NOTE

A8R72 XTL may be further adjusted to bring the 10 kHz and 1 kHz bandwidths within limits;

however, the final measurement of the 3 kHz bandwidth must be between 2700 Hz and 3300 Hz.

(If the 10 kHz bandwidth cannot be brought within limits by adjustment of A8R72 XTL, change

the value of factory-selected resistor A8R78*.)

23. Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz. Tune signal generator to peak signal on CRT display.

24. Adjust REF LEVEL FINE to place signal at 7.1 divisions.

25. Note the counter frequency. Increase signal generator frequency until signal on CRT display peaks and then

decreases to the fifth graticule line. Record new counter frequency.

26. Compare new frequency with frequency originally noted in step 25. The difference between the two frequencies

should be 450 Hz to 550 Hz.

27. Reconnect W7P2 to A9J1.

5-32

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-23. STEP GAIN ASSEMBLY RF GAIN ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE

A12 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

The RF gain (sensitivity) of the Step Gain assembly is adjusted by injecting a 21.4 MHz signal at A16XA9. The Third

Converter Assembly A9 is removed and replaced with a special extender board for applying the 21.4 MHz signal from the

signal generator.

Figure 5-10. Step Gain Assembly RF Gain Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator....................................................................................................................... HP 8640B

Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................................................................... HP 3455A

Power Meter................................................................................................................................ HP 435B

Power Sensor............................................................................................................................ HP 8482A

Adapter, BNC (f) to alligator clips ........................................................................................HP 8120-1292

Special Extender Board with 51.1-ohm resistor ..............................................HP 08505-60109/0757-0394

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in) ......................................................................................................HP 10503A

Extender Cable Assembly ...................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

NOTE

To make special extender board, solder 51.1 ohm resistor from pin 1 to pin 5 of standard

extender board, HP Part No. 5060-0257. Leave resistor leads long for easy connection of clip

leads.

5-33

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-23. STEP GAIN ASSEMBLY RF GAIN ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

FREQ SPAN/DIV ............................................................................................................................ 1 MHz

RESOLUTION BW.......................................................................................................................... 1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................. 10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL...................................................................................................................... 0 dBm

002: + 50 dBmV

REF LEVEL FINE ................................................................................................................................... 0

Amplitude Scale...................................................................................................................................LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...........................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER ................................................................................................................. FREE RUN

VIDEO FILTER .................................................................................................................................. OFF

Digital Voltmeter

RANGE............................................................................................................................................AUTO

FUNCTION ..................................................................................................................................DC Volts

TRIGGER ................................................................................................................................INTERNAL

MATH ................................................................................................................................................ OFF

AUTO CAL.:.........................................................................................................................................ON

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-10.

3. Set signal generator frequency to 21.4 MHz. Set OUTPUT LEVEL for approximately - 5 dBm.

4. Connect output of signal generator across 51.1 ohm resistor on special board using BNC to clip-lead adapter.

The red lead (center conductor) should be connected to pin 5 of extender board.

5. Set signal generator frequency for peak amplitude on CRT display. Connect output of signal generator to power

meter through power sensor and set OUTPUT LEVEL to - 1 dBm. Reconnect signal generator output to clip-lead

adapter.

001: -5 dBm

002: - 6 dBm

6. Adjust A12R4 GAIN adjustment for signal one division from top graticule line. DVM should indicate + 700 mV

±30 mV. Remove special extender board and replace Third Converter Assembly A9.

NOTE

Front panel VERTICAL GAIN and VERTICAL POSN control settings can affect the voltage

measured at A15TP1. Vertical calibration should be checked after adjusting A12R4 for 700 mV.

(Refer to Operator's Check, Section III).

5-34

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-24. STEP AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENTS

REFERENCE

A12 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

REF LEVEL FINE, 0 dB, and -12 dB adjustments are properly set and step gains of 10 dB, 20 dB, and 40 dB are

adjusted.

Figure 5-11. Step Amplifier Gain Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator....................................................................................................................... HP 8640B

1-dB Step Attenuator................................................................................................... HP 355C Opt. H80

10-dB Step Attenuator................................................................................................. HP 355D Opt. H82

Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................................................................... HP 3455A

Power Meter................................................................................................................................ HP 435B

Power Sensor............................................................................................................................ HP 8482A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f)...........................................................................................HP 1250-0780

Test Cable, SMC (f) to BNC (m)...................................................................................... HP 11592-60001

Adapter, SMC (m) to SMC (m)............................................................................................HP 1250-0827

Extender Cable Assembly ...................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

5-35

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-24. STEP AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment as follows:

TUNING...................................................................................................................................... 280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV ............................................................................................................................ 1 MHz

RESOLUTION BW.......................................................................................................................... 1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................. 10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL...................................................................................................................... 0 dBm

002: + 50 dBm V

Amplitude Scale.......................................................................................................................... 1 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...........................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER ................................................................................................................. FREE RUN

VIDEO FILTER .................................................................................................................................. OFF

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-11. Connect signal generator tuned to 301.4 MHz with approximately -

13 dBm output to one side of a 1 dB/step attenuator. Connect attenuator output to A9J1 through test cable.

Tune signal generator frequency for peak amplitude on display.

3. Set step attenuator to 12 dB and REF LEVEL FINE to - 12. Set signal generator level for a signal one division

down from top graticule line.

4. Adjust A12R6 - 12 dB until signal stops rising on display, then adjust A12R6 counterclockwise until signal drops

approximately one third to one half of a division.

5. Set signal generator level so signal is one division down from top graticule line on display.

6. Set step attenuator to 0 dB and REF LEVEL FINE to 0.

7. Adjust A12R5 0 dB adjustment for a signal level one division from top graticule line.

8. Set step attenuator to 12 dB and REF LEVEL FINE to -12. Signal level on display should be ±0.1 division from

the reference one division down from top graticule line. If signal level is out of limits, repeat steps 3 through 8

until the signal level is within limits.

9. Check REF LEVEL FINE control from 0 to - 12 dBm, as shown in Table 5-5. Verify correct operation on display,

or measure voltage at A15TP1 with digital voltmeter.

NOTE

Be sure all covers in the IF section are secured by at least six screws before proceeding. If

covers are left off or not secured by at least six screws, leakage between assemblies may occur.

This leakage causes erroneous adjustment.

10. Replace 1 dB/step attenuator with 10 dB/step attenuator set to 0 dB. Set REF LEVEL FINE control to 0.

5-36

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-24. STEP AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

Table 5-5. REF LEVEL FINE Control Check

REF LEVEL

FINE Setting Step Attenuator

Setting (dB Deviation From

Reference

0 0 Ref. mV (Ref.)

-1 1±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-2 2±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-3 3±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-4 4±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-5 5±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-6 6±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-7 7±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-8 8±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-9 9±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-10 10 ±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-11 11 ±0.3 Div ±30 mV

-12 12 ±0.3 Div ±30 mV

11. Connect power sensor and power meter to attenuator output and adjust signal generator output level for a power

meter reading of - 13 dBm. Connect test cable from attenuator to A9J1.

12. Tune signal generator frequency for peak amplitude on the display (near 301.4 MHz).

13. Set step attenuator to 10 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to - 10 dBm.

002: +40dBmV

14. Adjust A12R3 10 dB adjustment for signal level one division from top graticule line.

15. Set step attenuator to 20 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to - 20 dBm.

002: + 30 dBmV

16. Adjust A12R2 20 dB adjustment for signal level one division from top graticule line.

17. Set attenuator to 40 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to - 40 dBm.

002: +10dBmV

NOTE

Some video filtering might help reduce noise. Set VIDEO FILTER control so noise is reduced,

but the signal amplitude remains unchanged.

18. Adjust A12R1 40 dB adjustment for signal level one division from top graticule line.

5-37

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-24. STEP AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENTS (Cont' d)

19. Check REFERENCE LEVEL control from 0 to - 50 dBm as shown in Table 5-6.

002: + 50 dBmV to 0 dBm V. REFERENCE LEVEL dBmV settings in Table 5-6 are, from top to bottom, + 50,

+ 40, + 30, + 20, + 10, 0.

20. Reconnect W7P2 to A9JI.

Table 5-6. REFERENCE LEVEL Control Check

REFERENCE LEVEL

(dBm) Attenuator

(dB) Deviation From

Reference

0 0 Reference

-10 10 ±0.2 Div ±20 mV

-20 20 ±0.2 Div ±20 mV

-30 30 ±0.2 Div ±20 mV

-40 40 ±0.2 Div ±20 mV

-50 50 ±0.2 Div ±20 mV

5-38

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-25. + 19.5V ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE

A12 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

+ 19.5V for YIG Oscillator is adjusted.

Figure 5-12. +19.5VAdjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Digital Voltmeter........................................................................................................................... HP 3455A

Cable, Banana Plug to Alligator Clip........................................................................................... HP 11102A

Extender Cable Assembly ......................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

PROCEDURE

1. Set Digital Voltmeter as follows:

RANGE .............................................................................................................................................. AUTO

FUCTION............................................................................................................................................... dcV

AUTO CAL ..............................................................................................................................................ON

TRIGGER....................................................................................................................................INTERNAL

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-12. Connect digital voltmeter to A12TP8 (left side of A12R7 + 19.5V

adjustment).

3. Adjust A12R7 + 19.5V adjustment for + 19.5 ± 0.1 V.

5-39

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-26. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE:

A9, A12, A14, and A15 Schematics

DESCRIPTION

Step attenuators are used to change, in calibrated steps, the input signal level of the spectrum analyzer. The output of

Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15 is monitored, and adjustments are performed to calibrate Log Amplifier

Assembly A14.

Figure 5-13. Log Amplifier and Linear Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator .......................................................................................................................... HP 8640B

Digital Voltmeter........................................................................................................................... HP 3455A

10-dB Step Attenuator ...................................................................................................HP 355D, Opt. H82

1-dB Step Attenuator.....................................................................................................HP 355C, Opt. H80

Adapter, Type N (m) to SMC (m)............................................................................................HP 1250-1023

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required) ...........................................................................HP 1250-0780

BNC Cable, 20 cm (9 in)............................................................................................................. HP 18502A

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in)......................................................................................................... HP 18503A

Cable Assembly, Banana Plug to Alligator Clip........................................................................... HP 11102A

Test Cable, SMC (f) to BNC (m).........................................................................................HP 11592-60001

Extender Cable Assembly ......................................................................................................HP 5060-0303

5-40

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-26. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment as follows:

Spectrum Analyzer

FREQ SPAN/DIV .............................................................................................................................. 0

RESOLUTION BW................................................................................................................. 300 kHz

INPUT ATTEN ...........................................................................................................................10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL.............................................................................................................-50 dBm

002: 0 dBmV

Amplitude Scale.............................................................................................................................LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV .................................................................................................................... AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER ........................................................................................................... FREE RUN

Digital Voltmeter

RANGE........................................................................................................................................... 10

FUNCTION ...................................................................................................................................dcV

TRIGGER ..........................................................................................................................INTERNAL

MATH ..........................................................................................................................................OFF

AUTO CAL.....................................................................................................................................ON

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-13. Set 1-dB step attenuator to 10 dB. Set signal generator frequency

to 301.4 MHz and OUTPUT LEVEL to -13 dBm. Remove W7 from A9J1. Connect signal generator output

through step attenuators and test cable to A9J 1.

NOTE

The HP 355C 10 dB attenuation is included to compensate for the 10 dB of gain on Step Gain

Assembly A12 the TEST-NORM switch is in TEST.

3. Set the TEST-NORM switch on Step Gain Assembly A12 to the TEST position. Tune signal generator frequency

for maximum signal amplitude on display with 10 dB step attenuator set to 0 dB. (It may be necessary to reduce

signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL slightly.)

4. Disconnect signal generator output from step attenuator. Measure offset at A15TP and record.

5. Connect signal generator to step attenuator and adjust signal generator FINE TUNE control to peak signal on

CRT display.

6. Adjust spectrum analyzer REF LEVEL CAL and signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL for DVM reading (± 1 mV) of

800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

7. Set Amplitude Scale to 10 dB/DIV.

8. Set 10-dB step attenuator to 0 dB and adjust A14R23 SLOPE for DVM reading (I 1 mV) of 800 mV plus offset

recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

5-41

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-26. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

9. Set 10-dB step attenuator to 60 dB and adjust A14R10 OFFSET for DVM reading (± 1 mV) of 200 mV plus offset

recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 until no further adjustment is necessary.

11. Set 10-dB step attenuator to 30 dB and adjust A14R23 SLOPE for DVM reading (± 1 mV) of 500 mV plus offset

recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

12. Set 10-dB step attenuator to 0 dB and adjust A14R69 - 30 dB for DVM (± 1 mV) of 800 mV plus offset recorded

in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

13. Repeat steps 11 and 12 until no further adjustment is necessary.

14. Set 10-dB step attenuator to 10 dB and adjust A14R23 SLOPE for DVM reading (± 1 mV) of 700 mV plus offset

recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

15. Set 10-dB step attenuator to O dB and adjust A14R39 - 10 dB for DVM reading (± 1 mV) of 800 mV plus offset

recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

16. Repeat steps 14 and 15 until no further adjustment is necessary.

17. Repeat steps 8 through 16 until limits in Table 5-7 are met.

Table 5- 7. Log Fidelity Check

Step Attenuator Setting (dB) DVM Reading*

0Ref: 800 ±1 mV

10 700 ±3 mV

20 600 ±4 mV

30 500 ±4 mV

40 400 ±5 mV

50 300 ±6 mV

60 200 ±7 mV

70 100 ±8 mV

*Plus offset

Linear Output and Linear Step Gain

18. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

REFERENCE LEVEL............................................................................................................- 50 dBm

002: 0 dBmV

Amplitude Scale.............................................................................................................................LIN

5-42

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-26. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

19. Set 10-dB step attenuator to O dB and adjust A14R34 LIN for DVM reading (±1 mV) of 800 mV plus offset

recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

20. Make adjustments indicated in Table 5-8 .

Table 5-8. Linear Gain Adjustments

Adjustment Step Attenuator Reference Level DVM Reading*

A14R34 0-50 dBm Ref: 800 ± 1 mV

A14R33 10 -60 dBm 800 ± 5 mV

A14R30 20 -70 dBm 800 ± 5 mV

A14R27 30 -80 dBm 800 ± 5 mV

No Adjustment 40 -90 dBm 800 ± 10 mV

*Plus offset

Log Gain

21. Set spectrum analyzer control as follows:

REFERENCE LEVEL............................................................................................................- 50 dBm

002: 0 dBmV

Amplitude Scale.................................................................................................................... 1 dB/DIV

22. Set 10-dB step attenuator to 0 dB. Adjust signal generator for DVM reading (± 1 mV) of 800 mV plus offset

recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

23. Set 10-dB step attenuator to 40 dB. Set REF LEVEL dBm to -90 and adjust A14R121 LOG GAIN for DVM

reading (± 3 mV) of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4, as measured at A15TP1.

002: - 40 dBmV

24. Check log gain steps according to Table 5-9.

Table 5-9. Log Gain Adjustment Limits

Step Attenuator Reference Level DVM Reading*

0-50 dBm Ref: 800 +1 mV

10 -60 dBm 800 +30 mV

20 -70 dBm 800 +30 mV

30 -80 dBm 800 +30 mV

40 -90 dBm 800 +30 mV

*Plus offset

5-43

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-26. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

Error Check (1 dB/DIV)

25. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

REFERENCE LEVEL............................................................................................................- 50 dBm

002: 0dBmV

Amplitude Scale...........................................................................................................................1 dB

26. Set both step attenuators to 0 dB. Reduce signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until signal appears at top of

display. Adjust signal generator FINE TUNE to peak trace on display and adjust OUTPUT LEVEL for DVM

reading (± 1 mV) of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4, as measured at A 5TP 1. Increase attenuation in 1-

dB steps and take DVM readings to check log amplifier output. (Refer to Table 5-10.)

27. Return A12S1 TEST-NORM switch to NORM. Remove test cable and reconnect W7 to A9J1.

Table 5-10. Log Amplifier Output Limits

Step Attenuator DVM Reading*

1700 ± 10 mV

2600 ± 20 mV

3500 ± 30 mV

4400 ± 30 mV

5300 ± 30 mV

6200 ± 30 mV

7100 ± 30 mV

*Plus offset

5-44

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-27. SWEEP TIME PER DIVISION ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE

A8 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

Sweep time per division is adjusted for proper sweep time and 'dead time.'

Figure 5-14. Sweep Time Per Division Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

Oscilloscope........................................................................................................................ HP 1741A

Digital Voltmeter ................................................................................................................. HP 3455A

Timer/Counter..................................................................................................................... HP 5308A

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in) ............................................................................................... HP 18503A

Cable, Banana Plug to Alligator Clips 150 cm (60 in) ........................................................ HP 11002A

Extender Cable Assembly .............................................................................................HP 5060-0303

5-45

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-27. SWEEP TIME PER DIVISION ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set equipment as follows:

Oscilloscope

DISPLAY...........................................................................................................................................A

TRIGGER .........................................................................................................................................A

CHAN A .........................................................................................................................2 VOLTS/DIV

AC-GND-DC ..................................................................................................................................DC

WRITE...........................................................................................................................................ON

TIME/DIV...............................................................................................................................2 mSEC

MAG X5 .......................................................................................................................................OFF

EXT TRIGGER.............................................................................................................................. INT

MODE........................................................................................................................................ MAIN

Digital Voltmeter

RANGE..................................................................................................................................... AUTO

FUNCTION ...................................................................................................................................dcV

AUTO CAL.....................................................................................................................................ON

TRIGGER ..........................................................................................................................INTERNAL

MATH ..........................................................................................................................................OFF

TIMER/COUNTER

TIME BASE.................................................................................................................................10 µs

FUNCTION ...............................................................................................................................PER B

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-14. Connect oscilloscope to AUX D, HORIZONTAL OUT- PUT, rear of

display mainframe, or to A8TP5 of HP 8558B. Connect digital voltmeter to A8TP6 (located to the left and below

A8TP4.)

3. Adjust A8R7 + 10lOV adjustment for 1OV 40.02 V.

NOTE

The + 10V must be adjusted while analyzer is still cold, during first five minutes after turn-on. If

instrument has been operating, turn off mainframe and remove A8 Sweep Generator assembly.

Let A8 assembly cool on bench for 15 minutes. Replace A8 and proceed with adjustment of

A8R7 during the first five minutes after turn on.

4. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

SWEEP TIME/DIV ...................................................................................................................... 1 ms

SWEEP TRIGGER ........................................................................................................... FREE RUN

5. Check oscilloscope trace for approximately a - 5V to + 5V ramp.

5-46

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-27. SWEEP TIME PER DIVISION ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

6. Adjust A8R10 1 ms adjustment for a 10 ms ramp time. Measure dead time of ramp.

MIN. ACTUAL MAX.

0.25 ms 0.40 ms

7. Set spectrum analyzer SWEEP TIME/DIV to 2 mSEC. Adjust A8R13 2 ms adjustment for a 20 ms ramp time.

Measure dead time of ramp.

MIN. ACTUAL MAX.

6.0 ms 9.0 ms

8. Set SWEEP TIME/DIV to 1 mSEC. Frequency counter should read sweep time plus dead time (10 ms + dead

time 40.05 ms). Adjust A8R10 if necessary to obtain an indication of 10 ms + dead time ± 0.05 ms.

9. Set SWEEP TIME/DIV to 2 mSEC. Frequency counter should read sweep time plus dead time (20 ms + dead

time -0.10 ms). Adjust A8R13 if necessary to obtain an indication of 20 ms + dead time ± 0.10 ms.

10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 until the sweep time plus dead time (dt) for the 1 ms and 2 ms sweeps are within limits.

MIN ACTUAL MAX.

10 ms + dt - 0.05 ms 10 ms + dt + 0.05 ms

20ms + dt- 0.10ms 20ms + dt + 0.10ms

5-47

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-28. FREQUENCY CONTROL AND DPM ADJUSTMENTS

REFERENCE

A1 and A7 Schematics

DESCRIPTION

The + 14.5V and REF V voltages are adjusted and the - 10.0V voltage is checked. The frequency limits and linearity of

the YIG oscillator are set. The FREQUENCY MHz readout is adjusted for proper voltage calibration and for correct

ranging.

Figure 5-15. Frequency Control and DPM Adjustments Test Setup

EQUIPMENT Digital Voltmeter ................................................................................................................. HP 3455A

Comb Generator ................................................................................................................. HP 8406A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) (2 required)..................................................................HP 1250-0780

BNC Cable, 120 cm (48 in) ............................................................................................... HP 18503A

Cable, Banana Plug to Alligator Clips 150 cm (60 in) ........................................................ HP 11002A

Extender Cable Assembly .............................................................................................HP 5060-0303

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

Minimum Loss Adapter, 75Ω to 50Ω..........................................................................HP 08558-60031

Adapter, BNC (m) to BNC (m), 75Ω..............................................................................HP 1250-1288

Adapter, SMA (f) to SMA (f) ..........................................................................................HP 1250-1158

Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m).........................................................................................HP 1250-1200

5-48

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-28. FREQUENCY CONTROL AND DPM ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

Voltage Adjustments

1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-15. Connect digital voltmeter to A7TP7 (located between A7R4 REF V

and A7R5 + 14.5V adjustments).

2. Adjust A7R5 + 14.5V potentiometer for + 14.50 ± 0.02 V.

3. Connect digital voltmeter to A7TP8 (located to the right of A7R5 + 14.5V adjustment) and check for -10.0 ± 0.2

4. Connect digital voltmeter to A7TP6 and adjust A7R4 REF V potentiometer for + 6.00 ± 0.01 V.

YIG Oscillator Adjustment

NOTE

Check HORIZ GAIN and HORIZ POSN adjustments and perform voltage adjustments before

continuing with the following procedure.

5. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

START - CENTER ................................................................................................................CENTER

FREQ SPAN/DIV ......................................................................................................................5 MHz

RESOLUTION BW................................................................................................................. 100 kHz

INPUT ATTEN ................................................................................................................................dB

REFERENCE LEVEL.............................................................................................................-10 dBm

002: +40dBmV

Amplitude Scale.................................................................................................................. 10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV .................................................................................................................... AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER ........................................................................................................... FREE RUN

6. Turn FREQUENCY ZERO control fully counterclockwise.

7. Adjust TUNING for FREQUENCY MHz readout of approximately - 16.0.

NOTE

Press FREQUENCY CAL button to remove YIG oscillator hysteresis whenever the TUNING

control is adjusted.

8. Adjust A7R3 2.0 GHZ to center LO feedthrough (within one division) on CRT.

NOTE

Disconnect comb generator whenever it is necessary to center the LO feedthrough.

5-49

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-28. FREQUENCY CONTROL AND DPM ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)

9. Couple FREQ SPAN/DIV and RESOLUTION BW controls. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 100 MHz/DIV. Set comb

generator frequency to 100 MHz. Adjust TUNING to approximately 500 MHz for full-screen display of comb

teeth.

10. Adjust TUNING, A7R1 3.55 GHZ, and A7R2 3.55 FINE to align comb teeth on vertical graticule lines (one tooth

per division).

11. Repeat steps 7 and 8. (A7R1 3.55 GHZ adjustment has a slight effect on A7R3 2.0 GHZ adjustment.)

12. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz and comb generator frequency to 1 MHz.

13. Adjust TUNING to approximately 750 MHz. Adjust A7R6 FM to align comb teeth on vertical graticule lines (one

tooth per division).

Digital Panel Meter Adjustment

14. Set FREQ SPAN/DIV to 500 kHz.

15. Center LO feedthrough. Press FREQUENCY CAL button and re-center LO feedthrough.

16. Adjust FREQUENCY ZERO control for FREQUENCY MHz readout of 00.0.

17. Set comb generator frequency to 100 MHz. Adjust TUNING to center 1500-MHz tooth (15th tooth from LO

feedthrough). Press FREQUENCY CAL button and re-center comb tooth. Adjust A1A2R3 REF for

FREQUENCY MHz readout of 1500 + 1.

18. Adjust A7R8 RNG fully clockwise. Set comb generator frequency to 10 MHz. Adjust TUNING to center 190-MHz

comb tooth (19th tooth from LO feedthrough). Adjust A7R7 GAIN for FREQUENCY MHz readout of 190.0.

NOTE

Press FREQUENCY CAL frequently while counting the comb teeth to avoid miscounting.

19. Adjust TUNING for FREQUENCY MHz readout of 198.5. Slowly adjust A7R8 RNG counterclockwise until

range switches (no decimal on FREQUENCY MHz display).

20. Center LO feedthrough. Press FREQUENCY CAL button and re-center LO feedthrough. Set comb generator

frequency to 100 MHz. Adjust TUNING to center 200-MHz comb tooth (second tooth from LO feedthrough).

Press FREQUENCY CAL button and re-center comb tooth. Adjust A7R72 OFS for FREQUENCY MHz readout

of 200.

21. Repeat steps 15 through 21 until 190.0 MHz, 200 MHz, and 1500 MHz readouts on FREQUENCY MHz display

are calibrated.

5-50

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-29. 1 dB OFFSET ADJUSTMENT

REFERENCE

A15 Schematic

DESCRIPTION

Reference is set in 10 dB/DIV and 1 dB offset is adjusted in 1 dB/DIV for the same full display reference in 10 dB/DIV.

Figure 5-16. 1-dB Offset Adjustment Test Setup

EQUIPMENT

BNC Cable, 120 cm (9 in) ................................................................................................. HP 18502A

Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f).....................................................................................HP 1250-0780

Extender Cable Assembly .............................................................................................HP 5060-0303

Additional Equipment, Options 001 and 002:

BNC Cable, 30 cm (12 in)..........................................................................................HP 11652-60012

PROCEDURE

1. Set Spectrum Analyzer controls as follows:

START - CENTER ................................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING................................................................................................................................ 280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV ......................................................................................................................1 MHz

RESOLUTION BW....................................................................................................................1 MHz

INPUT ATTEN ...........................................................................................................................10 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL.............................................................................................................-20 dBm

002: +30dBmV

REF LEVEL FINE ..................................................................................................Approximately - 10

Amplitude Scale.............................................................................................................................LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV .................................................................................................................... AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER ........................................................................................................... FREE RUN

5-51

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

5-29. 1-dB OFFSET ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-16.

3. Set Amplitude Scale switch to LIN. Set TUNING control to center the trace on the display. Set REF LEVEL

FINE for a full-screen trace (signal at top graticule line).

4. Set Amplitude Scale switch to 10 dB/DIV. Adjust VERTICAL GAIN if necessary for full screen trace.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until the trace is full screen in both LIN and 10 dB/DIV.

NOTE

1 dB/DIV will read approximately 0.5 dB (0.5 division) low when using extender cable assembly.

Adjusting A15Ri 1 dB OFFSET for a trace 0.5 division down from top graticule line should place

signal at top graticule line when 8558B is properly installed in 180-series mainframe.

6. Amplitude Scale switch to 1 dB/DIV. Adjust A15R1 1 dB OFFSET for a trace 0.5 division down from top

graticule line.

5-52

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

5-53 through 5-59

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION VI.

REPLACEABLE PARTS

6-1. INTRODUCTION

6-2.This section contains information for ordering

replacement parts. Table 6-1 includes a list of reference

designations and a list of abbreviations used in the parts

list. Table 6-2 lists names and addresses that

correspond to the manufacturer code numbers in the

parts list. Table 6-3 lists all replaceable parts in alpha-

numerical order by reference designation.

6-3. REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

6-4. Table 6-3, the list of replaceable parts, is organized

as follows:

1.Electrical assemblies and their components in

alpha-numerical order by reference designation

2.Miscellaneous parts, with appropriate electrical

assembly

3.Chassis-mounted electrical parts, in

alphanumerical order by reference designation

4. Mechanical chassis parts, at end of

parts list

6-5.The following information is listed for each part:

1.The Hewlett-Packard part number

2.The part number check digit (CD)

3.The total quantity (Qty) in the instrument. This

quantity is given only once, at the first

appearance of the part in the list.

4.The description of the part

5.A five-digit code indicating a typical

manufacturer of the part

6.The manufacturer's part number

6-6. ORDERING INFORMATION

6-7.To order a part listed in the replaceable parts

table, quote the Hewlett-Packard part number (with

check digit), indicate the quantity required, and address

the order to the nearest Hewlett-Packard office. The

check digit will ensure accurate and timely processing of

your order.

6-8.To order a part that is not listed in the

replaceable parts table, include the instrument model

number, instrument serial number, the description and

function of the part, and the number of parts required.

Address the order to the nearest Hewlett-Packard office.

6-1

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-1. Reference Designations and Abbreviations (1 of 3)

REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS

A........................................Assembly F...............................................Fuse RT .............................. Thermistor

AT......... Attenuator, Isolator, Limiter, FL .............................................Filter S........................................Switch

Termination H........................................Hardware T............................... Transformer

B......................................Fan, Motor HY .....................................Circulator TB........................ Terminal Board

BT..........................................Battery J..... Electrical Connector (Stationary TC .........................Thermocouple

C........................................Capacitor Portion), Jack TP................................ Test Point

CP ....................................... Coupler K..............................................Relay U....Integrated Circuit, Microcircuit

CR ........Diode, Diode Thyristor, Step L.................................. Coil, Inductor V............................ Electron Tube

Recovery Diode (SCR), Varactor M.............................................Meter VR ....... Breakdown Diode(Zener),

DC ......................Directional Coupler MP....Miscellaneous Mechanical Part Voltage Regulator

DL.................................... Delay Line P........Electrical Connector (Movable W.Cable, Transmission Path, wire

DS .............Annunciator, Lamp, Light Portion), Plug X........................................Socket

Emitting Diode (LED), Signaling Q ............ Silicon Controlled Rectifier Y.........Crystal Unit (Piezoelectric,

Device (Audible or Visible (SCR), Transistor, Triode Thyristor Quartz)

E..........Miscellaneous Electrical Part R.......................................... Resistor Z.......Tuned Cavity, Tuned Circuit

ABBREVIATIONS

ADG

A.................Across Flats, Acrylic, Air D................. Deep, Depletion, Depth, GEN .............. General, Generator

(Dry Method), Ampere Diameter, Direct Current GND .................................Ground

ADJ..................... Adjust, Adjustment DA ....................................Darlington GP......... General Purpose, Group

ANSI ....................American National DAP-GL .........Diallyl Phthalate Glass

Standards Institute (formerly DBL .......................................Double

USASI-ASA) DCDR ..................................Decoder H

ASSY.................................Assembly DEG...................................... Degree

AWG................American Wire Gage D-HOLE....................D-Shaped Hole H...............Henry, Hermaphrodite,

DIA .................................... Diameter High, Hole Diameter, Hot, Hub

DIP ................. Dual In-Line Package Inside Diameter, Hydrogen

BDIP-SLDR........................ Dip Solder HDW........................... Hardware .

D-MODE.................. Depletion Mode HEX........Hexadecimal, Hexagon,

BCD...............Binary Coded Decimal DO.......... Package Type Designation Hexagonal

BD ............... Deep, Depth, Diametric DP ............... Deep, Depth, Diametric HLCL .................................Helical

BE-CU ...................Beryllium Copper Pitch, Dip HP .....Hewlett-Packard Company,

BNC.....................Type of Connector DP3TMINTR ........Double Pole Three High Pass, Horsepower

BRG..........................Bearing, Boring Throw, Miniature

BRS .........................................Brass DPDTMINTR......Double Pole Double I

BSC ......................................... Basic Throw, Miniature

BTN ........................................Button DWL ....................................... Dowel IC......................Collector Current,

CEIntegrated Circuit

ID...Identification, Inside Diameter

E-R ........................................E-Ring IF.......................Forward Current,

C............... Capacitance, Capacitore, EXT .................Extended, Extension, Intermediate Frequency

Center Tapped, Centistoke, External, Extinguish IN.............................. Inch, indium

Cermet, Circular Mil Foot, Closed

Cup, Cold, Compression FINCL .............................. Including

CCP.......Carbon Composition Plastic INT ......Integral, Intensity, Internal

CD ..........................Cadmium, Card, F............ Fahrenheit, Farad, Female, INTL ........... Internal, International

Cold-Drawn, Cord Film (Resistor), Fixed, Flange,

CER.....................................Ceramic Flint, Fluorine, Frequency

CHAM................................. Chamfer FC.......... Carbon Film / Composition,

CHAR .............................. Character, Edge of Cutoff Frequency, Face J

Characteristic, Charcoal FDTHRU.....................Feed Through J-FET .......... Junction Field Effect

CMOS............ Complementary Metal FEM......................................Female Transistor

Oxide Semiconductor FIL-HD......................... Fillister Head JFET............ Junction Field Effect

CNDCT ...... Conducting, Conductive, FL ...........................Flash, Flat, Fluid Transistor

Conductivity, Conductor FLAT-PT............................Flat Point

CONT .............. Contact, Continuous,FR.............................................Front

Control, Controller FREQ .............................. Frequency K

CONV ............................... Converter FT................Current Gain Bandwidth

CPRSN ........................ Compression Product (Transition Frequency); K...... Kelvin, Key, Kilo, Potassium

CUP-PT ............................ Cup Point Feet, Foot KNRLD ............................ Knurled

CW ..... Clockwise, Continuous Wave FXD .........................................Fixed KVDC ...... Kilovolts Direct Current

6-2

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-1. Reference Designations and Abbreviations (2 of 3)

LPAN-HD............................ Pan Head T

PAR...........................Parallel, Parity

LED................... Light Emitting Diode PB............ Lead (Metal), Push Button T........... Tab Width, Taper, Teeth,

LG................................ Length, Long PC ....................Picocoulomb, Piece, Temperature, Tera, Tesla,

LIN.....Linear, Linear Taper, Linearity Printed Circuit .............................. Thermoplastic (Insulation),

LK.....................................Link, Lock PCB................. Printed Circuit Board Thickness, Time, Timed, Tooth,

LKG ...................... Leakage, Locking P-CHAN........................... P-Channel Turns Ratio, Typical

LOGO ................................ Logotype PD .................. Pad, Palladium, Pitch TA............. Ambient Temperature,

LUM...................................Luminous Diameter, Power Dissipation Tantalum

PF............... Picofarad; Pipe, Female TC ......................... Thermoplastic

MConnection; Power Factor THD................. Thread, Threaded

PKG.................................... Package THK.....................................Thick

M.......... Male, Maximum, Mega, Mil, PLSTC................................... Plastic TO .....Package Type Designation,

Milli, Mode, Momentary, PNL .........................................Panel Troy Ounce

Mounting Hole Centers, Mounting ..................................................PNP Positive Negative..................TPG

Tapping

Hole Diameter Positive (Transistor) TR-HD ....................... Truss Head

MA..................................Milliampere POLYC ...................... Polycarbonate TRMR.............................Trimmer

MACH................................Machined POLYE............................... Polyester TRN........................... Turn, Turns

MAX.................................. Maximum POT............................Potentiometer TRSN................................Torsion

MC..................... Hot Molded Carbon POZI........................Pozidriv Recess

Composition, Megacycle, PREC................................. Precision U

Microcircuit, Molded Carbon PRP.........................Purple, Purpose

Composition PSTN...................................... Piston UCD........................ Microcandela

MET.......................... Metal, Metallic, PT..................... Part, Pint, Platinum, UF ...............................Microfarad

Metallized, Metallurgical Point, Pulse Time UH..............................Microhenry

MHZ................................. Megahertz PW ..Power Wirewound, Pulse Width UL............Microliter, Underwriters'

MIT ...........................................Miter Laboratories, Inc.

MLD.............................Mold, Molded UNHDND .................. Unhardened

MM ................... Magnetized Material Q

(Restricted Articles Code); Q ...............................Figure of Merit V

Millimeter

MOM............................... Momentary V........Vanadium, Variable, Violet,

MTG .................................. Mounting Volt, Voltage

MTLC....................................Metallic RVAC......................Vacuum; Volts,

MUW .............................. Music Wire Alternating Current

MW...................................... Milliwatt R................ Range, Red, Resistance, VAC/DC......Volts, Alternating and

Resistor, Right, Ring, Rosin, Direct Current

Rubber-Resin, Run Torque VAR................................ Variable

NREF ..................................Reference VDC..............Volts, Direct Current

RES.Research, Resistance, Resistor

N..................Fan Out, Intrinsic Stand RF.......................... Radio Frequency W

Off Ratio, Nano, Nanosecond, RGD .........................................Rigid

Nitrogen, None RND........................................Round W.............. Watt, Wattage, White,

N-CHAN...........................N-Channel RR ............................................ Rear Wide, Width, Wire

NH ...................................Nanohenry RVT ............................Rivet, Riveted

NMH ............Nanometer Nonmetallic SW/CP....Wire / Conductive Plastic

NO..............Normally Open, Number W/SW........................With Switch

NOM ....................................Nominal WW ..........................Wire Wound

NPN...................... Negative Positive

Negative (Transistor) SAWR.......... Surface Acoustic Wave X

NS Nanosecond, Non-Shorting, Nose Resonator

NUM ..................Numeric, Numerical SEG....................................Segment X...... By (Used With Dimensions),

NYL......................Nylon (Polyamide) SGL ........................................Single Reactance

SI.......................Silicon, Square Inch XSTR............................Transistor

OSL................................... Slide, Slow

SLT......................Slate, Slot, Slotted Y

OA .......................... Other Restricted SMA................Subminiature, A Type

Articles, Group A (Restricted (Threaded Connector) YIG.................Yttrium-ron-Garnet

Articles Code); Over-All SMC ...............Subminiature, C Type

OD......Olive Drab, Outside Diameter (Threaded Connector) Z

OP AMP...........Operational Amplifier SPCG .................................. Spacing

OPT........... Optical, Option, Optional SPDTSUBMIN ....Single Pole Double ZNR.................................... Zener

Throw, Subminiature

PSPST.........Single Pole Single Throw

SQ .........................................Square

PA...................... Picoampere, Power SST ...........................Stainless Steel

Amplifier, Pressure Angle, STL...........................................Steel

Protactinium SZ..............................................Size

6-3

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-1. Reference Designations and Abbreviations (3 of 3)

MULTIPLIERS

Abbreviation Prefix Multiple

Ttera 1012

Ggiga 10 9

Mmega 106

kkilo 103

da deka 10

ddeci 10-1

ccenti 10-2

mmilli 10-3

,U micro 10-6

n nano 10-9

ppico 10-12

f femto 10-15

aatto 10-18

Table 6-2. Manufacturers Code List

Mfr.

No. Manufacturer Name Address Zip Codes

00000 ANY SATISFACTORY SUPPLIER

01121 ALLEN-BRADLEY CO MILWAUKEE, WI 53204

01295 TEXAS INSTR INC SEMICOND CMPNT DIV DALLAS, TX 75222

02111 SPECTROL ELECTRONICS CORP CITY OF IND, CA 91745

02660 BUNKER RAMO CORP AMPHENOL CONN DIV BROADVILLE, IL 60153

03888 K D I PYROFILM CORP WHIPPANY, NJ 07981

04713 MOTOROLA SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS PHOENIX, AZ 85008

06665 PRECISION MONOLITHICS INC SANTA CLARA, CA 95050

11236 CTS OF BERNE INC BERNE, IN 46711

13606 SPRAGUE ELECT CO SEMICONDUCTOR DIV CONCORD, NH 03301

18736 VOLTRONICS CORP HANOVER, NJ 07936

19701 MEPCO/ELECTRA CORP MINERAL WELLS; TX 76067

24046 TRANSITRON ELECTRONIC CORP WAKEFIELD, MA 01880

24546 CORNING GLASS WORKS (BRADFORD) BRADFORD, PA 16701

28480 HEWLETT-PACKARD CO CORPORATE HQ PALO ALTO, CA 94304

3L585 RCA CORP SOLID STATE DIV SOMERVILLE, NJ

30983 MEPCO/ELECTRIC CORP SAN DIEGO, CA 92121

33095 SPECTRUM CONTROL INC FAIRVIEW, PA 16415

52763 STETTNER-TRUSH INC CAZENOVIA, NY 13035

56289 SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO NORTH ADAMS, MA 01247

71041 BOSTON GEAR WKS DIV OF NA ROCKWELL QUINCY, MA 02171

72136 ELECTRO MOTIVE CORP FLORENCE, SC 06226

72982 ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS INC ERIE, PA 16512

74970 JOHNSON E F CO WASECA, MN 56093

78707 TEK BEARING CO INC NEW YORK, NY 10013

9N171 UNITRODE COMPUTER PRODUCTS CORP METHUEN, MA

92830 ASSOCIATED SPRING CORP BRISTOL, CT 06010

6-4

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A1 DIGITAL PANEL METER ASSEMBLY

A1A1 NOT ASSIGNED

A1A2 08558-60125 1 1 DPM DRIVER ASSEMBLY 28480 08558-60125

NOTE

SEE A2 FOR DPM DISPLAY

A1A2C1 THRU 2

A1A2C3 NOT ASSIGNED

A1A2C4 0180-0197 8 18 CAPACITOR-FXD 2,2UF+-10X 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A1A2C5 THRU

A1A2C9 NOT ASSIGNED

A1A2C10 0160-4084 8 11 CAPACITOR-FXD .UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4084

A1A2C11 0160-4084 8CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4084

A1A2CI2 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A1A2C13 NOT ASSIGNED

A1A2C14 0160-0168 1 1 CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 200VODC POLYE 28480 0160-0168

A1A2C15 0180-2207 5 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 100UF +-10% 10VDC TA 56289 150D107X9010R2

A1A2C16 0160-4084 8CAPACITOR-FXD , 1UF +-20X 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4084

A1A2CR1 NOT ASSIGNED

A1A2CR2 1901-0040 1 29 DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A1A2CR3 1901-0050 3 27 DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A1A2J1 1200-0508 0 1 SOCKET-IC 14-CONT DIP-SLDR 28480 1200-0508

A1A2L1 9100-1644 3 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 330UH 5% .2DX.45L.G 28480 9100-1644

A1A2Q1 NOT ASSIGNED

A1A2Q2 NOT ASSIGNED

A1A2Q3 1854-0404 0 35 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A1A2Q4 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A1A2R1 0757-0465 6 27 RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A1A2R2 0757-0420 3 7 RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-751-F

A1A2R3 2100-1702 7 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 100 10% WW SIDE-ADJ 20-TRN 02660 3810P-101

A1A2R4 0698-3446 3 3 RESISTOR 383 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-383R-.F

A1A2R5 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1X .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A1A2R6 0698-3260 9 5 RESISTOR 464K 1% .125W F TC=0+-1OO 28480 0698-3260

A1A2R7 0698-3457 6RESISTOR 316K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3457

A1A2R8 0698-3439 4 1 RESISTOR 178 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-178R-F

A1A2R9 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10OK 1%X 125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A1A2R10 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A1A2R11 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A1A2R12 0757-0458 7RESISTOR 51.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-O00 24546 C4-1/B-TO-5112-F

A1A2R13 0757-0458 7RESISTOR 51.1K 1X .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5112-F

A1A2R14 0757-0317 7 6 RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4--1/8-TO-1331-F

A1A2TP1 0360-0535 0 13 TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A1A2TP2 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A1A2TP3 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A1A2U1 1826-0431 4 1 IC CONV 24-DIP- C PKG 04713 MC14433L

A1A2U2 1858-0047 5 1 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16-PIN PLSTC DIP 13606 ULN-2003A

A1A2U3 1820-1413 2 1 IC DCDR CMOS BCD-TO-7-SEG 4-TO-7-LINE 3L585 CD45118E

A1A2U4 1810-0346 7 tNETWORK-RES 16-DIP080.0 OHM X S 11236 761-3-RI80

A1A2VR1 NOT ASSIGNED

A1A2VR2 1902-0064 1 2 DIODE-ZNR 7.5V 5% DO-35 PD=,4W TC=+.05X 28480 1902-0064

A2 08558-60100 2 1 FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY 28480 0855860100

(ELECTRICAL PARTS)

NOTE

SEE FIGURE 6-3 FOR COMPLETE IDENT-

IFICATION OF FRONT SW. ASSY PARTS.

A2R1 2100-3593 8 1 RESISTOR-VAR PREC W/CP 10-TRN 5K 10% 28480 2100-3593

(COARSE TUNE)

A2R2 2100-.3452 8 1 RESISTOR-VAR PREC W/CP 10-.TRN 10K 10% 28480 2100-3452

(FINE TINE)

A2R3 2100-3066 0 1 RESISTOR-VAR PREC WW 10-TRN 5K 5% 28480 2100-3066

(FREQ. ZERO)

A2R4 2100-0542 1 1 RESISTOR-VAR CONTROL WW 10K 5% LIN 28480 2100-0542

(RF LVL FINE)

A2R5 2100-3973 8 3 RESISTOR-VARIABLE W/SW 50K +-20%; 10CW 28480 2100-3973

(VIDEO FILTER)

A2R6 2100-3973 8RESISTOR-VARIABLE W/SW 50K +-20%; 10CW 28480 2100-3973

(VIDEO FILTER)

A2S1 3101-0044 1 1 SWITCH-PB SPST-NO MOM .5A 115VAC RED-BTN 28480 3101-0044

(FREQ. CAL)

A2S2 2100-3973 8RESISTOR-VARIABLE W/SW 50K +-20%; 10CW 28480 2100-3973

P/O A2RS/R6/52(MAX VIDEO FILTER)

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-5

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A2A1 08558-60160 4 1 SWITCH BOARD ASSEMBLY 28480 08558-60160

A2A1CR1 1901-0025 2 1 DIODE-GEN PRP 1OOV 200MA DO-7 28480 1901-0025

A2A1CR2 1902-0064 1DIODE-ZNR 7.5V 5% 0DO-35 PD=.4W TC=+.05% 20480 1902-0064

A2A1DS1 1990-0619 7 8 DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 20480 1990-0619

A2A1DS2 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-.NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3--H 28480 1990-0619

A2A1DS3 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 28480 1990-0619

A2A1DS4 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 28480 1990-0619

A2A1D55 1990-0485 5 2 LED-LAMP LUM-INT=8OOUCD IF=3OMA-MAX 28480 1990-0485

A2A1R1 0757-0447 4 6 RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1622-F

A2A1R2 2100-3340 3 1 RESISTOR-VAR CONTROL CCP 1K 20% LIN 28480 2100-3340

A2A1R3 2100-2681 3 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 5K 10% CCP TOP-ADJ I-TRN 28480 2100-2681

A21AR4 2100-3332 3 0 RESISTOR-TRMR o10K 20% CC TOP-ADS 1-TRN 28480 2100-3332

A2A1R5 0757-0444 1 17 RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A2A1R6 2100-1412 6 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 500 20% CCP TOP-ADJ 1-TRN 28480 2100-1412

A2A1R7 2100-3331 2 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 20% MC TOP-ADJ 1-TRN 28480 2100-3331

A2A1R8 0757-0317 7RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1331-F

A2A1S1 (REF LEVEL DOM) SEE FIGURE 6-3.

A2A1S2 3101-2213 0 1 SWITCH-PB DPDT(AMPLITUDE SCALE) 28480 3101-2213

A2A1S3 (SWEEP TIME/DIV) SEE FIGURE 6-3.

A2A1S4 (SWEEP TRIGGER) SEE FIGURE 6-3.

A2A1S5 (RESOLUTION BW) SEE FIGURE 6-3.

A2A1S6 (FREQ SPAN/DIV) SEE FIGURE 6-3.

A2A1S7 3101-2124 2 1 SWITCH-PB DPDT (START/CENTER) 28480 3101-2124

A21AW1 018558-60168 2 1 RIBBON CABLE ASSY-DPM 28480 08558-60168

A2A1W2 08558-60037 4 1 RIBBON CABLE ASSY-INTERCONNECT 28480 08558-60037

A2A1XDS1 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 28480 1990-0819

A2A1XDS2 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-NUM-SEG I-CHAR .3-H 28480 1990-0619

A2A1XDS3 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-HUM-SEC i-CHAR .3--H 28480 1990-0619

A2A1XDS4 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 28480 1990-0619

A2A1XDS5 1990-0485 5LED-LAMP LUM-INT=800UCD IF=30MA-MAX 28480 1990-0485

A3 5086-7363 9 1 INPUT ATTENUATOR 28480 5086-7363

08495-60004 9RESTORED 08558-60003,EXCHANGE REQUIRED 28480 08495-60004

A4 08558-60004 5 1 FIRST CONVERTER 28480 08558-60004

A4J1 1250-1020 8 4 CONNECTOR-RF SMA FEM SGL-HOLE-RR 50-OHM 28480 1250-1020

A4J2 1250-1020 8CONNECTOR-RF SMA FEM SGL-HOLE-RR 50-OHM 28480 1250-1020

A4J3 1250--1020 8CONNECTOR-RF SMA FEN SGL-HOLE-RR 50-OHM 28480 1250-1020

A4J4 1250-1020 8CONNECTOR-RF SMA FEM SGL-'HOLE-RR 50-OHM 28480 1250-1020

A4MP1 0E8558-00052 7 1 GASKET, FIRST CONVERTER 28480 08558-00052

A4HP2 08558--20042 7 1 COVER, FIRST CONVERTER 28480 08558-20042

A4MP3 08558-20043 8 1 MOUNT, FIRST CONVERTER 28480 08558-20043

A4R0 0698-7212 9 3 RESISTOR 100 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-100R-F

A4R2 0698-7221 0 1 RESISTOR 237 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-237R-F

64R3 0698-7216 3 2 RESISTOR 147 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-147R-F

64R4 0698-7202 7 0 RESISTOR 38.3 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-30R3-F

A4R5 0698-7216 3RESISTOR 147 1% .85W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-147R-F

A4U1 08550-60152 4 1 FIRST MIXER DIODE ASSEMBLY 28480 08558-60152

A5 08558-60097 6 1 SECOND-CONVERTER 28480 0855800097

A5C1 0160-3036 8 2 CAPACITOR-FDTHRU 5000PF +80 -20% 200V 28480 0160-3036

A5C2 0160-3036 8CAPACITOR-FDTHRU 5000PF 0SO -20% 200V 28480 0160-3036

A5C3 0160-4959 6 1 CAPACITOR-FDTHRU 10PF 5% 200V CER 33095 54-713-002-XSE-100J

A5C4 0140-0075 7 1 CAPACITOR-FDTHRU 22PF 10% 500V MICA 72982 666-053-0160-220K

A5CR1 1901-0950 2 1 DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28410 1901-0950

A5J1 1250-1157 2 1 CONNECTOR-RF SMA FEM THD-HOLE 50-OlIM 28480 1250-1157

A5J2 1250-1435 9 1 CONN: RF: 500 OHM: SMC 28480 1250-1435

A5J3 1250-0829 3 1 CONNECTOR-RF SMC M SGL-HOLE-FR 50-OHM 28480 1250-0829

A5L1 9100-2255 4 6 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 47ONH 10% .185DX.26LC 28480 9100-2255

A5L2 08558-80009 2 1 COIL, SECOND CONVERTER 28480 08558-80009

A5L3 08550-00034 5 1 COUPLING LOOP, INPUT 28400 08558-00034

A5L4 08558-00033 4 2 COUPLING LOOP, FILTER 28480 08558-00033

A5L5 08558-00033 4COUPLING LOOP, FILTER 28480 08558-00033

A5MP1 08558-20122 4 1 OSCILLATOR HOUSING/SECOND CONV. COVER 28480 08558-20122

MATCHED> TO ASFMP2NOT SEPARATELY REPLA

A5MP2 08558-20121 3 1 CAVITY BLOCK, SECOND CONVERTER 28480 08558-20121

MATCHED TO A5MP1;NOT SEPARATELY REPLACE

A5MP3 NOT ASSIGNED

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-6

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A5MP4 08558-20074 5 1 INSULATOR, COUPLING POST 28480 08558-20074

A5MP5' 085513-00032 3 1 MOUNTING, MIXER DIODE 28480 08558-00032

A5MP6 08558-20120 2 1 COVER, OSCILLATOR 20480 08558-20120

A5MP7 THRU

A5MP10 3030-0397 6 4 SCREW-SET 10-32 1-IN-LG FLAT-PT BRS 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A5MP11 0380-0573 8 1 STANDOFF-HEX .625-IN-LG 10-32THD 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A5MP12THRU

A5MP17 0516-0041 4 6 SCREW-MACH 0-80 .125-IN-LG FIL-HD-SLT 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A5MP18 2200-0151 0 1 SCREW-MACH 4-40 ,75-IN-LG PAN-ND-POZI 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A5MP19THRU

A5MP22 2740-0001 3 4 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 10-32-THD .109-IN-THK 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A5MP23 08565-20068 6 1 CAPACITOR, INNER ELEMENT 28480 08565-20068

A5MP24 08565-20069 7 1 CAPACITOR, OUTER ELEMENT 28480 08565-20069

ASMP25 08565-20092 6 1 CAPACITOR, DIELECTRIC 28480 08565-20092

A5R1 0757-0346 2 30 RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TR-10R0-F

A5A1 08558-60028 3 1 SECOND CONVERTER OSCILLATOR 28480 08558-60028

A5A1Q1 5086-4218 7 2 TRANSISTOR, NPN, MICROWAVE 28480 5086-4218

A5A1R1 0683-4705 8 1 RESISTOR 47 5% .25W FC TC=-400/+500 01121 CB4705

A5A1R2 0683-2715 6 1 RESISTOR 270 5% .25W FC TC=-400/+600 01121 C82715

A6 5086-7080 7 1 OSCILLATOR, YIG (DOES NOT INCL MTG. HDW} 28480 5086-7080

A6MP1 08558-00008 3 2 YIG BRACKET 28480 08558-00008

A6MP2 08558-00008 3YIG BRACKET 28480 08558-00008

A6MP3 08558-00076 5 1 STRAP, YIG OSCILLATOR 28480 08558-00076

A6MP4 08558-20118 8 1 STANDOFF, NOTCHED 28460 08558-20118

A6MP5 THRU

A6MP7 686558-20119 9 3 STANDOFF, PLAIN 28480 08558-20119

A7 08558-60126 2 1 FREQUENCY CONTROL 28480 08558R0126

A7C1 0180-1746 5 2 CAPACITOR-FXD 15lF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D156X9020812

A7C2 0180-1746 5CAPACITOR-FXD 15UF+--10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D156X902082

A7C3 0160-3466 8 3 CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-10% 1KVDC CER28480 0160-3466

A7C4 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR--FXD 2,216F+-10% 2OVDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A7C5 0160-3094 8 4 CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF +-10% 10VDC CER 28480 0160-3094

A7C6 0160-3457 7 4 CAPACITOR-FXD 200RPF +-10% 250VDC CER 28480 0160-3457

A7C7 0160-3094 8CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF +-10% 1IRVDC CER 28480 0160-3094

A7C8 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2,21UF+-1O% 2OVDC TA 56289 1500225X9020A2

A7C9 0180-1745 4 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 1,SUF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D155X9020A2

A7C10 0160-3466 8CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3466

A7C11 0160-2055 9 98 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 10VDC CER 20480 0160-2055

A7C12 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD ,.01UF +80-20% 10VDC CER 26480 0160-2055

A7C13 0180-1714 7 3 CAPACITOR-FXD 330UF+-10% 6VDC TA 56289 150D337X9006S2

A7C14 0180-1714 7CAPACITOR-FXD 330UF+-10% 6VDC TA 56289 156B337X9006S2

A7CR1 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS 0D-35 28480 1901-0040

A7CR2 1901-0535 9 12 DIODE-SM SIC SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A7CR3 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A7CR4 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A7CR5 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0050

A7CR6 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 2ODMA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0050

A7CR7 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 8OV I00MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0050

A7CR8 NOT ASSIGNED

A7CR9 1901--0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A7L1 08558-80011 6 2 COIL, 100 UH 26480 08558-80011

A7L2 08558-80011 6COIL, 100 UH 28460 08558-80011

A7MP1 1205-0002 9 3 HEAT SINK TO-5/TO-39-CS 28480 1205-0002

A7MP2 1205-0002 9HEAT SINK TO-5/TO-39-CS 28480 1205-0002

A7MP3 1205-0002 9HEAT SINK TO-5/TO-39-CS 28480 1205-0002

A7MP4 08558-00007 2 1 HEAT SINK, YIG DRIVE 28430 08558-00007

A7MP5 THRU

A7MP8 0520-0129 8 4 SCREW-MACH 2-56 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A7MP9 THRU

A7MP12 0610-0001 6 4 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 2-56-THD .062-IN-THK 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A7MP13THRU

A7MP16 2190-0014 1 4 WASHER-LK INTL T NO. 2 .089-IN-ID 20480 2190-0014

A7Q1 1854-0039 7 6 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N30536 SI TO-39 PD=1W 3L585 2N3053S

A7Q2 1853-0451 5 3 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3799 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 01295 2N3799

A7Q3 1854-0023 9 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-8IS PD=360MW 28486 1854-0023

A7Q4 1855-0417 7 4 TRANSISTOR J-.FET N--CHAN D-MODE TO-18 SI 26480 1855-0417

A7Q5 1854-0039 7TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053S SI TO-39 PD=1W 3L585 2N3053S

A7Q6 1854-0023 9TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0023

A7Q7 1854-0475 5 3 TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PD=750MW 28480 1854-0475

A7Q8 1853-0012 4 1 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2904A SI TO-39 PD=600MW 01295 2N2904A

A7Q9 1854-0882 8 4 TRANSISTOR NPN PD=300MW FT=20OMHZ 28480 1854-0882

A7Q10 1853-0007 7 26 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-7

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A7Q11 1854-0882 8TRANSISTOR NPN PD=30OMNW FT=200MHZ 20480 1854-0882

A7Q12 1854-0039 7TRANSISTOR NPN 2N30535 SI TO-39 PD=1W 3L585 2N3053S

A7Q13 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

47Q14 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A7Q15 1855-0062 8 5 TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0062

A7Q16 1855-0062 8TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE SI 20480 1855-0062

A7Q17 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360NMW 28480 1854-0404

A7Q18 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A7Q19 1855-0420 2 1 TRANSISTOR J-FET 2N4391 N-CHAN D-MODE 01295 2N4391

A7Q20 1855-0062 8TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0062

A7Q21 1B54-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A7Q22 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360HW 28480 1854-0404

A7Q23 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A7Q24 1855-0062 5TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0062

A7Q25 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360hW 28480 1854-0404

A7R1 2100-1754 9 2 RESISTOR-TRMR 50 5% WW SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 28480 2100-1754

A7R2 2100-1760 7 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 5K 5% WW SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 28480 2100-1760

A7R3 2100-1754 9RESISTOR-TRMR 50 5% WW SIDE-ADS 1-TRN 28480 2100-1754

A7R4 2100-1757 2 4 RESISTOR-TRMR 500 5% WW SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 28480 2100-1757

A7R5 2100-1757 2RESISTOR-TRMR 500 5% WW SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 28480 2100-1757

A7R6 2100-1756 1 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 200 5% WW SIDE-ADJ I-TRN 28480 2100-1756

A7R7 2100-3123 0 4 RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17--TRN 02111 43P501

A7R8 2100-3123 0RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P501

A7R9 0698-3458 7 6 RESISTOR 348K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3450

A7R10 0757-0317 7RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1331-F

A7R11 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 10OK 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A7R12 0683-1555 0 6 RESISTOR 1.5N 5% .25W FC TC=.-900/+1100 01121 CS1555

A7R13 0757-0280 3 23 RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A7R14 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003--F

A7R15 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A7R16 0757-0424 7RESISTOR 1.1K 1% .125W F TC= 0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1101.-F

A7R17 0757-0274 5RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1211-F

A7R18 069B-3151 7RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2871-F

A7R19 0683-1555 0RESISTOR 1.50 5% .25W FC TC=-900/+1100 01121 C81555

A7R20 0757-0438 3RESISTOR 5.111K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5111-F

A7R21 0698-3458 7RESISTOR 348K 1% .125W F T 0=D+-100 28480 0698-3450

A7R22 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A7R23 0683-1555 0RESISTOR 1.5M 5% .25W FC TC=-900/+1100 01121 C155

A7R24 0698-3458 7RESISTOR 348K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-5458

A7R25 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

47R26 0757-0438 3RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-10 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5111-F

A7R27 0698-0083 8 6 RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC= 0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1961-F

A7R28 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

A7R29 0698-3151 7RESISTOR 2.87K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4--1/8-TO-2871-F

A7R30 06B3-1555 0RESISTOR 1.5N 5% .25W FC 'TC=-900/+1100 01121 CB1555

A7R31 0683-1555 0RESISTOR 1.5M 5% .25W FC TC=-900/+1100 01121 C81555

A7R32 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=2+-100 24546 C4-1/S-TO-1001 -F

A7R33 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=2+-100 24546 C4-.1/8-TO-3831-F

A7R34 0757-0290 5 11 RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4CI/8-TO-6191 -F

A7R35 0698-3154 0 2 RESISTOR 4.22K 1% .125W F TC=0+ -100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4221-F

A7R36 0698-3458 7RESISTOR 348K 1% .125W F TC=D+-100 28480 0698-3458

A7R37 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A7R38 0698-3453 2 1 RESISTOR 196K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-10-1963-F

A7R39 0757-0401 0 19 RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=2+-100 24546 C4-1/S-TO-101-F

A7R40 0698-3458 7RESISTOR 348K 1% .125W F TC= 0+-100 28480 06?98-2458

A7R41 0757-0470 3 2 RESISTOR 162K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1623.-F

A7R42 0698-3160 8 4 RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4--1/8-TO-3162-F

A7R43 0757-0470 3RESISTOR 162K 1% .125W F TC=0+-1 00 24546 C4- 1/8--1T623--F

A7R44 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-800 24546 84-1/8-TO-101 F

A7R45 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A7R46 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 1/8-0-191-F

A7R47 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C42/8-1-1--F

A7R48 0698-3151 7RESISTOR 2.B7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-01/8-0-2871-F

A7R49 0698-6271 8 1 RESISTOR 3K .1% .125W F TC=0+-50 28480 0698-6271

A7R50 0698-6315 1 1 RESISTOR 503.1 .12X .125W F TC=0+-100 03888 PME55-1/8-TO-503R1-C

A7R51 0683-1555 0RESISTOR 1.5M 5% .25W FC TC=-800/+1100 01121 C81555

A7R52 0698-7799 7 1 RESISTOR 2K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 NF4C1/8-10-2001-C

A7R53 0698-8323 5 1 RESISTOR 2.76K .25% ,125W F TC=0+-50 19701 MF4C1/8-T2-2761-C

A7R54 0698-3458 7RESISTOR 348K 1% .125W F TC= 0-1100 28480 0698-345 8

A7R55 0698-3438 3 3 RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 84546 C4-1/8-TO-147R-F

A7R56 0698-3162 0 5 RESISTOR 46.4K 1% .12 5W F -TC=0+-10 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4642-F

A7R57 0757-0317 7RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1331-F

A7R58 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .15W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A7R59 0757-0279 0 22 RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A7R60 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-8

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A7R61 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A7R62 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-00 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A7R63 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-1Dno 24546 C4-1/8-T0-2152-F

A7R64 0690-3450 9 4 RESISTOR 41.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4222-F

A7R65 0757-0441 8 1 RESISTOR 8.25K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-8251-F

A7R66 0811-3247 4 1 RESISTOR 150 1% 7.5W PW TC=0+-20 21480 0811-3247

A7R67 0683-1065 7 2 RESISTOR 10N 5% .25W CC TC=-900/+1100 01121 C01065

A7R68 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A7R69 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A7R70 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A7R71 0811-3246 3 1 RESISTOR 110 1% 7.5W PW TC=0+-20 28480 0811-3246

A7R72 2100-3094 4 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 100K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TEN 02111 43P104

A7R73 0757-0462 3 1 RESISTOR 75K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C41/8-TO-7502-F

A7R74 0757-0459 8RESISTOR 56.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5622--F

A7R75 0698-3428 1 1 RESISTOR 14.7 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 0388 PME55-1/8-TO-14R7-F

A7R76 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A7R77 0698-3132 4 2 RESISTOR 261 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2610-F

A7R78 0683-1065 7RESISTOR 10M 5% .25W CC TC=-900/+1100 01121 CB1065

A7R79 0757-0422 5 1 RESISTOR 909 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-909R-F

A7TP1 THRU

A7TP19** 1251-0600 0 60 CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 20480 1251-0600

A7U1 1826-0261 8 2 IC OP AMP LOW-NOISE TO-99 PKG 28480 1826-0261

A7U2THRU

A7U4 1826-0229 8 3 IC OP AMP LOW-DRIFT TO-99 PKG 06665 OP-05CJ

A7U5 1858-0032 8 2 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 14-PIN PLSTC DIP 3L585 CA3146E

A7U6 1826-0092 3 5 IC OP AMP GP DUAL TO-99 PKG 28480 1826-0092

A7VR1 1902-0033 4 3 DIODE--ZNR IN823 6.2V 5% 0DO-7 PD=.4W 24046 1N823

A7VR2 1902-0680 7 1 DIODE-ZNR 1N827 6.2V 5% D00-7 PD=.4W 24046 1N827

A7VR3 1902-0202 9 2 DIODE-ZNR 15V 5% PD=1W IR=5UA 28480 1902-0202

A8 08558-60123 9 1 SWEEP GENERATOR 28480 0855860123

A8C1 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2LIF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A8C2 0160-3456 6 12 CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A8C3 0160-3402 2 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 1IF +-5% 50VDC MET-POLYC 28480 0160-3402

A8C4 0160-3009 5 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 982PF +-1% 1 100VDC MICA 28480 0160-3009

A8C5 0180-0197 0CAPACITOR-FXD 2.21JF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 1500225X9020A2

A8C6 0160-3094 8CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3094

A8C7 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A8C8 0160-3466 8CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3466

A8C9 0160-2257 3 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 10PF +-5% 50FVDC CER 0+-60 28480 0160-2257

A8C10 0160-2150 5 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 33PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2150

A8C11 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.21WF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A8C12 0140-0192 9 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 68PF +-5% 30OVDC MICA 72136 DM15E68OJO300WVICR

A8C13 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR--FXD 2,21UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A8C14 0160-4297 5 2 CAPACITOR-FXD .022UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 56289 C023F101H223ZS22-CDH

A8C15 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A8C16 0160-3094 5CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF +-10% 100VDC CER 24800 0160-3094

A8C17 0160-3449 7 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 200OPF +-10% 250VDC CER 28480 0160-3449

A8C18 0160-4297 5CAPACITOR-FXD .022UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 56289 C023F101H223ZS22-CDH

A8C19 0180-2205 3 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 33UF+-10% 35VDC TA 56289 150D334X9035A2

A8C20 0180-1743 2 1 CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 35VDC TA 56289 150D104X9035A2

A8C21 0160-0163 6 1 CAPACITOR-FXD ,033UF +-10% 20OVDC POLYE 28480 0160-0163

A8C22 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD O01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160--2055

A8C23 0160-0155 6 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 3300PF +-10% 200VDC POLYE 21480 0160-0155

A8C24 0160-0153 4 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 20OVDC POLYE 28480 0160-0153

A8C25 0160-0134 1 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 220PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-0134

A8C26 0180-0197 0CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 1500225X902A2

A8C27 0170-0066 9 1 CAPACITOR-FXD .027UF +-10% 20OVDC POLYE 28480 0170-0066

A8CR1 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50NA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR2 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50NA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR3 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR4 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR5 1901-0376 6 2 DIODE-GEN PRP 35V 50MA D00-35 28480 1901-0376

A8CR6 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR7 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D00-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR8 1901-0040 1DIODE--SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D00-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR9 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D00-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR10 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D00-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR11 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS D00-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR12 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS D00-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR13 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS D00-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR14 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR15 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00-35 28480 1901-0050

See introduction to this section for ordering information **A7TP11 IS GND;A7TP12 NOT ASSIGNED.

*Indicates factory selected value

6-9

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A8CR16 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0 050

A8CR17 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2HS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR18 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR19 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA INS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR20 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR21 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR22 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR23 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A8CR24 1901-0050 3 DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A8CR25 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A8MP1 1205-0202 1 1 THERMAL LINK DUAL TO-18-CS 28480 1205-0202

A8MP2 0380-0198 3 1 STANDOFF-RVT-ON .312-IN-LG 6-32THD 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A8MP3 2360-0055 1 1 SCREW-MACH 6-32 .188-IN-LG BDG-HD-SLT 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A8Q1 1854-0071 7 16 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=3OOMW FT=200MNHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q2 1855-00B2 2 7 TRANSISTOR J-FET P-CHAN D-.MODE SI 28480 1855-0082

A8Q3 1855-0082 2 TRANSISTOR J-FET P-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0082

A8Q4 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N31251 SI T0-18 PD :360NW 04713 2N3251

A8Q5 1853-0020 4 5 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=15SNHZ 28480 1853-0020

A8Q6 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=3OOnW FT=200NHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q7 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360NW 04713 2N3251

A8Q8 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=30OMW FT=200NHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q9 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=3SSNW FT=201HZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q10 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q11 1855-0417 7TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D0MODE TO-18 SI 28480 1855-0417

A8Q12 1853-0020 4TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=30OMW FT=150MIIZ 28480 1853-0020

A8Q13 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q14 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q15 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q16 1854-0019 3 20 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A8Q17 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PS=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q18 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360NW 28480 1854-0019

A8Q19 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PS=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q20 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=36ONW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q21 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-B18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q22 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q23 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q24 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-S18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A8Q25 1855-0002 2 TRANSISTOR J-FET P-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0082

A8Q26 1855-0082 2TRANSISTOR J-FET P--CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0002

A8Q27 1855-0082 2TRANSISTOR J-FET P-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0082

A8Q28 1855-0082 2TRANSISTOR J-FET P--CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0082

A8Q29 1855-0062 8TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0062

A8Q30 1855-0082 2TRANSISTOR J-FET P-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0082

A8Q31 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q32 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=20MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q33 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q34 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q35 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q36 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q37 1853-0020 4TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=15MHZ 28480 1853-0020

A8Q38 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q39 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN ST PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q40 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q41 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q42 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q43 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A8Q44 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q45 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A8Q46 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=3&0MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q47 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=3&0MW 28480 1854-0019

A8Q48 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q49 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO--IS PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A8Q50 1853-0020 4TRANSISTOR PNP SI, PD=300MW FT=150MHZ 28480 1353-0020(

A8Q51 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=20 0MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q52 1855-0417 7TRANSISTOR J--FET N-CHAN D-MODE TO-18 SI 28480 1855-0417

A8Q53 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=20PNDZ 28480 1854-0071

A8Q54 1853-0020 4TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ 28480 1853-0020

A8Q55 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A8R1 0698-3450 9RESISTOR 42.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4222-F

A8R2 2100-3154 7 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 1K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P102

A8R3 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A8R4 0757-0419 0 6 RESISTOR 681 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-681R-F

A8R5 0757-0459 8RESISTOR 56.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5622-F

A8R6 0698-3152 8 2 RESISTOR 3.48K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3481-F

A8R7 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R8 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R9 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 11.1K 17 .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A8R10 2100-3109 2 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17--TRN 02111 43P202

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-10

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A8R11 0698-3457 6RESISTOR 316K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3457

A8R12 0698-3442 9 7 RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-237R-F

A8R13 2100-3052 4 3 RESISTOR-TRMR 50 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P500

A8R14 0698-3446 3RESISTOR 383 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-383R-F

A8R15 0757-0424 7RESISTOR 1.1K 1% .125W - TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1101-F

A8R16 0698-7412 1 3 RESISTOR 13.3K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8 -TO-1332-C

A8R17 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R18 0757-0458 7RESISTOR -51.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5112-F

A8R19 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R20 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R21 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A8R22 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A8R23 0698-3444 1 17 RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-T0-316R-F

A8R24 0698-7794 2 8 RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1002-C

A8R25 0698-0416 7 1 RESISTOR 44K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-4402-C

A8R26 0698-7794 2RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=:0-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1002-C

A8R27 0683-3355 2 3 RESISTOR 3.3M 5%., .125W F TC=-900/+1100 01121 CB3355

A8R28 0683-3355 2RESISTOR 3.3M 5% .25W F TC=-900/+1100 01121 CB3355

A8R29 0698-7794 2RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=+100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1002-C

A8R30* 0698-7798 6 1 RESISTOR 5.25K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-5251-C

A8R31 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8 TO-1002-F

A8R32 0698-3160 8RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3162-F

A8R33 0698-3260 9RESISTOR 464k 1% .125W F TC=:+-100 28480 0698-3260

A8R34 0698-3160 8RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3162-F

A8R35* 0757-0400 9RESISTOR 90.9 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO -90R9-F

A8R36 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC:TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A8R37 0683-6845 1 1 RESISTOR 680K 5% .25W F TC=-800/+900 01121 CB6845

A8R38 3498-3457 6RESISTOR 316K 1% . 125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3457

A8R39 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R40 0698-3451 0 2 RESISTOR 133K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1333-F

A8R41 0757-0459 8RESISTOR 56.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5622-F

A8R42 0698-7421 2 3 RESISTOR 40K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-4002-C

A8R43 0698-3194 8 4 RESISTOR 20K .25% ,125W F TC=0+-50 03888 PME55-1/8-T2-2002-C

A8R44 0698-7794 2RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1002-C

A8R45 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A8R46 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R47 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0·1-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A8R48 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC:0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R49 0757-0464 5 3 RESISTOR 90.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+ -100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-9092-F

AR850 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC-TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R51 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W E TC=D+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A8R52 0757-0439 4 4 RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A8R53 0757-0460 1RESISTOR 61.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6192-F

A8R54 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R55 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R56 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+ -100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R57 0757-0439 4RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A8R58 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% ,125W F TC=0+ -100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R59 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A8R60 0698-3160 8RESISTOR 31.6K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3162-F

A8R61 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R62 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R63 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A8R64 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R65 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R66 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21 .5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-10S 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R67 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 17 .125W F TC=04-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R68 0698-7412 1RESISTOR 3.3K 25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-C

A8R69 0757-1094 9 4 RESISTOR 1.47K 17 .125W F TC=0+-10 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1471-F

A8R70 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R71 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1-. 125W F TC=D+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R72 2100-2850 8 2 RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% WW SIDE-ADJ 20-TRN 02660 3810P-103

A8R73 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R74* 0698-3151 7 8 RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-10 0 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2071-F

A8R75 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R76 0757-0442 9 47 RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R77 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R78* 0757-0458 7 6 RESISTOR 51.1K 1% ,125W F TC:0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5112-F

A8R79 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% , 125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R80 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .1 -5W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R81 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-101 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R82 0698-0085 0 2 RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2611-F

A8R83 0698-3260 9RESISTOR 464K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3260

A8R84 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A8R85 2100-2850 8RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% WW SIDE-ADJ 20-TRN 02660 3810P-103

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-11

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty DescriptionCode Mfr Part Number

A8R86 0698-7794 2RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=0+-1O0 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1002-C

A8R87 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R88 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R89* 0757-0460 1 3 RESISTOR 61.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6192-F

A8R90 0698-7421 2RESISTOR 40K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-4002-C

A8R91 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R92 0757-0289 2 7 RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A8R93 0698-3194 0RESISTOR 20K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50 03888 PME55-1/8-T2-2002-C

A8R94 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% ,125W F TC=0+ -100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R95* 0698-3153 9 10 RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

A8R96 0698-7412 1RESISTOR 13.3K .25% ,125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-C

A8R97 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R98 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8RR99 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A8R100 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-PF

A8R101 0698-7794 2RESISTOR 10K .25% ,125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1002-C

A8R102 0757-0459 8RESISTOR 56.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5622-F

A8R103 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R104 0698-3154 0RESISTOR 4.22K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4221-F

A8R105* 0698-3457 6 5 RESISTOR 316K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3457

A8R106 0757-0440 7 10 RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/B-TO-7501-F

A8R107 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R108 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R109 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R110 0698-3451 0RESISTOR 133K 1% 3 125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1333-F

A8R111 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R112 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R113 0698-7794 2RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1002-C

A8R114 0757-0459 BRESISTOR 56.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5622--F

A8R115 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R116 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R117 0698-3238 1 1 RESISTOR 2.5K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50 28480 0698-3238

A8R118 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R119 0698-7794 2RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1002-C

A8R120 0698-7086 5 1 RESISTOR 1.02K .25% -125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0690-7086

A8R121 0698-8322 4RESISTOR 111 .2% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-111R-C

A8R122 0683-1055 5 3 RESISTOR 1M 5% .25W FC TC=0+-800/+900 01121 CB1055

A8R123 0683-1055 5RESISTOR 1M 5% .25W FC TC=0+-800/+900 01121 CB1055

A8R124 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A8R125 0757-0461 2 1 RESISTOR 68.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6812-F

A8R126 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R127 0698-7421 2RESISTOR 40K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-4002-C

A8R128 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R129 0698-3194 8RESISTOR 20K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50 03888 PME55-1/8-T2-2002-C

A8R130 0683-3355 2RESISTOR 3.3M 5% .25W FC TC=0+-900/+1100 01121 CB3355

A8R131 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A8R132 0698-3194 8RESISTOR 20K .25% .125W F rC=0+-50 03888 PME55-1/8-T2-2002-C

A8TP1 THRU

A8TP9 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-S7 SQ 28480 1251-0600

A8U1 1820-0223 0 1 IC OP AMP GP TD-99 PKG 3L585 CA301AT

A8U2 1826-0092 3IC OP AMP GP DUAL TO-99 PKG 28480 1826-0092

A8U3 1826-0261 8IC OP AMP LOW-NOISE TO-99 PKG 28480 1826-0261

A8VR1 1902-0025 4 2 DIODE-ZNR 10V 5% DO-35 PD=4W TC=.06% 28480 1902-0025

A8VR2 1902-3139 7 1 DIODE-ZNR 8.25V 5% DO-35 PD=.4W 28480 1902-3139

A8VR3 1902-0049 2IDIODE-ZNR 6.19V 5% DO-35 PD=.4W 28480 1902-0049

A9 08558-60154 6 1 THIRD CONVERTER 28480 08558-60154

A9 08558-60155 7 1 THIRD CONVERTER, OPTION 001/002 28480 08558-60155

A9C1 0160-3878 6 12 CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 10IVOC CER 28480 0160-3878

A9C2 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 1009VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A9C3 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A9C4 0160-2249 3 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 4.7PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2249

A9C5 0160-2264 2 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 20PF +-5% 500VDC CER 0+-30 28480 0160-2264

A9C6 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A9C7 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A9C8 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A9C9 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A9C10 0160-2207 3 5 CAPACITOR-FXD 300PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2207

A9C11 0140-0195 2 2 CAPACITOR-FXD 130PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 72136 DM15F131J0300WV1CR

A9C12 0140-0198 5 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 200PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 72136 DM15F201J0300WV1CR

A9C13 0180-0197 3CAPACITOR--FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A9C14 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2U2F+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A9C15 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-12

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A9C16 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A9C17 0160-3879 7 10 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A9C18 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A9C19 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A9C20 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A9CR1 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A9CR2 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A9CR3 1901-1070 9 23 DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A9CR4 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A9CR5 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A9CR6 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A9CR7 1901-0070 7 2 DIODE-PWR RECT 600V 750MA DO-29 28480 1901-0070

A9CR8 1901-0070 7DIODE-PWR RECT 600V 750MA DO-29 28480 1901-0070

A9E1 9170-0029 3 21 CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A9E2 1200-0173 5 3 INSULATOR-XSTR DAP-GL 28480 1200-0173

A9E3 1200-0173 5INSULATOR-XSTR DAP-GL 28400 1200-0173

A9J1 1250-0830 6 4 CONNECTOR-RF SMC M SGL-HOLE-FR 50-OHM 28480 1250-0830

A9J2 1250-0830 6CONNECTOR-RE SMC M SGL-HOLE-FR 50-OHM 28480 1250-0830

A9L1 9100-2255 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 470NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2255

A9L2 9100-2255 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 470NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2255

A9L3 08558-80002 5 1 COIL, NEUTRALIZING 28480 08558-80002

A9L4 08558-80012 7 1 COIL., FREQUENCY ADJUST 28480 08558-80012

A9L5 9100-2255 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 470NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2255

A9L6 9100-2250 9 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 180NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2250

A9L7 9100-2255 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 470NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2255

A9L8 9100-2255 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 470NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2255

A9L9 9100-2249 6 2 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 150NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2249

A9L10 9100-2249 6INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 150NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2249

A9L11 9100-2276 9 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 100UH 10% .185Dx.26L.G 28480 9100-2276

A9L12 9140-0178 0 4 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 12UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0178

A9L13 9140-0178 0INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 12UH 10%.166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0178

A9L14 9140-0143 9 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 3.3UH 10% .105DX,26LG 28480 9140-0143

A9L15 9100-1623 8 2 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 27UH 5% .166DX,38SLG 28480 9100-1623

A9L16 9100-1623 8INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 27UH 5% .166DX.385L.G 28480 9100-1623

A9MP1 08558-00014 1 1 COVER, THIRD CONVERTER 28480 08558-00014

A9MP2 08558-00079 8 1 RF SHIELD, MIXER 28480 08558-00079

A91Q 1854-0345 8 6 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI T0-72 PD=200MW 04713 2N5179

A9Q2 1854-0247 9 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=1W FT=800MHZ 28480 1854-0247

A9Q3 1854-0247 9TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=1W FT=800MHZ 28480 1854-0247

A9Q4 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A9Q5 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A9R1 2100-2522 1 4 RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X103

A9R2 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=O+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-001-F

A9R3 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A9R4* 0757-0424 7 8 RESISTOR 1.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1101-F

A9R5 2100-3123 0RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P501

A9R6 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1X .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A9R7 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A9R8 0757-0799 9 1 RESISTOR 121 1x .5W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0799

A9R9* 0757-0274 5 8 RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1211-F

A9R10 0698-7188 8 1 RESISTOR 10 1% .5OW F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-10R-F

A9R10 0698-7196 8 1 RESISTOR 21.5 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-21R5-F

(OPTION 001/002)

A9R10 0698-7203 8 1 RESISTOR 42.2 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-42R2-F

A9R11 0698-7206 1 1 RESISTOR 56.2 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-56R2-F

(OPTION 001/002)

A9R12* 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=1+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A9R12* 0757-0416 7 12 RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

(OPTION 001/002)

A9R13 0698-3450 9RESISTOR 42.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4222-F

A9R14* 0757-0463 4 1 RESISTOR 02.5K 1X .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-0252-F

A9R15 0698-3438 3RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-147R-F

A9R16 0683-0475 1 2 RESISTOR 4.7 5% .25W FC TC=-400/+500 01121 CB47G5

A9R17 0757-0464 5RESISTOR 90,9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-9092-F

A9R18 0698-3150 6 5 RESISTOR 2,37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2371-F

A9R19 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1Z .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A9R20 0757-0418 9 4 RESISTOR 619 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-619R-F

A9R21 0698-3159 5 0 RESISTOR 26.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2612-F

A9R22 0757-0317 7RESISTOR 1.33K-1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1331-F

A9R23 0698-3447 4 0 RESISTOR 422 1% ,125W F T=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-422R-F

A9R24 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A9R25 0757-0418 9RESISTOR 619 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-619R-F

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-13

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A9U1 0955-0076 5 1 MIXER, D0UBLE BALANCED 28480 0955-0076

A9VR1 1902-3104 6 1 DI0DE-ZNR 5.62V 5% DO-35 PD=.4W 28480 1902-3104

A9VR2 1902-0025 4DI0DE-ZNR 10V 5% DO-35 PD=.4W TC=+.06% 28480 1902-0025

A9Z1 1GA1-8001 3 1 SURFACE ACOUSTICAL. WAVE RESONATOR 28480 1GA1-8001

(SAWR)

A10 08558-60010 3 1 SECOND IF28480 08558-60010

A10C1 0121-0457 9 3 CAPACITOR-V TRMR-PSTN 8-8.5PF 750V 18736 TP9

A10C2 0121-0457 9CAPACITOR-V TRMR-PSTN .8-8.5PF 750V 18736 TP9

A10C3 0121-0457 9CAPACITOR-V TRMR-PSTN .8-8.5PF 750V 18736 TP9

A10C4 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1D00PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A10C5 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A10C6 0160-3877 5 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-20% 200VDC CER 28480 0160-3877

A10C7 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A10C8 0160-2236 8 3 CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2236

A10C9 0160-2250 6 9 CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25PF 500 VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A10C10 0160-3878 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-.20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3878

A10C11 0160-2250 6CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25PF 500 VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A10C12 0160-2250 6CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A10C13 0160-2252 8 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 6.2PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2252

A10C14 0160-2250 6CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A10C15 0160-2250 6CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A10J1 1250-0830 6CONNECTOR-RF SMC M SGL-H0LE-FR 50-OHM 28480 1250-0830

A10J2 1250-0830 6CONNECTOR-RF SMC M SGL-H0LE-FR 50-OHM 28480 1250-0830

A10L1 9100-2247 4 2 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 100NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2247

A10L2 08558-80005 8 1 COIL, PAR TANK 28480 08558-80005

A10L3 08558-80003 6 3 COIL, BANDPASS FILTER 28480 08558-80003

A10L4 08558-80003 6COIL, BANDPASS FILTER 28480 08558-80003

A10L5 08558-80003 6COIL, BANDPASS FILTER 28480 08558-80003

A10MP1 08558-00015 2 1 C0VER, SECOND I. F 28480 08558-00015

A10MP2 1200-0172 4 1 INSULATOR-XSTR DAP-GL 28480 1200-0172

A10Q1 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A10Q2 5086-4218 7TRANSISTOR, NPN MICROWAVE 28480 5086-4218

A10R1 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC:=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-T0-1002-F

A10R2 0698-3136 8 3 RESISTOR 17.8K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-T0-1782-F

A10R3 0757-0438 3RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-T0-5111-F

A10R4 0698-3442 9RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4--1/8-T0-237R-F

A10R5 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=00+-100 24546 C4-1/8-T0-1001-F

A11 08558-60128 4 1 BANDWIDTH FILTER NO. 1 28480 08558-60128

A11C1 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD ,01UF +80-20% 100VDC CE0R 28480 0160-2055

A11C2 0160-0127 2 2 CAPACITOR-FXD 11JF -20% 2SVDC CER 28480 0160-0127

A11C3 0160-2236 8CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +-.2PF 5S00VDC CER 28480 0160-2236

A11C4 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .016F +80-20% 1100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C5 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-7FXD .0UF +00-20 1001VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C6 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C7 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C8 0160-2207 3CAPACITOR-FXD 500PF 1-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2207

A11C9 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD 01UF +80-20% 10VD0C CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C10 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR --FXD .01UF +80--207 10lVDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C1 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C12 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C13 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10%x 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A11C14 0160-2250 6CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25'SPF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A11C15 0121-0059 7 4 CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 2-8PF 350V PC-MTG 52763 304324 2/8PF NPO

A11C16 NOT ASSIGNED

A11C17 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-.20 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C18 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +0--20% 1D0VDC 10 ER 28480 0160-2055

A11C19 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20X 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C20* 0140-0194 1 5 CAPACITOR-FXD 110PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 72136 DM15F111J0300D0WV1CR

A11C21 0160-3431 7 4 CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8 .+-.5PF 500VDC 28480 0160-3431

A11C22 0160-4084 8CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC 28480 0160-4084

A11C23 0121-0036 0 4 CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 5.5-18PF 350V 52763 304324 5.5/18PF NPO

A11C24 NOT ASSIGNED

A11C25 0121-0446 6 4 CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 4.5-20PF 160V 28480 0121-0446

A11C26 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR FXD 01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C27 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD 01UF +80-20% 10UVDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C28 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +10-20% 10VDC CER 28400 0160-2055

A11C29 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A11C30 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF R80-20% 100VDC CER 28400 0160-2055

A11C31 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A11C32 0160-4084 8CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4084

A11C33 0160-2207 3CAPACITOR-FXD 300PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2207

A11C34 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% - 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C35 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% x100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-14

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A11C36 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C37 0160-2250 6CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A11C38 0121-0059 7CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 2-8PF 350V PC-MTG 52763 304324 2/8PF NPO

A11C39 NOT ASSIGNED

A11C40 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C41 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1KVDC: CER 28480 0160-3456

A11C42 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01F +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C43 0160-3431 7CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8PF +-5PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-3431

A11C44 0140-0194 1CAPACITOR-FXD 110PF +-5% 300VDC CER 72136 DM15F111J0300WV1CR

A11C45 0121-0036 0CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 5.5-18PF 350V 52763 304324 5.5/18PF NPO

A11C46 0160-4084 8CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF4-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4084

A11C47 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C48 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR--FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 284B0 0160-2055

A11C49 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C50 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C51 0160-2055 9 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C52 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR--FXD .01UF +80-2.0% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C53 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C54 0121-0446 6CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 4.5-20PF 160V 28480 0121-0446(

A11C55 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C56THRU

A11C59 NOT ASSIGNED

A11C60 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR--FXD .01UF +80-20% 10VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C61 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C62 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C63 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C64 0160-2208 4 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 330PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2208

A11C65 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C66 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +50-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C67 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A11C68THRU

A11C72 NOT ASSIGNED

A11C73 0121-0452 4 4 CAPACITOR-V TRMR-AIR 1.3-5.4PF 175V 74970 187-0103-028

A11C74 0121-0452 4CAPACITOR-V TRMR-AIR 1.3-5.4PF 175V 74970 187-0103-028

A11CR1 1901-0047 8 13 DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A11CR2 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A11CR3 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A11CR4 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A11CR5 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A11CR6 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A11CR7 NOT ASSIGNED

A11CR8 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A11CR9 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A11CR10 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A11CR11 1901-1070 9DIODE--PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A11CR12 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A11CR13 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A11CR14 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A11CR15 1901-0535 9DIODE.-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A11CR16 1901-0047 8 DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75HA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A11CR17 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A11E1 THRU

A11E8 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A11L1 9140-0112 2 3 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 4.7UH 10% 28480 9140-0112

A11L2 9100-1641 0 4 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 240UH 5% .166DX,385LG 28480 9100-1641

A11L3 9140-0114 4 7 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 10UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0114

A11L4 9100-1624 9 6 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 30UH 5% 166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1624

A11L5 9140-0179 1 14 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX .385LG 28480 9140-0179

A11L6 9100-3854 1 4 INDUCTOR 400NH 10% .3DX1 .016LG Q =150 28480 9100-3854

A11L7 9140-0098 3 4 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 2.2UH 10 28480 9140-0098

A11L8 9140-0178 0INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 12UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0178

A11L9 9100-1641 0INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 240UH 5% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1641

A11L10 9140-0114 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 10UH 10% .166DX .385LG 28480 9140-0114

A11L11 9100-1624 9INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 30UH 5% .166DX. 385LG 28480 9100-1624

A11L12 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A11L13 9140-0098 3INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 2,2UH 10% 28480 9140-0098

A11L14 9100-1620 5 2 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 15UH 10% .166DX385LG 28480 9100-1620

A11L15 9100-3854 1INDUCTOR 400NH 10% .3DX1, .016LG Q=150 28480 9100-3854

A11L16 9140-0144 0 3 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 4.7UH 10% .185 DX.26LG 28480 9140-0144

A11L17 9100-1624 9INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 30UH 5% .1,6DX.385LG 28480 9100-1624

A11MP1 08565-00024 2 2 BAFFLE, INDUCTOR 28480 08565-00024

A11Q1 1854-0345 8 1 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO-72 PD=200MW 04713 2N5179

A11Q2 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A11Q3 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A11Q4 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD:=360MW 04713 2N3251

A11Q5 1855-0267 5 4 TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN 0-MODE TO-92 SI 28480 1855--0267

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-15

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A11Q6 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A11Q7 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A1RQ8 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A11Q9 1855-0267 5TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-M0DE TO-92 SI 28480 1855-0267

A11Q10 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A11R1 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A11R2 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A11R3 0757-0402 1 6 RESISTOR 110 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-111-F

A11R4 NOT ASSIGNED

A11R5 0757-0405 4 2 RESISTOR 162 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-162R-F

A11R6 0698-3431 6 2 RESISTOR 23.7 1% .125W F TC=+-100 03888 PME55-1/8-TO-23R7-F

A11R7 0698-8822 9 1 RESISTOR 6.81 1% .1251W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-8822

A11R8 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A11R9 0757-0439 4RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A11R10 0757-1094 9RESISTOR 1.47K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TR-1471-F

A11R11 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A11R12 0757-0447 4RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-'TO-1622-F

A11R13 0698-0082 7 1 RESISTOR 464 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4640-F

A11R14 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A11R15 0698-3440 7 9 RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

A11R16 0757-0419 0RESISTOR 681 1% .125W F 1C=D+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-681R-F

A11R17 0698-3442 9RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-237R-F

A11R18 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161--F

A11R19 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A11R20 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=D+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A11R21 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A11R22 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A11R23* 0757-0289 2 14 RESISTOR 13.3K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MS4C1/8-TO-1332F

A11R24 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A11R25 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A11R26 2100-3163 8 2 RESISTOR-TRMR 1M 20% C SIDE-.ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P105

A11R27 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-1R0 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A11R28 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A11R29 0757-1094 9RESISTOR 1.47K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1471-F

A11R30 0757-0402 1RESISTOR 110 1% .125W F TC=0 +-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-111-F

A11R31 2100-3052 4RESISTOR-TRMR 50 10% C SIDE--ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P500

A11R32 NOT ASSIGNED

A11R33 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A11R34 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1X .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A11R35 0757-0288 1 5 RESISTOR 9.09K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-9091-F

A11R36 0698-0083 0RESIST1)R 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1961-F

A11R37 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A11R38 0698-3441 8 3 RESISTOR 215 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-215R-F

A11R39 0757-0419 0RESISTOR 681 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-681R-F

A11R40 0698-3442 9RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-237R-F

A11R41 0757-0279 0RESIST 0R 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A11R42 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4. 1/8-TO-1002-F

A11R43* 0757-0200 7 4 RESISTOR 5.62K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5621-F

A11R44 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A11R45 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1 /8-TO-101-F

A11R46 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A11R47 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A11R48* 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A11R49 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-110 24546 C4-1/8TO-1212-F

A11R50 NOT ASSIGNED

A11R51 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8 -TO-10R0-F

A11R52 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8STD-6191-F

A11R53 0698-3440 7RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-110 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

A11R54 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R--F

A11R55 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-10 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A11R56* 0757-0424 7RESISTOR 1.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1101-F

A11R57 0757-0180 2 6 RESISTOR 31.6 1x .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0180

A11R58 0698-3152 8RESISTOR 3.48K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3481-F

A11R59 0757-0180 2RESISTOR 31.6 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0180

A11R60 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

A11TP1 0360-1788 7 8 CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .045-IN-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 0360-1788

A11TP2 0360-1788 7CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .045-IN-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 0360-1788

A11TP3 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ S0 28480 1251-0600

A11TP4 0360-1788 7CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .045-IN-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 0360-1788

A11TP5 0360-1788 7CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .045-IN-BSC-SZ S 28480 0360-1788

A11TP6 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL- CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A11TP7 NOT ASSIGNED

A11TP8 1251-0600 0C10NNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A11TP9 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A11TP10 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-16

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A11TP1 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1,14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A11VR1 1902-0048 1 2 DIODE-ZNR 6.81V 5% DO-35 PD=.4W 28480 1902-0048

A11Y1/2 0410-0450 5 2 CRYSTAL, 21.4 MHZ (MATCHED SET OF FOUR; 28480 0410-0450

INCLUDES A11Y1, A11Y2, A13Y1, & A13Y2)

A12 08558-60012 5 1 STEP GAIN 28480 08558-60012

A12 08558-60073 8STEP GAIN, OPTION 001/002 28480 08558-60073

A12C1 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C2 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C3 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C4 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C5 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C6 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C7 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C8 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C9 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C10 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C11 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C12 0160-2055 3 2 CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA 56289 150D105X9035A2

A12C13 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C14 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C15 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C16 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD 2000PF +-10% 250VDC CER 28480 0160-3457

A12C17 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C18 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C19 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD 2000PF +-10% 250VDC CER 28480 0160-3457

A12C20 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C21 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD 01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C22 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD 2000PF +-10% 250VDC CER 28480 0160-3457

A12C23 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD 01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A12C24 0160-2199 2 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 30PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2199

A12C25 0160-2307 4 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 47PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2307

A12C26 0140-0194 1CAPACITOR-FXD 110PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 72136 DM15F111J0300WV1CR

A12C27 0180-0291 3CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA 56209 150D105X9035A2

A12CR1 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A12CR2 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A12CR3 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A12CR4 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A12CR5 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A12CR6 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A12E1 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A12E2 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A12E3 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A12L1 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A12L2 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A12L3 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A12L4 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A12L5 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A12L6 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A12L7 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A12L8 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A12L9 9100-2260 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1.8UH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2260

A12L10 9140-0158 6 5 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1UH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9140-0158

A12L11 9100-2552 4 4 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 15UH 10% .161DX.385LG 28480 9100-2552

A12Q1 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A12Q2 1854-0345 8TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO-72 PD=200MW 04713 2N5179

A12Q3 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A12Q4 1854-0345 8TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO-72 PD=200MW 04713 2N5179

A12Q5 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A12Q6 1854-0345 8TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO-72 PD=200MW 04713 2N5179

A12Q7 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A12Q8 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A12Q9 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A12Q10 1854-0882 8TRANSISTOR NPN PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0882

A12Q11 1854-0882 8TRANSISTOR NPN PD=300MW FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0882

A12Q12 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A12Q13 1853-0213 7 1 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4236 SI TO-5 PD=1W 04713 2N4236

A12R1 2100-3103 6 3 RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P103

A12R2 2100-3103 6RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P103

A12R3 2100-3054 6 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 50K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P503

A12R4 2100-3061 5 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 500K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P504

A12R5 2100-3103 6RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P103

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-17

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A12R6 2100-3056 8 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 5K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P502

A12R7 2100-1757 2RESISTOR-TRMR 500 5% WW SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 28480 2100-1757

A12R8 0757-0288 1RESISTOR 9.09K 17 .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-9091-F

A12R9 0698-3457 6RESISTOR 316K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 213480 0698-3457

A12R10 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A12R11 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A12812 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A12R13 0757-0208 1RESISTOR 9.09K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-9091-F

A12R14 0757-0395 1 5 RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F

A12R15 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A12R16 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A12R17 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A12R18 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A12R19 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A12R20 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1x .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A12R21 0698-3162 0RESISTOR 46.4K 11 .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4642-F

A12R22 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4--1/8-TO-3161-F

A12R23 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A12824 0757-0395 1RESISTOR 56.2 17 .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F

A12R25 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 11 .125W F TC=0+-108 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A12R26 0757-0417 8 2 RESISTOR 562 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-562R-F

A12R26 0757-0419 0RESISTOR 681 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-681R-F

(OPTION 001/002)

A12827 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A12R28 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F C=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A12R29 0690-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A12R30 0757-0395 1RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F

A12R31 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A12R32 0757-0420 3RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-751-F

A12R33 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A12R34 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A12R35 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1X .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A12R36 0757-0395 1RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F

A12R37 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A12R38 0757-0420 3RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-751-F

A12R39 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A12R40 0698-3440 7RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

A12R41 0757-0274 5RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1211-F

A12R42 0757-0274 5RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1211-F

A12R43 0698-3151 7RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2071-F

A12R44 0698-3151 7RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2871-F

A12R45 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A12R46 0698-3151 7RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2871-F

A12R47 0698-3162 0RESISTOR 46.4K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4642-F

A12R48 0698-3162 0RESISTOR 46.4K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4642-F

A12R49 0698-3162 0RESISTOR 46.4K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4642-F

A12S1 3101-0973 5 1 SWITCH-SL DPDT MINTR .5A 125VAC/DC PC 28480 3101-0973

A12TP1 THRU

A12TP9 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A12VR1 1902-0033 4DIODE-ZNR 1N823 6.2V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W 24046 1N823

A13 08558-60129 5 1 BANDWIDTH FILTER NO. 2 28480 08558-60129

A13C1 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C2 0160-0127 2CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF +-20% 25VDC CER 28480 0160-0127

A13C3 0160-2236 8CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2236

A13C4 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C5 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C6 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C7 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C8 0160-2207 3CAPACITOR-FXD 300PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2207

A13C9 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C10 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C11 0160-2055 9 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C12 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C13 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A13C14 0160-2250 6CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A13C15 0121-0059 7CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 2-8PF 350V PC-MTG 52763 304324 2/8PF NPO

A13C16 NOT ASSIGNED

A13C17 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C18 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C19 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C20* 0140-0194 1CAPACITOR-FXD 110PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 72136 DM15F111J0300WV1CR

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-18

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A13C21 0160-3431 7CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8PF +-.5PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-3431

A13C22 0160-4084 8CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4084

A13C23 0121-0036 0CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 5.5-18PF 350V 52763 304324 5.5/18PF NPO

A13C24 NOT ASSIGNED

A13C25 0121-0446 6CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 4.5-20PF 160V 28480 0121-0446

A13C26 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20x 100VDC CER 28480 0160--2055

A13C27 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C28 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C29 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A13C30 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C31 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A13C32 0160-4084 8CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4084

A13C33 0160-2207 3CAPACITOR-FXD 300PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 0160-2207

A13C34 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C35 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C36 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 20480 0160-2055

A13C37 0160-2250 6CAPACITOR-FXD 5.1PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2250

A13C38 0121-0059 7CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 2-8PF 350V PC-MTG 52763 304324 2/8PF NPO

A13C39 NOT ASSIGNED

A13C40 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C41 0160-3456 6CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +.-10% 1KVDC CER 28480 0160-3456

A13C42 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 20480 0160-2055

A13C43 0160-3431 7CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8PF +-.5PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-3431

A13C44* 0140-0194 1CAPACITOR-FXD 110PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 72136 DM15F111J0300WV1CR

A13C45 0121-0036 0CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 5.5-18PF 350V 52763 304324 5.5/18PF NPO

A13C46 0160-4084 8CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4084

A13C47 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR--FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C48 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-20550

A13C49 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C50 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF+80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C51 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C52 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C53 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C54 0121-0446 6CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 4.5-20PF 160V 28480 0121-0446

A13C55 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C56 THRU

A13C59 NOT ASSIGNED

A13C60 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C61 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C62 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C63 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C64 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C65 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C66 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C67 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A13C68 THRU

A13C72 NOT ASSIGNED

A13C73 0121-0452 4CAPACITOR-V TRMR-AIR 1.3-5.4PF 175V 74970 187-0103-028

A13C74 0121-0452 4CAPACITOR-V TRMR-AIR 1.3-5.4PF 175V 74970 187-0103-028

A13CR1 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A13CR2 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A13CR3 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A13CR4 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A13CR5 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 112V 28480 1901-1070

A13CR6 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A13CR7 NOT ASSIGNED

A13CR8 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A13CR9 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A13CR10 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A13CR11 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A13CR12 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A13CR13 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA-10NS 28480 1901-0047

A13CR14 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A13CR15 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A13CR16 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A13CR17 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0535

A13CR18 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A13E1 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A13E2 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A13E3 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A13E4 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A13E5 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A13E6 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A13E7 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A13E8 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-19

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A13L1 9140-0112 2INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 4.7UH 10% 28480 9140-0112

A13L2 9100-1641 0INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 240UH 5% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1641

A13L3 9140-0114 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 10UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0114

A13L4 9100-1624 9INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 30UH 5% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1624

A13L5 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A13L6 9100-3854 1INDUCTOR 400NH 10% .3DX1.016LG Q=150 28480 9100-3854

A13L7 9140-0098 3INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 2.2UH 10% 28480 9140-0098

A13L8 9140-0178 0INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 12UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0178

A13L9 9100-1641 0INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 240UH 5% .166DX.305LG 28480 9100-1641

A13L10 9140-0114 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 10UH 10% .166DX.38SLG 28480 9140-0114

A13L11 9100-1624 9INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 30UH 5% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1624

A13L12 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A13L13 9140-0098 3INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 2.2UH 10% 28480 9140-0098

A13L14 9100-1620 5INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 15UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1620

A13L15 9100-3854 1INDUCTOR 400NH 10% ,3DX1.016LG Q=150 28480 9100-3854

A13L16 9140-0144 0INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 4.7UH 10% ,105DX.26LG 28480 9140-0144

A13L17 9100-1624 9INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 30UH 5% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1624

A13MP1 08565-00024 2BAFFLE, INDUCTOR 28480 08565-00024

A13Q1 1854-0345 8TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO-72 PD=200MW 04713 2N5179

A15Q2 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360NW 28480 1854-0404

A13Q3 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A13Q4 1053-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N5251

A13Q5 1855-0267 5TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE TO-92 SI 28480 1855-0267

A13Q6 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A13Q7 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A13Q8 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A13Q9 1855-0267 5TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE TO-92 SI 20480 1855-0267

A13Q10 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N5251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A13R1 0757-0447 4RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1622-F

A13R2 0698-3157 3 1 RESISTOR 19.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1962-F

A13R3 0757-0402 1RESISTOR 110 1X .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-111-F

A13R4 NOT ASSIGNED

A13R5 0757-0405 4RESISTOR 162 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-162R-F

A13R6 0698-3431 6RESISTOR 23,7 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 03888 PME55-1/8-TO-23R7-F

A13R7 0698-3427 0 1 RESISTOR 13.3 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 03888 PME55-1/8-TO-13R3-F

A13R8 0757-0402 1RESISTOR 110 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-111-F

A13R9 0757-0288 1RESISTOR 9.09K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-9091-F

A13R10 0698-0083 8 RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-2/8-TO-1961-F

A13011 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A13R12 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A13R13 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A13R14 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A13R15 0698-3441 8RESISTOR 215 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-215R-F

A13R16 0757-0419 0RESISTOR 681 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-681R-F

A13R17 0698-3442 9RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-237R-F

A13R18 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A13019* 0757-0200 7RESISTOR 5.62K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5621-F

A13R20 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A13R21 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A13R22 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A13R23* 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A13R24 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A13R25 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A13R26 2100-3163 8RESISTOR-TRMR 1M 20% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P105

A13R27 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A13R28 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-T0-6191-F

A13R29 0757-1094 9RESISTOR 1.47K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1471-F

A13R30 0757-0402 1RESISTOR 110 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-111-F

A13R31 2100-3052 4RESISTOR-TRMR 50 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 4AF500

A13R32 NOT ASSIGNED

A13R33 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-11/-TO-1002-F

A13R34 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A13R35 0757-0288 1RESISTOR 9.09K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-9091-F

A13R36 0698-0083 8RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1961-F

A13R37 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A13R38 0698-3441 8RESISTOR 215 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-215R-F

A13R39 0757-0419 0RESISTOR 681 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-681R-F

A13R40 0698-3442 9RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-237R-F

A13R41 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A13R42 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A13043* 0757-0438 3 4 RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5111-F

A13R44 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A13R45 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101 F

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-20

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A13R46 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A13R47 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A13R48* 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A13R49 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A13R50 NOT ASSIGNED

A13R51 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A13R52 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A13R53 0698-3440 7RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

A13R54 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A13R55 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A13R56* 0757-0274 5RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1211-F

A13R57 0757-0180 2RESISTOR 31.6 1% .125W F TC=.+-100 24546 0757-0180

A13R58 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

A13R59 0757-0180 2RESISTOR 31.6 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0180

A13R60 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1%X .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

A13TP1 0360-1788 7CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .045-IN-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 0360-1788

A13TP2 0360-1788 7CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .045-IN-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 0360-1788

A13TP3 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A13TP4 0360-1788 7CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .045-IN-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 0360-1788

A13TP5 0360-1788 7CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .045-IN-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 0360-1788

A13TP6 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A13TP7 NOT ASSIGNED

A13TP8 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A13TP9 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A13TP10 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A13TP11 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A13VR1 1902-0048 1DIODE-ZNR 6.81V 5%X DO-35 PD=.4W 28480 1902-0048

A13Y1/2 0410-0450 5CRYSTAL, 21.4 MHZ 28480 0410-0450

(MATCHED SET OF 4;INCL.A13Y1,A13Y2,A11Y1

AND A11Y2)

A14 5061-5411 2 1 LOG AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 28480 5061-5411

A14C1 0160-4554 7 65 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C2 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A14C3 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C4 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C5 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C6 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C7 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A14C8 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C9 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C10 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C11 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C12 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C13 NOT ASSIGNED

A14C14 THRU

A14C34 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C35 NOT ASSIGNED

A14C36 THRU

A14C69 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C70 0160-4519 4 1CAPACITOR-FXD 9.1PF +-.5PF 200VDC CER 28480 0160-4519

A14C71 0140-0195 2CAPACITOR-FXD 130PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 72136 DM15F131J0300WV1CR

A14C72 0160-4386 3 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 33PF +-5% 200VDC CER 0+-30 28480 0160-4386

A14C73 0160-3872 0 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2PF +-.25PF 200VDC CER 28480 0160-3872

A14C74 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C75 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C76 0160-4554 7 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14C77 0160-4554 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-4554

A14CR1 1910-0016 0 1DIODE-GE 60V 60MA 1US DO-7 28480 1910-0016

A14CR2 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A14CR3 NOT ASSIGNED

A14CR4 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A14CR5 NOT ASSIGNED

A14CR6 1901-1085 6 16 DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR7 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR8 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28400 1901-1065

A14CR9 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR10 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR11 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR12 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A14CR13 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR14 1901-1085 6 1DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR15 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-21

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A14CR16 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A14CR17 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1005

A14CR18 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR19 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A14CR20 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR21 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28400 1901-1085

A14CR22 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR23 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1005

A14CR24 1901-1005 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR25 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A14CR26 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR27 1901-1085 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR28 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A14CR29 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28400 1901-1070

A14CR30 1901-1005 6DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR31 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A14CR32 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A14CR33 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A14E1 9170-0029 3CORE-SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170-0029

A14L1 9100-1618 1 2 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 5.6UH 10% 28480 9100-1618

A14L2 9140-0144 0INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 4.7UH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9140-0144

A14L3 9140-0105 3 2 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 8.2UH 10% 28480 9140-0105

A14L4 9100-1619 2 2 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 6.8UH 10% 28480 9100-1619

A14L5 9100-1619 2INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 6.8UH 10% 28480 9100-1619

A14L6 9140-0114 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 10UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0114

A14L7 9140--0114 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 10UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0114

A14L8 9140-0114 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 10UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0114

A14L9 9140-0112 2INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 4.7UH 10% 28480 9140-0112

A14L10 9140-0105 3INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 8.2UH 10% 28480 9140-0105

A14L11 9100-1627 2 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 39UH 5% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1627

A14L12 9100-1629 4 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 47UH 5% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1629

A14L13 9100-1622 7 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 24UH 5% .166DX.385LG 28480 9100-1622

A14L14 9100-2257 6 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 820NH 10%X ,105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2257

A14Q1 1854-0637 1 1 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2219A SI TO-5 PD=800MW 01295 2N2219A

A14Q2 1853-0281 9 3 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW 04713 2N2907A

A14Q3 1853-0281 9TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW 04713 2N2907A

A14Q4 1053-0015 7 4 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=200MW FT=500MHZ 28480 1853-0015

A14Q5 1053-0015 7TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=200MW FT=500MHZ 28480 1853-0015

A14Q6 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI T0-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A14Q7 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q8 1853-0015 7TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=200MW FT=500MHZ 28480 1853-0015

A14Q9 1854-0019 1TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q10 1853-0015 7 1TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=200MW FT=500MHZ 28480 1853-0015

A14Q11 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14912 1053-0015 7TRANSTSTOR PNP SI PD=200MW FT=500MHZ 28480 1853-0015

A14Q13 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q14 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q15 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q16 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q17 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q18 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q19 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q20 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14Q21 1854-0475 5TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PD=750MW 28480 1854-0475

A14Q22 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO -18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A14Q23 1853-0181 9TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW 04713 2N2907A

A14Q24 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A14Q25 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A14R1 0757-0117 7RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1331-F

A14R2 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R3 0698-0084 9 2 RESISTOR 2.15K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2151-F

A14R4 0698-1430 5 1 RESISTOR 21.5 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 03888 PME55-1/8-TO-21R5-F

A14R5 0757-0443 0 1 RESISTOR 11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1102-F

A14R6 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R7 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003--F

A14R8 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R9 0698-3450 9RESISTOR 42.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4222-F

A14R10 2100-2633 5 2 RESISTOR-TRMR 1K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X102

A14R11 0698-3155 1 4RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+--100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4641-F

A14R12 0757-0458 7RESISTOR 51.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5112-F

A14R13 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R14 0757-0460 1RESISTOR 61,9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6192-F

A14R15 0757-0458 7RESISTOR 51.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5112-F

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-22

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A14R16 0757-0180 2RESISTOR 31.6 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0180

A14R17 0757-0464 5RESISTOR 90.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-9092-F

A14R18 0698-3136 8RESISTOR 17.8K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1782-F

A14R19 0757-0123 3 1RESISTOR 34.8K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0123

A14R20 0698-0003 8RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1961-F

A14R21 2100-2489 9 2 RESISTOR-TRMR 5K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X502

A14R22 0698-3452 1 1 RESISTOR 147K 1% .125W F TO=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1473-F

A14R23 2100-2514 1 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 20K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50W203

A14R24 0757-0274 5RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1211-F

A14R25 0757-0274 5RESISTOR 1.21K 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1211-F

A14R26 0757-0274 5RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1211-F

A14R27 2100-2489 9RESISTOR-TRMR 5K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X502

A14R28 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R29 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R30 2100-2522 1RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X103

A14R31 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R32 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-*100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R33 2100-2522 1RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X103

A14R34 2100-2521 0 1RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X202

A14R35 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R36 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R37 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R38 0698-3151 7RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2871-F

A14R39 2100-2520 9 1RESISTOR-TRMR 50 20% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X500

A14R40 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R41 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R42 0757-0200 7RESISTOR 5.62K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5621-F

A14R43 0757-0447 4RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1622-F

A14R44 0757-0420 3RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-751-F

A14R45 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R46 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A14R47 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R48 0698-3150 6RESISTOR 2.371K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2371-F

A14R49 0698-3132 4RESISTOR 261 1% ,125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2610-F

A14R50 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0 +-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R51 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R52 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R53 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A14R54 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A14R55 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R56 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R57 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R58 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R59 0698-3150 6RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2371-F

A14R60 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R61 0757-0200 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R62 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A14R63 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A14R64 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R65 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R66 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R67 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R68 0698-8958 2 1 RESISTOR 511K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-0958

A14R69 2100-2692 6 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 1M 20% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET5X105

A14R70 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R71 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R72 0707-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC-=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A14R73 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A14R74 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R75 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R76 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R77 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R78 0698-3150 6RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2371-F

A14R79 0690-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R80 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R81 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R82 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R83 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R84 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R85 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R86 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R87 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R88 2100-2522 1RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X103

A14R89 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R90 0757-0403 2 2RESISTOR 121 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-121R-F

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-23

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A14R91 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R92 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R93* 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

A14R94 0698-3150 6RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2371-F

A14R95 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R96 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R97 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R98 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R99 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R100 0757-0403 2RESISTOR 121 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-121R-F

A14R101* 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

A14R102 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R103 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R104 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC-0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R105 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R106 0757-0417 8RESISTOR 562 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-562R-F

A14R107* 0757-0199 3 33 RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A14R108 0698-3434 9 1 RESISTOR 34.8 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-34R8-F

A14R109 0757-0400 9RESISTOR 90.9 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-90R9-F

A14R110 0757-0418 9RESISTOR 619 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-619R-F

A14R111 0698-3440 7RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

A14R112 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R113 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R114 0698-3136 8RESISTOR 17.8K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1782-F

A14R115 0757-0401 0RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-101-F

A14R116 0757-0418 9RESISTOR 619 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-619R-F

A14R117 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+- 100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R118 0698-0085 0RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2611-F

A14R119 0698-3438 3RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-147R-F

A14R120 0757-0439 4RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R121 2100-2633 5RESISTOR-TRMR 1K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 30983 ET50X102

A14R122 0757-0420 3RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-751-F

A14R123 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R124 0757-0447 4RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1622-F

A14R125 0757-0447 4RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1622-F

A14R126 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A14R127 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A14R128 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A14R129 0698-0083 8RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1961-F

A14R130 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R131 0757-0402 1RESISTOR 110 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-111-F

A14R132 0757-1438 5 1RESISTOR-5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-1438

A14R133 0698-7212 9RESISTOR 100 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-101R-F

A14R134 0698-7212 9RESISTOR 100 1% .05W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-100R-F

A14TP1 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP2 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP3 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP4 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP5 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP6 0360-0535 0 TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP7 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP8 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP9 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14TP10 0360-0535 0TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A14U1 1826-0092 3IC OP AMP GP DUAL TO-99 PKG 28480 1826-0092

A14U2 1826-0092 3IC OP AMP GP DUAL TO-99 PKG 28480 1826-0092

A14VR1 1902-0901 5 1 DIODE-ZNR 5.4V 1% DO-35 PD=.4W TC=+.046% 28480 1902-0901

A15 08558-60015 8 1 VERTICAL DRIVE AND BLANKING 28480 08558-00015

A15C1 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A15C2 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A15C3 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A15C4 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A15C5 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A15C6 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28400 0160-2055

A15CR1 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A15CR2 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28400 1901-0040

A15CR3 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A15CR4 1901-0535 9DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28450 1901-0535

A15CR5 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A15CR6 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A15CR7 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A15CR8 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A15CR9 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A15CR10 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-24

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A15CR11 1901-0050 3DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A15CR12 1901-0518 8 1DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-0518

A15L1 9140-0179 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A15L2 9140-0179 IINDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 22UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0179

A15MP1 1200-0173 5INSULATOR-XSTR DAP-GL 28480 1200-0173

A15Q1 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A15Q2 1854-0234 4 4TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3440 SI TO-5 PD=1W 3L585 2N3440

A19Q3 1854-0234 4TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3440 SI TO-5 PD=1W 3L585 2N3440

A15Q4 1854-0009 1 1TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=600MHZ 04713 2N709

A15Q5 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A15Q6 1854-0234 4TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3440 SI TO-5 PD=1W 3L585 2N3440

A15Q7 1854-0234 4TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3440 SI TO-5 PD=1W 3L585 2N3440

A15Q8 1853-8007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A15Q9 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0019

A15Q10 1854-0039 7TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053S SI TO-39 PD=1W 3L585 2N30535

A15Q11 1853-0451 5TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3799 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 01295 2N3799

A15Q12 1853-0451 5TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3799 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 01295 2N3799

A15Q13 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A15Q14 1854-0475 5TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PD=750MW 28480 1854-0475

A15Q15 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A15Q16 1853-0007 7TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW 04713 2N3251

A15Q17 1855-0049 1 1TRANSISTOR-JFET DUAL N-CHAN D-MODE SI 28480 1855-0049

A15Q18 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A15Q19 1855-0417 7TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE TO-18 SI 28480 1855--0417

A15Q20 1854-0404 0TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A15Q21 1855-0020 8 1TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE TO-18 SI 28480 1855-0020

A15R1 2100-3123 0RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P501

A15R2 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A15R3 0757-0420 3RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-751-F

A15R4 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A15R5 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A15R6 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A15R7 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A15R8 0757-0424 7RESISTOR 1.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1101-F

A15R9 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A15R10 8757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A15R11 0698-3155 1RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4641-F

A15R12 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A15R13 0683-0475 1RESISTOR 4.7 5% .25W FC TC=-400/+500 01121 CB47G5

A15R14 0757-0424 7RESISTOR 1.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1101-F

A15R15 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A15R16 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A15R17 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A15R18 0698-3155 1RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4641-F

A15R19 0698-0084 9RESISTOR 2,15K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2151-F

A15R20 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-10O 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A15R21 0683-1055 5RESISTOR 1M 5% .25W FC TC=-800/+900 01121 CB1055

A15R22 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A15R23 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A15R24 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A15R25 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A15R26* 0698-3153 9RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125WF TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3831-F

A15R27 0698-3440 7RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

A15R28 0698-3440 7RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

A15R29 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A15R30 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A15R31 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212-F

A15R32 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A15R33 0757-0424 7RESISTOR 1,1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1101-F

A15R34 0698-3156 2RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A15R35 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A15R36 0757-0200 7RESISTOR 5.62K 1% .125W F T=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5621-F

A15R37 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1013-F

A15R38 0757-0199 3RESISTOR 21.5K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A15R39 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A15R40 0757-0394 0 1RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F

A15R41 0698-3155 1RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4641-F

A15R42 0757-0416 7RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A15R43 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W FTC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A15R44 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A15R45 0757-0837 6 2 RESISTOR 8.25K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0837

A15R46 0757-0844 5 2 RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0844

A15R47 0698-3440 7RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

A15R48 0757-0420 3RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-751-F

A15R49 0757-0844 5RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0844

A15R50 0698-3440 7RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-196R-F

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-25

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A15R51 0757-0837 6RESISTOR 8.25K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0837

A15R52 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A15R53 0698-3260 9RESISTOR 464K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3260

A15R54 0698-3446 3RESISTOR 383 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-383R-F

A15R55 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A15R56 0698-7284 5 1 RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C3-1/8-TO-1003-F

A15V1 1826-0092 3IC OF AMP GP DUAL TO-99 PKG 28480 11326-0092

A15V2 1E58-0032 8TRANSISTOR ARRAY 14-PIN PLSTC DIP 3L585 CA3146E

A15VR1 1902-0033 4DIODE-ZNR 1N823 6.2V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W 24046 1N823

A15VR2 1902-0202 9DIODE-ZNR 15V 5% PD=1W 1R=5UA 28480 1902-0202

A15VR3 1902-0556 6 1DIODE-ZNR 20V 5% PD=1W 1R=5UA 28480 1902-0556

A15TP1 THRU

A15TP8 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A16 08558-65159 1 1MOTHERBOARD (INCL W12, W13 & P1) 28480 08558-65159

A16C1 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A16C2 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20 100VDC CE.R 2B480 0160-3879

A16C3 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A16C4 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A16C5 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A16C6 0180-0197 8CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2

A16C7 0160-3879 7CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3879

A16C8 THRU

A16C14 0160-2055 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A16CR1 1901-0033 DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7 28480 1901-0033

A16CR2 1901-0376 DIODE-GEN PRP 35V 50MA DO-35 28480 1901-0376

A16CR3 1901-0050 DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0050

A16L1 9140-0158 6INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1UH 10 .105DX.26LG 28480 9140-0158

A16L2 9140-0158 6INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1UH 10 .105DX.26LG 28480 9140-0158

A16L3 9140-0158 6INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1UH 10 .105DX.26LG 28480 9140-0158

A16L4 9140-0158 6INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1UH 10 .105DX.26LG 28480 9140-0158

A16L5 9100-2247 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 100NH 10% .105DX.26LG 28480 9100-2247

A16MP1 08558-20159 7BOARD-MOTHER 28480 08558-20159

A16MP2 0380-0843 5 1 STANDOFF-RVT-ON .125-IN-LG 4-40THD 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

A16R1 0757-0424 7RESISTOR 1.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1101-F

A16R2 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A16R3 0698-5360 2 1RESISTOR 3.74K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50 28480 0698-5368

A16R4 2100-1757 2RESISTOR-TRMR 500 5% WW SIDE-ADJ 1-TRN 28480 2100-1757

A16R5 0757-0444 1RESISTOR 12.1K 17 .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1212--F

A16R6 0698-3442 9RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-237R-F

A16R7 0757-0395 1RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC= 0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F

A16R8 0698-3260 9RESISTOR 464K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3260

A16TP1 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A16TP2 1251-0600 0CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ 28480 1251-0600

A16VR1 1902-0625 0 1 DIODE-ZNR 1N829 6.2V 5% DO-7 PD=.25W 04713 1N829

A16VR2 1902-0631 0 1 DIODE-ZNR 1N5351B 6.2V 5% DO-7 PD=.25W 04713 1N5351B

A16VR3 1902-0632 0 1 DIODE-ZNR 1N5354B 6.2V 5% DO-7 PD=.25W 04713 1N5354B

A16VR4 1902-3182 0 1 DIODE-ZNR 1N829 12.1V 5% DO-7 PD=.25W 04713 1902-3182

A16W1 08558-60169 3 1 CABLE ASSY-.REAR PANEL INTERCONNECT 28480 08558-60169

A16W2 08558-60044 3 1 CABLE ASSY-YIG DRIVER 28480 08558-60044

A16W3 08558-60080 7 1 CABLE ASSY-SECOND CONVERTER 28480 08558-60080

A16W4 08558-60081 8 1 CABLE ASSY-DPM DRIVER 28480 08558-60081

A16XA1 THRU

A16XA6 NOT ASSIGNED

A16XA7 1251-1365 6 6CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 22-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-1365

A16XA8 1251-1365 6CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 22-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-1365

A16XA9 1251-0472 4 2CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 6-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-0472

A16XA10 1251-0472 4CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 6-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-0472

A16XA11 1251-1365 6CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 22-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-1365

A16XA12 1251-1365 6CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 22-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-1365

A16XA13 1251-1365 6CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 22-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-1365

A16XA14 1251-1365 6CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 22-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-1365

A16XA15 1251-2034 8 1 CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 10-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS 28480 1251-2034

A17 08558-60035 2 1 INVERTER 28480 08558-60035

A17C1 11100-0228 6 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 22.UF+-10% 15VDC TA 56289 150D226X9015B2

A17C2 0180-1747 6 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 150UF+-20% 15VDC TA 56289 150D157X0015

A17C3 0160-0128 3 2 CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-0128

A17C4 0180-0229 7 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 33UF+-10% 10VDC TA 56289 150D336X9010B2

A17C5 0160-0128 3CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-20% 50VDC CER 28480 0160-0128

See introduction to this section for ordering information ,

*Indicates factory selected value

6-26

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A17C6 0180-1714 7CAPACITOR-FXD 330UF+-10% 6VDC TA 56289 150D337X9006S2

A17CR1 1901-0620 3 8 DIODE-SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO-35 9N171 NDP250

A17CR2 1901-0620 3DIODE-SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO-35 9N171 NDP250

A17CR3 1901--0620 3DIODE-SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO-35 9N171 NDP250

A17CR4 1901-0620 3DIODE-SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO-35 9N171 NDP250

A17CR5 1901-0620 3DIODE-SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO-35 9N171 NDP250

A17CR6 1901-0620 3DIODE-SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO-35 9N171 NDP250

A17CR7 1901-0620 3DIODE-SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO-35 9N171 NDP250

A17CR8 1901-0620 3DIODE-SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO-35 9N171 NDP250

A17L1 9100-2552 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 15UH 10% .161DX .385LG 28480 9100-2552

A17L2 08558-80010 5 1COIL, FILTER, ORANGE, 500 UH 28480 08550-80010

A17L3 9100-1618 1INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 5.6UH 10% 28480 9100-1618

A17L4 9100-2552 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 15UH 10% .161DX.385LG 28480 9100-2552

A17L5 9100-2552 4INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 15UH 10% .161DX.385LG 28480 9100-2552

A17L6 9140-0096 1 1 INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1UH 10% .166DX.385LG 28480 9140-0096

A17L7 08558-80007 0 2 COIL, FILTER, GREEN, 150 UH 28480 08558-80007

A17L8 08558-80007 0COIL, FILTER, GREEN, 150 UH 28480 08558-80007

A17NP1 7100-0529 9 1 COVER 28480 7100-0529

A17MP2 7100-0530 2 1 CAN 28480 7100-0530

A17MP3 08558-00049 2 1 INSULATOR, INVERTER 28480 0855EI-00049

A17Q1 1854-0039 7TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053S SI TO-39 PD=1W 3L585 2N3053S

A17Q2 1854-0039 7TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053S SI TO-39 PD=1W 3L585 2N3053S

A17R1* 0757-0459 8 6 RESISTOR 56.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5622-F

A17R2 0757-0180 2RESISTOR 31.6 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0757-0100

A17T1 08558-80006 9 1 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER 28480 08558-80006

A17VR1 1902-0551 1 1 DIODE-ZNR 6.2V 5% PD=1W 1R=10UA 28480 1902-0551

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-27

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED

11593A 7 1 TERMINATION-50 OHM 28480 11593A

1250-0780 5 1 ADAPTER, TYPE N MALE TO BNC FEMAL.E 28480 1250-0780

5020-8565 7 1 CRT-OVERLAY, 180-SERIES DISPLAYS 28480 5020-8565

5020-8566 0 1 CRT-OVERLAY, 181-SERIES DISPLAYS 28480 5020-8566

5020-8567 9 1 CRT-OVERLAY, 182-SERIES DISPLAYS 28480 5020-8567

08558-60131 9 1 SIDE STOP KIT 28480 08558-60131

ELECTRICAL CHASSIS PARTS

V1 5086-7282 1 1 LIMITER, RF INPUT,THRESH=1MW; MAX 10W,2WDC 28480 5086-7282

W1 08558-60031 8 1 CABLE ASSY-750 OHM INPUT(OPT.001,002) 28480 08558-60031

W1 08558-60038 5 1 CABLE ASSY-50 OHM INPUT(STD. SEE FIG.6-1) 28480 08558-60038

W2 NOT ASSIGNED

W3 08558-20071 2 1 CABLE ASSY-1ST LO OUTPUT 28480 08558-20071

W4 08558-20090 5 1 CABLE ASSY-YIG OSC TO FIRST CONVERTER 28480 08558-20090

W5 08558-20073 4 1 CABLE ASSY-FIRST CONVERTER TO SECOND CON 28480 08558-20073

W6 08558-60047 6 1 CABLE ASSY-SECOND CONVERTER TO SECOND IF 28480 08558-60047

W7 08558-60048 7 1 CABLE ASSY-SECOND IF TO THIRD CONVERTER 28480 08558-60048

W8 08558-60046 5 1 CABLE ASSY-50-OHM CAL OUTPUT (STD) 28480 08558-60046

W8 08558-60074 9 1 CABLE ASSY-75-OHM CAL OUTPUT(OPT.001/002 28480 08558-60074

W9 NOT ASSIGNED

W10 08557-60045 3 1 CABLE ASSY-VERT. OUTPUT(ON TOP GUIDE RAIL 28480 08557-60045

W11 NOT ASSIGNED

W12 NOT ASSIGNED

W13 NOT ASSIGNED

W14 08558-20117 7 1 CABLE ASSY-ATTEN TO LIMITER 28480 08558-20117

W15 08558-20116 6 1 CABLE ASSY-LIMITER TO FIRST CONVERTER 28480 08558-20116

W16 08558-60170 6 1 CABLE ASSY- PROBE POWER 28480 08558-60170

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

6-28

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

108558-20080 3 1 Assy: Cable (Includes W1P1) 28480 08558-20080

208558-20079 0 1 Shell: Type-N Capacitor 28480 08558-20079

33050-0253 5 1 Washer: Spring 28480 3050-0253

408558-60127 3 1 Blocking Capacitor Assy 28480 08558-60127

508558-20077 8 1 Dielectric 28280 08558-20077

608558-20076 7 1 Conductor: Inner Type-N 28480 08558-20076

75040-0306 0 1 Capacitor Insulator 28480 5040-0306

81250-0915 8 1 Contact: RF Connector 02660 131-149

91250-0914 7 1 Body: RF Connector 02660 131-150

10 0160-3344 1 1 Capacitor: 0.12æF 50 Vdc 28480 0160-3344

11 08558-20101 9 1 Dielectric 28480 08558-20101

12 24 AWG Wire

13 1250-0505 2 1 RF Connector: 75 ohm 28480 1250-0505

(separate white teflon

dielectric supplied with

connector and pin is not used)

Figure 6-1. Cable Assembly W1 (08558-60038 or 08558-60031) Replaceable Parts

6-29/6-30(blank)

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

6-31 through 6-33

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION VII.

MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES

7-1. INTRODUCTION

7-2. This section contains information for adapting this

manual to earlier 8558B Spectrum Analyzers. If the

serial number prefix of your spectrum analyzer appears

on the title page of this manual, the contents of the

manual are directly applicable to your instrument. If,

however, your spectrum analyzer has a lower serial

number prefix than what is shown on the title page, you

must adapt this manual to your instrument by changing

it as indicated in this section.

7-3. To adapt this manual to your instrument, refer to

Table 7-1 and make all the manual changes listed

opposite your instrument serial number. Make the

changes in the sequence in which they are given.

7-4. If your instrument serial number is not listed on the

title page of this manual, or in Table 7-1 below, it may

be documented in a yellow MANUAL CHANGES

supplement. For additional important information about

serial number coverage, refer to INSTRUMENTS

COVERED BY MANUAL in Section I.

NOTE

In instruments with serial numbers

listed in Table 7-1, some parts have

part numbers that are different from

those listed in the Replaceable Parts

list (Table 6-3) of this manual. Unless

otherwise indicated by the ‘change'

instructions in this section, however,

the listed parts are the recommended

replacement parts.

Table 7-1. Manual Change Requirements by Serial Number

Serial Number, Prefix or Complete Number Make Manual Changes:

2145A A

2142A A, B

2118A A,B,C

2024A06643 thru -06691, and 2024A06731 to, but A, B, C, D

not including, prefix 2118A

2024A prefix with suffixes thru 06642 A, B, C, D, E

1926A prefixes and 1914A with suffixes 04747,04918, A, B, C, D, E, F

04993,05158,05160, 05172, 05228,05229,05252,

05281,05297, 05300, thru 05307,05311,05312,

05313,05316,05318,05320

1914A with suffixes other than those listed above A, B, C, D, E, F, G

7-1

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

7-5. MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS

CHANGE A

Page 6-5, Table 6-3:

Insert Table 7-2 (CHANGE A), A1 Digital Panel Meter parts list, of this section so it precedes the A1A2 list.

Page 6-28, Table 6-3:

Substitute Table 7-3 (CHANGE A) of this section for list of Accessories and Chassis Parts shown in Table 6-3.

Page 6-31, Figure 6-2, Mechanical Chassis Parts:

Substitute Figure 7-1 (CHANGE A) of this section for Figure 6-2.

Page 6-33, Figure 6-3, Front Panel Assembly:

Substitute Figure 7-2 (CHANGE A) in this section for Figure 6-3.

Page 8-26, Figure 8-12, Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 Component Locations:

Delete Figure 8-12.

Page 8-27, Figure 8-13, Front Switch Assembly A2 Schematic Diagram:

Substitute Figure 7-3 of this section for Figure 8-13.

General:

Change all references to front-panel control INPUT ATTEN (dB) to read 'OPTIMUM INPUT.' In Section III and in

the operation booklet, 8558B Spectrum Analyzer Operation, change front panel PUSH TO LOCK to LOCK (rotate

clockwise to lock 8558B into mainframe).

Change description of OPTIMUM INPUT (changed from INPUT ATTEN) control function to read: 'The optimum

and maximum input level selected is designated by the pointer behind the control. Push in control knob and turn

it to select the required input level range.

Use table below to translate input attenuation levels given in manual to optimum input levels.

INPUT OPTIMUM OPTION OPTION

ATTEN (dB) INPUT 001 002

0-40 dBm -35 dBm 15 dBmV

10 -30 dBm -25 dBm 25 dBmV

20 -20 dBm -15 dBm 35 dBmV

30 -10 dBm -5 dBm 45 dBmV

40 0 dBm 5 dBm 55 dBmV

50 10 dBm 15 dBm 65 dBmV

60 20 dBm 25 dBm 75 dBmV

70 30 dBm 30 dBm 80 dBmV

CHANGE B

Page 5-6,Table 5-1:

Add adjustment LOG GAIN, A14R1, paragraph 7-6, adjusts dc offset circuitry at output of Log Amplifier for 10 dB

steps in Log mode.

Add adjustment LOG/LIN, A14R2, paragraph 7-6, adjusts for Log-to-linear full-screen display translations.

Add adjustment LIN GAIN, A14R3, paragraph 7-6, adjusts Log Amplifier for 10 dB gain steps in Linear mode.

Affects adjustment of LOG/LIN.

7-2

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

7-5. MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS (Cont'd)

CHANGE B (Cont'd)

Page 5-45, Paragraph 5-26, Figure 5-13:

Substitute paragraph 7-6, LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (CHANGE

B) in this section for paragraph 5-26, and Figure 7-4 (CHANGE B) for Figure 5-13.

Pages 6-21 through 6-24, Table 6-3:

Replace entire A14 Replaceable Parts list (A14 through A14VR1) with Table 7-7 (CHANGE B)

of this section.

Page 6-31, Figure 6-2, Mechanical Chassis Parts:

Change item 30 to HP Part Number 08558-00086, Check Digit 7.

Page 8-84, Figure 8-37, A14 Log Amplifier Component and Test Point Locations:

Replace Figure 8-37 with Figure 7-5 (CHANGE B) of this section.

Pages 8-85/8-86 and 8-87/8-88, Figure 8-38, A14 Log Amplifier Schematic:

Replace Figure 8-38 with Figure 7-6 (2 sheets) (CHANGE B) of this section.

CHANGE C

Page 1-3,Table 1-1:

Under Calibrator Output, change '±300 kHz' to '±50 kHz.'

Page 1-8, Table 1-2:

Under Cal Output, change text to read as follows:

'-30 dBm, 280 MHz with 2nd through 5th harmonics greater than -60 dBm.

002: + 20 dBm V, 280 MHz with 2nd through 5th harmonics greater than - 10 dBm V.'

Page 6-12, Table 6-3:

Change A9C5 to HP Part Number 0150-2251, Check Digit 6, Qty 1, CAPACITOR-FXD 5.6PF

± .25PF.

Delete A9C20

Page 6-14, Table 6-3:

Add A9Y1, HP Part Number 0410-0447, Check Digit 0, Qty 1, CRYSTAL-QUARTZ

FREQ = 280 MHz 11th OVERTONE.

Delete A9Z 1.

Page 8-60, Figure 8-25:

Replace Figure 8-25 with Figure 7-7 (CHANGE C) of this section.

Page 8-61, Figure 8-26:

Replace function block A with function block A shown in Figure 7-8 (CHANGE C) of this section.

CHANGED

Page 6-14, Table 6-3:

Change A11C14 to HP Part Number 0160-2253, Check Digit 9, Qty 1, CAPACITOR-FXD

6.8PF ± .25PF 500VDC CER, 28480, 0160-2253.

Change A11C37 to HP Part Number 0160-2252, Check Digit 8, Qty 1, CAPACITOR-FXD

6.2PF ± .25PF 500VDC CER, 28480, 0160-2252.

7-3

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

7-5. MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS (Cont'd)

CHANGE D (Cont'd)

Pages 6-18, and 6-19, Table 6-3:

Change A13C14 to HP Part Number 0160-2253, Check Digit 9, Qty 1, CAPACITOR- FXD 6.8PF ± .25PF

500VDC CER, 28480, 0160-2253.

Change A13C37 to HP Part Number 0160-2252, Check Digit 8, Qty 1, CAPACITOR-FXD 6.2PF ±.25PF 500VDC

CER, 28480, 0160-2252.

Page 8-69, Figure 8-30, A11 Bandwidth Filter No. 1 Schematic:

Change value of C14 to 6.8PF, and value of C37 to 6.2PF.

Page 8-79, Figure 8-35, A13 Bandwidth Filter No. 2 Schematic:

Change value of C14 to 6.8PF, and value of C37 to 6.2PF.

CHANGE E

Page 6-26, Table 6-3:

Delete A16C9 and A16C10.

Page 8-97, Figure 8-44:

Delete C9 and C10.

CHANGE F

Page 5-7,Table 5-2:

Change A9R14 to A9R25.

Pages 6-12 and 6-13, Table 6-3:

Delete A9C17, A9C18, A9C19, A9CR7, A9L15, and A9L16.

Change A9R12* (standard instrument) to HP Part Number 0698-3132, Check Digit 4, Qty 1, RESISTOR 261 1%

.125W F TC=0 ± 100, 24546, C4-1/8-TO-2610-F.

Change A9R14* to A9R14, HP Part Number 0757-0462, Check Digit 3, Qty 1, RESISTOR 75K 1% .125W F TC

= 0 ± 100, 24546, C4-1/8-TO-7502-F.

Change A9R25 to A9R25*.

Page 8-60, Figure 8-25:

Replace Figure 8-25 with Figure 7-9 of this section.

Pages 8-57, and 8-58:

Replace circuit descriptions for 21.4 MHz Amplifier (E) and PIN Driver (F) with the circuit descriptions provided

below.

21.4 MHz Amplifier E

The 21.4 MHz Amplifier consists of A9Q3 in a common-emitter configuration and A9Q4 as an emitter follower.

Transistor A9Q3 employs resistor A9R12 and zener diode A9VR2 to furnish base bias and negative feedback for

gain control and stabilization. Resistor A9R12 is factory selected to provide the proper gain of the third converter

assembly. Capacitor A9C14 is connected across A9VR2 to reduce zener noise. The output of the 21.4 MHz

Amplifier looks into a voltage-controlled attenuator consisting of two PIN diodes, A9CR3 and CR4, resistor

A9R25, and the input impedance of the A11 Bandwidth Filter No. 1.

7-4

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

7-5. MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS (Cont'd)

CHANGE F (Cont'd)

PIN Driver (F)

The PIN diode resistance of A9CR3 and CR4 is controlled by the PIN driver A9Q5 and its associated circuitry.

The base of A9Q5 is the summing point for the frequency analog voltage from the A7 Frequency Control and a

dc level set by the front-panel REF LEVEL CAL screwdriver adjustment A2R3. Setting the dc level by adjusting

A2R3 calibrates the 8558B display at a given frequency, usually performed at 280 MHz. The frequency analog

voltage is a dc level varying from + 0.6 volts to + 6.7 volts as a function of frequency. This frequency analog

voltage at the base of A9Q5 compensates for input mixer response. SLOPE COMP adjustment A9R1 sets the

amount of compensation required for a flat frequency response. The total current through the PIN diodes A9CR3

and CR4 is shaped by the emitter network of A9Q5. This network provides a change in current through the PIN

diodes to cause a change of PIN diode resistance. The change in resistance is required to provide the proper log

curve within an 8 dB range for the voltage-controlled attenuator.

Page 8-61, Figure 8-26:

Replace function block E and F with function blocks E and F shown in Figure 7-10 (CHANGE F).

CHANGE G

Page 7-11, Figure 7-2:

Change item 53 HP Part Number to 08558-20052, Check Digit 9.

Change item 57 on HP Part Number 08552-20053, Check Digit 0.

7-5

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 7-2. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE A)

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A1 DIGITAL PANEL METER ASSEMBLY

A1MP1 08558-00090 3 1 BRACKET, LEFT-HAND 28480 08558-00090

A1MP2 08558-00091 4 1 BRACKET, RIGHT-HAND 28480 08558-00090

A1MP3 08558-20130 4 2 DPM DISPLAY MOUNT 28480 08558-20130

A1MP4 08558-20130 4DPM DISPLAY MOUNT 28480 08558-20130

A1MP5 2200-0107 6 4 SCREW-MACH 4-40.375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0107

A1MP6 2200.0107 6SCREW-MACH 4-40.375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0107

A1MP7 2200-0107 6SCREW-MACH 4-40.375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0107

A1IMP8 2200-0107 6SCREW-MACH 4-40.375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0107

A1MP9 THRU 1

A1MP16 0520-0174 3 8SCREW-MACH 2-56 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 0520-0174

A1MP17 THRU

A1MP20 0610-0001 6 4 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 2-56-THD.062-IN-THK 28480 0610-0001

A1MP21 THRU

A1MP24 2190-0890 1 4 WASHER-LK MTCL NO. 2.088-IN-ID 28480 2190-0890

A1MP25 THRU

A1MP28 3050-0098 6 4 WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 2.094-IN-ID 28480 3050-0098

A1A1 08558-60124 0 1 DPM DISPLAY 28480 08558-60124

A1A1DS1 1990-0619 7 4 DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 28480 5082-7613

A1A1DS2 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 28480 5082-7613

A1A1DS3 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 28480 5082-7613

A1A1DS4 1990-0619 7DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .3-H 28480 5082-7613

A1A1W1 08558-60130 8 1 CABLE ASSY RIBBON, DPM 28480 08558-60130

A1A1XDS1 1200-0693 4 4 SOCKET-IC 10-CONT DIP DIP-SLDR 51167 10-513-11

A1A1XDS2 1200-0693 4SOCKET-IC 10-CONT DIP DIP-SLDR 51167 10-513-11

A1A1XDS3 1200-0693 4SOCKET-IC 10-CONT DIP DIP-SLDR 51167 10-513-11

A1A1XDS4 1200-0693 4SOCKET-IC 10-CONT DIP DIP-SLDR 51167 10-513-11

7-6

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 7-3. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE A)

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED

AT1 11593A 7 1 TERMINATION, 50 OHM 28480 11593A

1250-0780 5 1 ADAPTER, TYPE N MALE TO BNC FEMALE 28480 1250-0780

5020-8565 7 1 OVERLAY, 180 SERIES SCOPES 28480 5020-8565

5020-8566 8 1 OVERLAY, 181 SERIES SCOPES 28480 5020-8565

5020-8567 9 1 OVERLAY, 182 SERIES SCOPES 28480 5020-8567

08558-60131 9 1 KIT, SIDE STOP 28480 08558-60131

CHASSIS PARTS

P1 08558-60117 1 1 REAR-PANEL INTERCONNECT (PREWIRED) 28480 08558-60117

R1 2100-3593 8 1 RESISTOR-VAR PREC W/CP 10-TRN 5K 10% 28480 2100-3593

R2 2100-3452 8 1 RESISTOR-VAR PREC W/CP 10-TRN 10K 10% 28480 2100-3452

R3 2100-3066 0 1 RESISTOR-VAR PREC WW 10-TRN 5K 5% 28480 2100-3066

R4 2100-0542 1 1 RESISTOR-VAR CONTROL WW 10K 5% LIN 28480 2100-0542

R5 2100-3317 4 2 RESISTOR-VARIABLE W/SW 50K +-20% 10CW 28480 2100-3317

R6 2100-3317 4RESISTOR-VARIABLE W/SW 50K +-20% 10CW 28480 2100-3317

S1 3101.0044 1 1 SWITCH-PB SPST-NO MOM .5A 115VAC RED-BTN 28480 3101-0044

U1 5086-7282 1 1 LIMITER, RF INPUT 28480 5086-7282

W1 08558-60038 5 1 CABLE ASSY, INPUT, RF(SEE FIG. 6-1) 28480 08558-60038

W1 08558-60031 8 1 CABLE ASSY, INPUT, RF (OPT. 001/002) 28480 08558-60031

W2 NOT ASSIGNED

W3 08558-20071 2 1 CABLE ASSY, OUTPUT, L.O. 28480 08558-20071

W4 08558-20090 5 1 CABLE ASSY, INPUT, 1ST L.O. 28480 08558-20090

W5 08558-20073 4 1 CABLE ASSY, OUTPUT, 1ST I.F. 28480 08558-20073

W6 08558-20047 6 1 CABLE ASSY, INPUT, 2ND I.F. 28480 08558-60047

W7 08558-20048 7 1 CABLE ASSY, OUTPUT, 2ND I.F. 28480 08558-60048

W8 08558-20046 5 1 CABLE ASSY, CAL OUTPUT 28480 08558-60046

W8 08558-20074 9 1 CABLE ASSY, CAL OUTPUT (OPT. 001/002) 28480 08558-60074

W9 08558-60037 4 1 CABLE ASSY, INTERCONNECT 28480 08558-60037

W10 08558-60043 2 1 CABLE ASSY, OUTPUT, VERTICAL 28480 08558-60043

W11 NOT ASSIGNED

W12 08558-60044 3 1 CABLE ASSY, YIG DRIVER 28480 08558-60044

W13 08558-60080 7 1 CABLE ASSY, SECOND CONVERTER 28480 08558-60080

W14 08558-20117 7 1 CABLE ASSY, ATTENUATOR TO LIMITER 28480 08558-20117

W15 08558-20116 6 1 CABLE ASSY, LIMITER TO FIRST CONVERTER 28480 08558-20116

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

7-7

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

MECHANICAL CHASSIS PARTS

108558-00002 7 1 PANEL, FRONT, SUP 28480 08558-00002

208558-00004 9 1 GUSSET, LEFT 28480 08558-00004

308558-00005 0 1 GUSSET, RIGHT 28480 08558-00005

408558-00003 8 1 PANEL, REAR 28480 08558-00003

508558-20039 2 1 GUIDE RAIL, LEFT 28480 08558-20039

608558-20040 5 1 GUIDE RAIL, RIGHT 28480 08558-20040

708558-20037 0 1 EXTRUSION, END PLATE ENCLOSURE 28480 08558-20037

808558-20036 9 1 EXTRUSION, CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE, TAPPED (4) 28480 08558-20036

908558-20051 7 2 EXTRUSION, CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE 28480 08558-20051

10 08558-20038 1 1 EXTRUSION, ENCLOSURE DIVIDER 28480 08558-20038

11 08558-40015 6 1 HOUSlNG, LATCH (FOR INSTRUMENTS WITH 28480 08558-40015

SERIAL PREFIX 13344 & BELOW, SEE

SECTION VII

12 08558-20092 7 1 SHIFT, LATCH 28480 08558-20092

13 08558-20030 1 1 INSULATOR, BOTTOM GUIDE RAIL 28480 08558-00030

14 08558-20041 6 1 GUIDE RAIL, BOTTOM 28480 08558-20041

15 08558-20027 8 1 BOARD, VERTICAL OUTPUT CONNECTOR 28480 08558-20027

16 0624-0203 9 8 SCREW-TPG 4-40 .375-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 0624-0203

17 2200-0055 3 1 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .125-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0055

18 2200-0104 3 17 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0104

19 2360-0210 0 4 SCREW-MACH 6-32 .625-IN-LG 82 DEG 28280 2360-0210

20 0624-0268 6 40 SCREW-TPG 4-24 .375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 0624-0268

21 0624-0206 2 1 SCREW-TPG 6-32 .25.-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI STL 28480 0624-0206

22 2200-0103 2 4 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0103

23 2360-0115 4 1 SCREW-MACH 6-32 .31 2-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2360-0115

24 2200-0170 3 2 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .625.-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0170

25 0380-0006 2 2 SPACER-RND .375-IN-LG .18-IN-ID 28480 0380-0006

26 2260-0003 7 2 NUT.HEX-PLSTC LKG 4-40-THD .141-IN.-THK 28480 2260-0003

27 2200-0107 2SCREW-MACH 4-40 .375IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0107

28 2200-0164 5 7 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .188-IN.LG UNCT 82 DEG 28480 2200-0164

29 2200-0168 9 3 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .438-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0168

30 08558-00086 7 1 COVER, LOG AMPLIFIER28480 08558-00086

31 08558-00089 0 2 COVER, BANDWIDTH FILTER NO. 1 28480 08558-00089

32 08558-00088 9 1 COVER, STEP GAIN 28480 08558-00088

33 08558-00087 8 1 COVER, BANDWIDTH FILTER NO. 2 28480 08558-00087

34 08565-20096 0 1 EXTRUSION, CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE,TAPPED (8) 28480 08565-20096

35 08565-20093 7 1 EXTRUSION, CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE,TAPPED (4) 28480 08565-20093

Figure 7-1. Mechanical Chassis Parts (1 of 2) (CHANGE A)

7-8

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 7-1. Mechanical Chassis Parts (2 of 2) (CHANGE A)

7-9

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY

108558-00036 7 1 KNOB,REF LEVEL FINE 28480 08558-00036

23030-0007 5 33 SCREW-SET 4-40 .125-IN-LG SMALL CUP-PT 28480 3030-0007

30510-0089 8 1 RETAINER-RING BSC EXT .188-IN-DIA BE-CU 28480 0510-0089

408558-00017 4 1 DISC, INDEX 28480 08558-00017

408558-00055 0 1 DISC, INDEX (OPTION 002) 28480 08558-00055

53050-0032 8 1 WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 8 .189-IN-ID 28480 3050-0032

608558-60050 1 1 KNOB, REF LEVEL 28480 08558-60050

608558-60072 7 1 KNOB, REF LEVEL (OPTION 002) 28480 08558-60072

73030-0022 4 10 SCREW-SET 6-32 .125-IN-LG SMALL CUP-PT 28480 3030-0022

808558-00043 9 1 NUT 28480 08558-00043

908558-00018 5 1 POINTER, ATTENUATOR 28480 08558-00018

10 08558-00038 9 1 KNOB, DIAL, RESOLUTION 28480 08558-00038

11 08558-60051 2 1 KNOB, FREQUENCY 28480 08558-60051

12 00180-67402 9 1 KNOB, FINE TUNING 28480 00180-67402

13 08558-00043 6 1 KNOB, COARSE TUNING 28480 08558-00043

14 08558-40003 2 1 WINDOW, DBM 28480 08558-40003

15 2950-0043 8 9 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .094-IN-THK 28480 2950-0043

16 2190-0016 3 13 WASHER-LK INTL T 3/8 IN .377-IN-ID 28480 2190-0016

17 1410-0721 4 1 BUSHING PNL .265-ID .47-LG 3/8-32-THD 28480 1410-0721

18 08558-40001 0 1 SLIDER, REF LEVEL 28480 08558-40001

19 2200-0781 2 3 SCREW-MACH 4-40 2.75-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0781

20 08558-00019 6 3 DETENT, ATTENUATOR 28480 08558-00019

21 0380-0411 3 14 SPACER-RND .5-IN-LG .114-IN-ID 28480 0380-0411

22 08558-20047 2 4 BUSHING, PANEL 28480 08558-20047

23 08558-20051 8 1 SHAFT, REF LEVEL 28480 08558-20051

24 1410-0006 8 6 BALL-BRG TYPE .1875-DIA GRADE-50 SST 28480 1410-0006

25 1460-0578 4 5 SPRING-CPRSN .18-IN-OD .312-IN-DA-LG MUW 28480 1460-0578

26 08559-60060 4 6 HUB ASSEMBLY 28480 08559-60060

27 1480-0367 1 1 PIN-DWL ANSI-UNHDND/GND .0625-IN-DIA 28480 1480-0367

28 1480-0059 8 10 PIN-ROLL .062-IN-DIA .25-IN-LG STL 28480 1480-0059

29 08558-40011 1 1 ROTOR, ATTENUATOR DRIVE 28480 08558-40011

30 08558-40008 1 1 GEAR, 45 TEETH 28480 08558-40008

31 0510-0015 2 2 RETAINER-RING E-R EXT .125-IN-DIA STL 28480 0510-0015

32 08558-60046 2 2 CABLE, CAL OUTPUT 28480 08558-60046

32 08558-60074 CABLE, CAL OUTPUT, 75 OHM (OPT. 001/002) 28480 08558-60074

33 2200-0509 1 1 SCREW-MACH 4-40 1.625-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0509

34 2200-0125 1 1 SCREW-MACH 4-40 1.5-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0125

35 08558-00024 2 2 DETENT, SWEEP TIME 28480 08558-00024

36 08558-20050 1 1 SHAFT, SWEEP WIDTH 28480 08558-20050

37 08558-20066 1 1 ROTOR, FREQUENCY SPAN 28480 08558-20066

38 08558-20089 2 1 BUSHING, SLOTTED 28480 08558-20089

39 1460-1376 2 1 SPRING-TRSN MUW 28480 1460-1376

40 08558-20088 1 1 GEAR, 20 TEETH 28480 08558-20088

41 0520-0139 0 2 SCREW-MACH 2-56 .875-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 0520-0139

42 0380-0487 3 2 SPACER-RND .625-IN-LG .086-IN-ID 28480 0380-0487

43 NOT ASSIGNED 28480

44 0610-0002 7 2 NUT, HEX-BL-CHAM 2-56-THD .062-IN-LG 28480 0610-0002

45 08558-20002 9 1 BOARD, FRONT SWITCH 28480 08558-20002

46 08558-40005 4 3 ROTOR, DOUBLE CONTACT 28480 08558-40005

47 3050-0017 9 3 WASHER-FL MTLC ¼ IN .26-IN-ID 28480 3050-0017

48 1460-0532 0 1 SPRING-CPRSN .54-IN-OD .45-IN-DA-LG MUW 28480 1460-0532

49 2200-0165 6 4 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0165

50 08558-00020 9 1 DETENT, IF GAIN 28480 08558-00020

51 08558-20061 0 1 LOCKOUT, ROTATING 28480 08558-20061

52 08558-20062 1 1 LOCKOUT, FIXED 28480 08558-20062

53 08558-20052 9 1 SHAFT, FIXED 28480 08558-20052

54 2260-0002 6 18 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 4-40-THD .062-IN-THK 28480 2260-0002

55 0380-0413 5 3 SPACER-RND 1.25-IN-LG .114-IN-ID 28480 0380-0413

56 08558-00022 1 1 CRANK, SLOTTED 28480 08558-00022

57 08558-20053 0 1 SHAFT, REF LEVEL FINE 28480 08558-20053

58 1490-0841 7 1 COUPLER-RGD .375-LG BRS 28480 1490-0841

59 2950-0006 3 4 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM ¼-32-THD .094-IN-THK 28480 2950-0006

60 2190-0027 6 6 WASHER-LK INTL T ¼ IN .256-IN-ID 28480 2190-0027

61 08558-00021 0 1 PLATE, LEVEL POT 28480 08558-00021

62 2190-0019 6WASHER-LK HLCL NO. 4 .115-IN-ID 28480 2190-0019

63 08558-20054 1 1 SHAFT, ATTENUATOR DRIVE 28480 08558-20054

64 1430-0036 6 2 GEAR-MIT 16-T 32-DP 20-DEG PA BRS 28480 G462Y (MOD)

65 NOT ASSIGNED 28480

66 08558-00081 2 1 BRACKET, ATTENUATOR 28480 08558-00081

67 3050-0105 6 4 WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 4 .125-IN-ID 28480 3050-0105

68 NOT ASSIGNED 28480

69 08558-20030 3 1 BOARD, REAR SWITCH 28480 08558-20030

70 2200-0143 0 2 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0143

71 08558-40004 3 1 ROTOR, SINGLE CONTACT 28480 08558-40004

72 08558-00025 4 1 DETENT, BANDWIDTH 28480 08558-00025

Figure 7-2. Front Panel Assembly (1 of 3) (CHANGE A)

7-10

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

7-11 through 7-14

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

7-6. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (CHANGE B)

REFERENCE

A14 and A15 Schematics

DESCRIPTION

10 dB/DIV and LIN are adjusted for correct steps and full-screen display translations.

Figure 7-4. Log Amplifier Log and Linear Adjustment Test Setup (CHANGE B)

EQUIPMENT

Signal Generator.......................................................................................................................HP 8640B

Digital Voltmeter.........................................................................................................HP 34740A/34702A

10 dB Attenuator....................................................................................................HP 8491A, Option 010

Step Attenuator (10 dB/step).......................................................................................................HP 355D

Adapter, Type N Male on one end,

BNC Female on other end (2 required)..........................................................................HP 1250-0780

Adapter, Type N Female on both ends................................................................................HP 1250-0777

Adapter, Type N Male on one end,

SMC Male on other end................................................................................................HP 1250-1023

7-15

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

7-6. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (CHANGE B) (Cont'd)

PROCEDURE

1. Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows:

FREQ SPAN/DIV ............................................................................................................................1 MHz

RESOLUTION BW .......................................................................................................................300 kHz

OPTIMUM INPUT .......................................................................................................................- 30 dBm

001: - 25 dBm

002: + 25 dBm V

REFERENCE LEVEL dBm..................................................................................................................- 50

002: 0 dBm V

10 dB/DIV - 1 dB/DIV - LIN...................................................................................................................LIN

SWEEP TIME/DIV ..........................................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER..................................................................................................................FREE RUN

2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 7-4. Set signal generator frequency to 301.4 MHz and output level to - 13

dBm. Remove W7P1 from Second IF assembly A10J2. Connect signal generator output through step attenuator, 0

dB attenuator, and adapters to W7P1.

NOTE

The 10 dB attenuator is included to compensate for the 10 dB of gain on A12 Step

Gain assembly when the TEST-NORM switch is in TEST.

3. Set the TEST-NORM switch on A12 Step Gain assembly to the TEST position. Tune signal generator frequency for

maximum signal amplitude on oscilloscope display with step attenuator set at 0 dB.

4. Set output level of signal generator for a digital voltmeter reading of 700 mV, with step attenuator set at 0 dB and

REFERENCE LEVEL control set to - 50 dBm.

002: 0 dBm V

5. Set 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL to - 80 dBm and set step attenuator to 30 dB. Observe digital voltmeter reading.

002: - 30 dBm V

6. Adjust A14R3 LIN GAIN for a digital voltmeter reading of 700 mV.

7. Repeat steps 4, 5, and 6 until the DVM reading in step 5 is 700 +2 . mV.

8. Set 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL to -50 dBm and set step attenuator to 0 dB. Change REFERENCE LEVEL and step

attenuator settings as shown in Table 7-4. If Deviation From Reference is not within the given limits, readjust

A14R3.

002: Set REFERENCE LEVEL dBm V to 0 and set attenuator to 0 dB. REFERENCE

LEVEL (dBmV) settings in Table 5-7 top to bottom are, 0, -10, -20, -30, -40.

7-16

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

7-6. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (CHANGE B) (Cont'd)

Table 7-4. Linear Gain Adjustment Limits

Reference Level Step Attenuator Deviation From

(dBm) Setting (dB) Reference

-50 0Reference

-60 10 ±0.2 DIV ±20 mV

-70 20 ±0.2 DIV ±20 mV

-80 30 ±0.2 DIV ±20 mV

-90 40 ±0.3 DIV ±30 mV

9. Set 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL to 0 dBm and disconnect signal generator from step attenuator. Record offset

reading (DVM). The offset should be less than + 30 mV.

002: REFERENCE LEVEL, +50 dBm V

10. Reconnect signal generator as shown in Figure 7-3. Set 10 dB/DIV - 1 dB/DIV - LIN switch to 10 dB/DIV and set step

attenuator to 40 dB.

11. Set output level of signal generator for a digital voltmeter reading of 400 mV plus offset recorded in step 9 (algebraic

sum). (Example: If offset is - 23 mV, set output level of signal generator for a DVM reading of 377 mV.)

12. Set step attenuator to 0 dB. Digital voltmeter should indicate 800 mV, plus offset (algebraic sum) ±1 mV. If DVM

reading is not within limits, adjust A14R2 LOG/LIN adjustment for a digital voltmeter reading of 800 mV, plus offset

minus 50 percent of overshoot. Example: If DVM indicates 767 mV and should be indicating 777 mV (-10 mV

overshoot), adjust A14R2 for a DVM reading of 777 mV minus - 5 mV, or 782 mV.

13. Repeat steps 10, 11, and 12 until the digital voltmeter indicates 800 mV plus offset ±1 mV with no further adjustment

of A14R2 in step 12.

14. Set the step attenuator to the positions shown in Table 7-5 and record DVM reading for each setting. Correct the

DVM readings by algebraically adding the offset (recorded in step 9).

15. Readjust A14R2 if necessary to meet the limits in Table 7-5.

16. Set step attenuator to 0 dB and set output level of signal generator for a digital voltmeter reading of 800 mV plus

offset (recorded in step 9) ±1 mV.

17. Set 10 dB/DIV - 1 dB/DIV - LIN switch to LIN. The digital voltmeter should indicate the reading set in step 16 ±25

mV. If it does, go to step 19. If it does not, or if log fidelity is not within limits, go to step 18 and select A14R16*.

7-17

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

7-6. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (CHANGE B) (Cont'd)

Table 7-5. Log Fidelity Check

DVM Reading Corrected For Offset

Step Attenuator DVM Reading

Setting (dB) (mV) Min. (mV) Actual (mV) Max. (mV)

0 _______________ 799 _______________ 801

10 _______________ 697 _______________ 703

20 _______________ 596 _______________ 604

30 _______________ 496 _______________ 504

40 _______________ 395 _______________ 405

50 _______________ 294 _______________ 306

60 _______________ 193 _______________ 207

70 _______________ 92 _______________ 108

18. Select A14R16* to obtain an output in step 17 within ±25 mV of the reading set in step 16. Decreasing A14R16* 10

percent will increase the DVM reading approximately 30 mV in step 17.

NOTE

Log fidelity must be considered when selecting A14R16*. That is, if the DVM

READING CORRECTED FOR OFFSET in Table 7-5 is greater than 100 mV for a

STEP ATTENUATOR SETTING of 70 dB, A14R16* should be selected for a DVM

reading greater than the reading set in step 16. If the READING CORRECTED FOR

OFFSET is less than 100 mV, A14R16* should be selected for DVM reading less

than the reading set in step 16.

19. Set output level of signal generator for a digital voltmeter reading of 800 mV plus offset (algebraic sum) ±m 1 V.

20. Set 8558B 10 dB/DIV - 1 dB/DIV - LIN switch to 10 dB/DIV and adjust A14R2 LOG/LIN adjustment for a digital

voltmeter reading of 800 mV plus offset.

21. Repeat step 14 to recheck the log fidelity.

22. Set the 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL dBm control to -50. Set the 10 dB/DIV - 1 dB/DIV - LIN switch to 1 dB/DIV.

002: 0 dBm V

23. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB and set output level of signal generator for a digital voltmeter reading of 700 mV (do

not include offset).

24. Set the 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL dBm control to -90 and the step attenuator to 40 dB. Adjust A14RI LOG GAIN

adjustment for a digital voltmeter reading of 700 mV.

002: - 40 dBm V

7-18

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ADJUSTMENTS

7-6. LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT (CHANGE B) (Cont'd)

25.Change REFERENCE LEVEL and step attenuator settings as shown in Table 7-6. Deviation From Reference should

not exceed the given limits.

002: REFERENCE LEVEL (dBmV) settings, top to bottom are, 0, -10, -20, -30, -40.

26.Return the TEST-NORM switch on A12 assembly to the NORM position.

Table 7-6. Log Gain Adjustment Limits

Reference Level Step Attenuator Deviation From

(dBm) Setting (dB) Reference

-50 0 Reference

-60 10 ±0.3 DIV ±30 mV

-70 20 ±0.3 DIV ±30 mV

-80 30 ±0.3 DIV ±30 mV

-90 40 ±0.3 DIV ±30 mV

7-19

Table 7-7. Replaceable Parts (1 of 4) (CHANGE B)

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A14 08565-60111 4 1 LOG AMPLIFIER 28480 08565-60111

A14C1 0160-2055 9 59 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C2 0160-3459 9 7 CAPACITOR-FXD .02UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3459

A14C3 0160-3459 9CAPACITOR-FXD .02UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3459

A14C4 0160-3459 9CAPACITOR-FXD .02UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3459

A14C5 0160-3459 9CAPACITOR-FXD .02UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3459

A14C6 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C7 0160-3459 9CAPACITOR-FXD .02UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3459

A14C8 0160-3459 9CAPACITOR-FXD .02UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3459

A14C9 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C10 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C11 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C12 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C13 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C14 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C15 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C16 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C17 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C18* 0160-2234 6 1 CAPACITOR-FXD .51PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C19 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C20 0160-2236 8CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +-25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2236

A14C21 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C22 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C23 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C24 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C25 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C26 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C27 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C28 0160-0228 6 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 22UF +-10% 15VDC TA 28480 150D226X901582

A14C29 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C30* 0160-2236 8 5 CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +-25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2236

A14C31 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C32 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C33 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C34 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C35 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C36 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C37 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C38 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C39 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C40* 0160-2236 8CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +-25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2236

A14C41 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C42 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C43 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C44 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C45 NOT ASSIGNED

A14C46 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C47 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C48 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C49 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C50 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C51 0160-3459 9CAPACITOR-FXD .02UF +-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-3459

A14C52* 0160-2236 8CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +-25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2236

A14C53 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C54 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C55 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C56 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C57* 0160-2256 2CAPACITOR-FXD 9.1PF +-.2PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2256

A14C58 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C59 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C60 0160-2055 9 CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C61 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C62 0160-0195 2 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 130PF +-5% 300VDC MICA 28480 DM15F131J0300WV1CR

A14C63 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C64 0160-2308 5 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 36PF +-5% 500VDC MICA 28480 0160-2308

A14C65 0160-2240 4 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 2PF +-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2240

A14C66 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C67 0160-2236 8CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +0-.25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160-2236

A14C68 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C69 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C70 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

7-20

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 7-7. Replaceable Parts (2 of 4) (CHANGE B)

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A14C71 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C72 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20, 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C73 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20 100VDC CER 28080 0160-2055

A14C74 0180-2206 4 1 CAPACITOR-FXD 60UF+ -10% 6VDC TA 56289 150D606X9006B2

A14C75 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C76 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER 28480 0160-2055

A14C77 0160-2055 9CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CE 28480 0160-2055

A14C78 0180-0197 8 5 CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+ -10% 20VDC TA 56280 150D225X9020A2

A14CR1 1901-0040 1 17 DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR2 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR3 1901-1085 6 17 DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR4 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR5 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR6 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 284080 1901-0040

A14CR7 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR8 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR9 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR10 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR11 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR12 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR13 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR14 1901-0040 8 3 DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A14CR15 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR16 1901-1070 9 2 DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1010

A14CR17 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR18 1901-1070 9DIODE-PIN 110V 28480 1901-1070

A14CR19 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR20 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR21 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR22 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR23 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR24 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR25 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR26 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A14CR27 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR28 1901-1085 6DIODE-SCHOTTKY 28480 1901-1085

A14CR29 1901-0047 8DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS 28480 1901-0047

A14CR30 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR31 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35 28480 1901-0040

A14CR32 1901-0040 1DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35 28480 1901-0040

A14E1 9170-0029 3 1 CORE-SHIELDING READ 28480 9170-0029

A14L1 9100-1622 7 2 COIL-MLD 24AUH 5% Q=60 .155DX .375L-NOM 28480 9100-1622

A14L2 9100-0105 3 1 COIL-MLD 8.2UH 10% Q=50 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-0105

A14L3 9100-1619 2 7 COIL-MLD 6.8UH 10% Q=50 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1619

A14L4 9100-1619 2COIL-MLD 6.8UH 10% Q=50 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1619

A14L5 9100- 2COIL-MLD 6.8UH 10% Q=50 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1619

A14L6 9100-1619 2COIL-MLD 6.8UH 10% Q=50 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1619

A14L7 9100-1619 2COIL-MLD 6.8UH 10% Q=50 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1619

A14L8 9100-1619 2COIL-MLD 6.8UH 10% Q=50 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1619

A14L9 9100-1627 2 1 COIL-MLD 39UH 5% Q=60 .155DX.375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1627

A14L10 9100-1629 4 1 COIL-MLD 47UH 5% Q=55 .155DX.375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1629

A14L11 9100-1622 7COIL-MLD 24UH 5% Q=60 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1622

A14L12 9100-1619 2COIL-MLD 6.8UH 10% Q=50 .155DX .375LG-NOM 28480 9100-1619

A14L13 9140-0145 1 1 COIL-MLD 8.2UH 10% Q=60 .095DX .25LG-NOM 28480 9140-0145

A14L14 9100-2269 0 0 COIL-MLD 27UH 10% Q=45 .095DX .25LG-NOM 28480 9100-2269

A14Q1 1854-0071 7 3 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300mw FT=20OMHZ 28480 1854-0071

A14Q2 1854-0019 3 15 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q3 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q4 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q5 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q6 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q7 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q8 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q9 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q10 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q11 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q12 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q13 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q14 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q15 1854-0019 3TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360mw 28480 1854-0019

A14Q16 1853-0020 4 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300mw FT=150MHZ 28480 1853-0020

A14Q17 1853-0007 7 4 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO=18 PD=360mw 04713 2N3251

A14Q18 1853-0345 8 1 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI T0=72 PD=I200mw 04713 2N5179

A14Q19 1853-0015 7 1 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=200mw FT=500MHZ 28480 1853-0015

A14Q20 1854-0475 5 2 TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PD=750mw 28480 185-0475

See introduction to this section for ordering information

* Indicates factory selected value

7-21

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 7-7. Replaceable Parts (3 of 4) (CHANGE B)

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A14Q21 1854-0404 0 6 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO=18 PD=360MW 28480 1854-0404

A14Q22 1853-0020 4TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300mw FT=150MHZ 28480 1854-0020

A14Q23 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300mw FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A14Q24 1854-0071 7TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300mw FT=200MHZ 28480 1854-0071

A14Q25 1854-0039 7 2 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N30538 SI TO=39 PD=1w 01928 2N30538

A14R1 2100-3109 2 2 RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P202

A14R2 2100-3161 6 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 20K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P203

A14R3 2100-3109 2RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TRN 02111 43P202

A14R4 0757-0442 9 9 RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R5 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R6* 0757-0346 2 20 RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1080-F

A14R7 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R8* 0757-0280 3 9 RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R9 0757-0430 4 9 RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R10 0757-0465 6 4 RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A14R11 0757-0440 7 2 RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R12 0698-3157 3 2 RESISTOR 19.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1962-F

A14R13 0698-3444 1 12 RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R14 0757-0420 3 3 RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-751-F

A14R15 0698-3136 8 1 RESISTOR 17.8K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1782-F

A14R16* 0698-3443 0 1 RESISTOR 287 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-287R-F

A14R17 0698-3156 2 5 RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1472-F

A14R18 NOT ASSIGNED

A14R19 0698-0085 0 2 RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2611-F

A14R20 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 13.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R21 0757-0289 2 12 RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R22 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R23 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R24 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R25 0698-3152 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R26 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 16.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R27 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R28 0698-3449 6 1 RESISTOR 28.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2872-F

A14R29 0757-0199 3 7 RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2152-F

A14R30 0698-3152 8 2 RESISTOR 3.48K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3481-F

A14R31 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R32 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R33 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R34 0698-3154 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R35* 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R36 0698-3438 3 2 RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-147R-F

A14R37 0757-0439 4RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R38 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R39 0698-3154 0 1 RESISTOR 4.22K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-4221-F

A14R40 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R41 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R42 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R43 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R44 NOT ASSIGNED

A14R45 0757-0439 4RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R46* 0698-0083 8 2 RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1961-F

A14R47 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R48 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R49 0757-0416 7 5 RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A14R50 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R51* 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R52 0757-0465 6RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1003-F

A14R53 0698-0083 8RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1961-F

A14R54 0757-0280 3RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R55 0698-3151 7RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2871-F

A14R56 0757-0458 7RESISTOR 51.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5112-F

A14R57 0757-0346 2RESISTOR 10.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R58 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R59 0757-0442 9RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R60 0698-3157 3RESISTOR 19.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1962-F

A14R61 0757-0442 9 RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R62 0698-3152 8RESISTOR 3.48K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3481-F

A14R63 0698-3159 5 1 RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2612-F

A14R64* 0757-0279 0 14 RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R65 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R66 0757-0439 4RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R67 0757-0279 0RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R68 0757-0289 2RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R69 0757-0440 7RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-7501-F

A14R70 0757-0463 4 1 RESISTOR 82.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-8252-F

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

7-22

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 7-7. Replaceable Parts (4 of 4) (CHANGE B)

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A14R71 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R72 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R73* 0757-0346 5RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R74* 0698-3151 1RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2871-F

A14R75 0757-0442 5RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R76 0757-0289 5RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R77 0757-0280 1RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R78 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R79 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R80 0757-0439 1RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R81 0757-0403 1RESISTOR 121 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-121R-F

A14R82* 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R83 0757-0418 1RESISTOR 619 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-619R-F

A14R84 0757-0402 1RESISTOR 110 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-111-F

A14R85 0757-0279 1RESISTOR 3.16 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R86 NOT ASSIGNED

A14R87 0757-0289 5RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R88 0757-0416 1RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-511R-F

A14R89 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R90 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R91 0757-0439 1RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R92 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R93 0757-0438 1RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-5111-F

A14R94 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R95 0757-0289 5RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R96 0757-0280 1RESISTOR 1K1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R97 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R98 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R99 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R100 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R101 0757-0439 1RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R102* 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R103 0757-0405 1RESISTOR 162 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-162R-F

A14R104 0757-0279 1RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R105 0757-0280 1RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1001-F

A14R106 0757-0289 5RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R107 0757-0288 5RESISTOR 9.09K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-9091-F

A14R108 0698-3444 1RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-316R-F

A14R109 0757-0439 1RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R110 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R111 0698-3158 1RESISTOR 23.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2372-F

A14R112 0698-3160 1RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3162-F

A14R113 0698-3160 1RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3162-F

A14R114 0698-3160 1RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3162-F

A14R115 0757-0346 1RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F

A14R116 0757-0289 5RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F

A14R117 0698-0085 1RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-2611-F

A14R118 0757-0439 1RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-6811-F

A14R119* 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R120 0757-0279 1RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-3161-F

A14R121 0698-0348 1RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-147R-F

A14R122 0757-0447 1RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1622-F

A14R123 0757-0447 1RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1622-F

A14R124 0757-0441 1RESISTOR 8.25K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-8251-F

A14R125 0698-3260 9 2 RESISTOR 464K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 28480 0698-3260

A14R126 0757-0442 1RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1002-F

A14R127 0757-0421 1RESISTOR 825 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-825R-F

A14R128 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R129 0757-0290 5RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 19701 MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F

A14R130* 0757-0467 1RESISTOR 121K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100 24546 C4-1/8-TO-1213-F

A14U1 1826-0092 3 2 OP AMP GP DUAL TO-99 28480 1826-0092

A14VR1 1902-0041 4 1 DIODE-ZNR 5.11V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=-.009% 28480 1902-0041

A14VR2 1902-0048 1 1 DIODE-ZNR 6.81V 5% DO-7 PD=4W TC=+.043% 28480 1902-0048

A14VR3 1902-0579 3 1 DIODE-ZNR 5.11V 5% DO-15 PD=1W TC=-.009% 28480 1902-0579

See introduction to this section for ordering information

*Indicates factory selected value

7-23

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 7-5. A14 Log Amplifier, Component and Test Point Locations (CHANGE B)

7-24

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

7-25 through 7-26

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 7-7. A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF, Component Locations (CHANGE C)

7-27

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 7-8. P/O A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Schematic Diagram (CHANGE C)

7-28

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 7-9. A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF, Component Locations (CHANGE F)

7-29

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 7-10. P/O A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Schematic Diagram (CHANGE F)

7-30

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION VIII.

SERVICE

8-1. INTRODUCTION

8-2. This section provides instructions for

troubleshooting and repairing the HP Model 8558B

Spectrum Analyzer. It includes general servicing hints

and information, block diagrams of the instrument,

circuit descriptions, parts identification illustrations, and

schematic diagrams.

WARNING

To troubleshoot and repair this

instrument, you must remove it from

the display mainframe and reconnect it

to the mainframe through an extender

cable. Operating the spectrum

analyzer outside the mainframe in this

manner exposes high voltage points in

the instrument which might, if

contacted, cause personal injury.

Maintenance and repair of this

instrument should, therefore, be

performed only by a skilled person

who knows the hazards involved.

8-3. SERVICE INFORMATION INDEX

8-4. Table 8-1 lists specific kinds of information about

the spectrum analyzer main assemblies, and indicates

where the information is located. The service

information for each assembly normally includes a

description of the assembly circuits, a diagram showing

the locations of the assembly components, and a

schematic of the assembly circuits. These packages of

assembly information are arranged in assembly number

order with the circuit descriptions and component

locations diagram preceding the assembly schematic.

The assembly numbers are printed in large, bold-faced,

alpha-numeric characters (e.g., A4) in the lower right-

hand corner of each schematic diagram.

8-5. SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS, TERMINOLOGY, AND

VOLTAGE LEVELS

8-6. Symbols and terminology used on the schematic

diagrams are explained in Figure 8-1.

Test conditions for the signal and dc voltage levels

shown on the block and schematic diagrams are

provided in Figure 8-2.

8-7. TEST EQUIPMENT

8-8. Test instruments and accessories used to maintain

the spectrum analyzer are listed in Table 1-4. If the

listed instrument is not available, another instrument

that meets the required minimums specifications may

be substituted.

8-9. TROUBLESHOOTING

8-10. General

8-11. Troubleshooting to the assembly level is

accomplished by referring to the overall and

troubleshooting block diagrams, and by checking for the

voltages given for the various system test points. Once

the problem is isolated to a particular assembly, the

circuit description and schematic diagram for the

suspect assembly are used to locate the faulty

component.

8-12. Before pursuing any troubleshooting in the

spectrum analyzer, you should first make sure the

problem is not in the display mainframe, or is not

caused by a faulty connection between the spectrum

analyzer and the display mainframe.

8-13. Troubleshooting Hints

NOTE

When a part is replaced, an

adjustment of the affected circuitry is

usually required. For adjustment

procedures, refer to Section V.

8-14. Residual FM. The troubleshooting procedure

provided in Table 8-2 can usually isolate the cause of

residual FM to a particular circuit or circuit component.

Figure 8-3 shows how certain components affect FM in

these procedures. Note that the zener diode causes

peaks which are sharp and extreme compared to the IC

peaks. A leaky

8-1

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 8-1. Service Information Index (1 of 2)

Subject Location

General Troubleshooting Paragraph 8-10

Troubleshooting Hints

Residual FM Paragraph 8-14

Sideband Noise Paragraph 8-15

Spurious Responses Paragraph 8-16

Baseline Step Paragraph 8-17

Troubleshooting Block Diagram Figure 8-6

General Principles of Operation Paragraph 8-18

Simplified Block Diagram Figure 8-5

DPM Driver Assembly A1A2

Schematic (includes display) Figure 8-11

Component Locations Figure 8-10

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-1

Front Switch Assembly A2

Schematic Figure 8-13

Board Assembly A2A1 Component Locations Figure 8-12

Disassembly and Repair Procedures Follows Figure 8-47

Input Attenuator Assembly A3 Figure 8-14

Schematic Figure 8-18

Description Precedes Figure 8-18

First Converter Assembly A4

Schematic Figure 8-18

Component Locations Figure 8-16

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-18

Second Converter Assembly A5

Schematic Figure 8-18

Component Locations Figure 8-17

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-18

Frequency Control Assembly A7

Schematic Figure 8-20

Component Locations Figure 8-19

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-20

Sweep Generator Assembly A8

Schematic Figure 8-23

Component Locations Figure 8-22

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-23

Third Converter Assembly A9

Schematic Figure 8-26

Component Locations Figure 8-25

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-26

8-2

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 8-1. Service Information Index (2 of 2)

Subject Location

Second IF Assembly A10

Schematic Figure 8-26

Component Locations Figure 8-25

Circuit Description Follows Figure 8-23

Bandwidth Filter No. 1 Assembly A11

Schematic Figure 8-30

Component Locations Figure 8-29

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-30

Step Gain Assembly A12

Schematic Figure 8-33

Component Locations Figure 8-32

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-33

Bandwidth Filter No. 2 Assembly A13

Schematic Figure 8-35

Component Locations Figure 8-34

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-35

Log Amplifier Assembly A14

Schematic Figure 8-38

Component Locations Figure 8-37

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-38

Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15

Schematic Figure 8-42

Component Locations Figure 8-41

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-42

Motherboard Assembly A16

Schematic Figure 8-44

Component Locations Figure 8-43

Inverter Assembly A17

Schematic Figure 8-46

Component Locations Figure 8-45

Circuit Description Precedes Figure 8-46

Major Assemblies, Location of Figure 8-47

8-3

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

electrolytic capacitor (not shown) usually causes the

displayed signal to step down and remain at the same

level for several divisions before stepping up to a new

level.

8-15. Sideband Noise. Sideband noise is usually

caused by YIG Oscillator Assembly A6.

8-16. Spurious Responses. Spurious responses are

usually caused by loose RF connections. Check all the

RF connections.

8-17. Baseline Step. If the left side of the baseline lifts

to the signal peak level, the trouble is A7Q17; a lift of

the right side of the baseline is caused by A7Q18 (see

Figure 8-4).

8-18. GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

8-19. A simplified block diagram of the HP 8558B

Spectrum Analyzer is shown in Figure 8-5. The HP

8558B is basically a superheterodyne receiver with a

YIG (Yttrium-Iron-Garnet) tuned oscillator for the first

LO (local oscillator). The first LO is the only LO that is

swept. The sweep width is determined by the sweep

attenuator (part of A8) which attenuates the ramp

driving the LO. This ramp is produced by the sweep

generator on A8. The ramp also drives the horizontal

sweep of

the CRT, and is available at a rear panel BNC connector

to synchronize other instruments, such as X-Y recorders,

with the analyzer.

8-20. The RF input to the spectrum analyzer passes

through an attenuator network on assembly A3 which is

controlled by the front panel INPUT ATTEN dB control.

This control is used to set the input signal level as

required for a wide dynamic range. From the

attenuator, the signal goes to first converter assembly

A4. Here it is mixed with a 2050 to 3550 MHz output

from YIG oscillator assembly A6. The lower sideband,

2050 MHz, of the resulting signal is passed by a 2050

MHz IF amplifier immediately following the first

converter circuit. It then enters second converter

assembly A5 where it is mixed with a fixed 1748.6 MHz

signal from a fixed-cavity local oscillator. This produces

a 301.4 MHz IF signal which is amplified and fed to third

converter assembly A9. This time, the signal is mixed

with a 280 MHz signal from a SAWR (surface acoustic

wave resonator) oscillator, resulting in a 21.4 MHz IF

signal. The final 21.4 MHz signal is amplified and

detected, then filtered by low pass video filter A2 before

it is applied to the vertical deflection amplifier of the

CRT. The vertical deflection seen on the CRT

corresponds to the RF input signal amplitude. The 280

MHz signal from the SAWR oscillator is fed out of the

front panel for use as a -30 dBm calibration reference.

8-21. Circuit descriptions for each assembly precede

the assembly schematic diagram.

8-4

8-5

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SYMBOLS USED IN SCHEMATICS AND BLOCK DIAGRAMS

BASIC COMPONENT SYMBOLS

Variable Resistor: Clockwise

rotation of shaft moves wiper Light-emitting diode

towards end of resistor mark-

ed CW.

Transistor, PNP

Electrolytic capacitor

Variable capacitor Transistor, NPN

Slide, toggle, or rocker

switch

MOS-FET, N-Channel

Ferrite bead (prevents high

frequency parasitic

oscillations)

Pushbutton switch Surface Acoustic Wave

Resonator (SAWR)

Relay Indicates a factory-select

component

Indicates shielding conductor

for cables

Crystal Indicates a plug-in

connection

Speaker

Indicates a soldered or

mechanical connection

Breakdown (zener) diode

Indicates a single pin of a

Schottky diode PC board edge connector

Figure 8-1. Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Diagrams (1 of 4)

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SYMBOLS USED IN SCHEMATICS AND BLOCK DIAGRAMS

BASIC COMPONENT SYMBOLS

Connection symbol Indicates wire or cable color

indicating a Jack (except for code. Color code same as

PC board edge connectors) resistor color code. First

number indicates base color,

second and third numbers

indicate colored stripes.

Connection symbol

indicating a Plug (except for

PC board edge connectors) Earth ground

Instrument chassis ground.

Test Point: Terminal May be accompanied by a

provided for test probe. number or letter to specify a

particular ground.

Measurement Point: Used to Screwdriver adjustment

indicate a convenient point

for measurement. No

terminal provided for test

probe. Front-panel control

COMMONLY USED ASSEMBLY AND CIRCUIT SYMBOLS

Oscillator Mixer

Operational amplifier Inverter, buffer

Figure 8-1. Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Diagrams (2 of 4)

8-6

946

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SYMBOLS USED IN SCHEMATIC AND BLOCK DIAGRAMS

BASIC LOGIC SYMBOLS

Distinctive-Shape Symbols

AMPLIFIER/BUFFER Output is active when input is active.

AND FUNCTION Output is active only when all inputs are

active.

OR FUNCTION Output is active when one or more in-

puts are active.

EXCLUSIVE-OR Output is active when only one input is

FUNCTION active.

WIRED AND Two or more elements are joined

FUNCTION together to achieve the effect of an AND

function.

WIRED OR Two or more elements are joined

FUNCTION together to achieve the effect of an OR

function.

Figure 8-1. Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Diagrams (3 of 4)

8-7

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

SYMBOLS USED IN SCHEMATIC AND BLOCK DIAGRAMS

BASIC LOGIC SYMBOLS

Indicator Symbols (positive logic assumed)

Input is active only on the negative-

going transition.

ACTIVE-HIGH inputs and outputs are

indicated by the absence of the negation

symbol, O.

ACTIVE-LOW inputs and outputs are in-

dicated by the presence of the negation

symbol, O.

EDGE-TRIGGERED (dynamic) inputs

are indicated by the presence of the

dynamic input symbol.

Input is active only on the positive-going

transition.

Figure 8-1. Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Diagrams (4 of 4)

8-8

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Nominal power levels, voltages, and waveforms shown on schematic diagrams were measured using

the test setup shown below. Note that signal characteristics shown on schematic diagrams are provided

as a troubleshooting aid only. They should not be used for making instrument adjustments.

EQUIPMENT: Oscilloscope(with 10:1 probe) .......................................................................................HP 1741A

Spectrum Analyzer....................................................................................HP 141T/8552B/8555A

Digital Voltmeter ...........................................................................................................HP 3455A

Signal Generator...........................................................................................................HP 8640B

Extender Cable Assembly......................................................................................HP 5060-0303

Adapter, Type N to BNC (2 required)...................................................................... HP 1250-0780

Figure 8-2. Conditions for Schematic Diagram Measurements (1 of 2)

8-9

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

PROCEDURE:

1. Set HP 8558B Spectrum Analyzer controls as follows:

START-CENTER ...........................................................................................................CENTER

TUNING..........................................................................................................................280 MHz

FREQ SPAN/DIV................................................................................................................1 MHz

RESOLUTION BW...........................................................................................................300 kHz

INPUT ATTEN .......................................................................................................................0 dB

REFERENCE LEVEL.......................................................................................................-10 dBm

Option 002: +40 dBm V

REFERENCE LEVEL FINE.........................................................................................................0

Amplitude Scale............................................................................................................10 dB/DIV

SWEEP TIME/DIV..............................................................................................................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER .....................................................................................................FREE RUN

VIDEO FILTER......................................................................................................................OFF

BASELINE CLIPPER.............................................................................................................OFF

BL CLIP .................................................................................................................................OFF

2. Connect equipment as shown. Set signal genera tor for a 280 MHz, -10 dBm output signal. Center the signal on

the display.

3. Using board extenders when necessary, check voltages and waveforms indicated on schematic diagrams.

Trigger oscilloscope on negative transition of AUX B PENLIFT/BLANKING signal from rear of display mainframe.

4. To measure RF power levels, set RESOLUTION BW control to 3 MHz and FREQ SPAN/DIV to 0 (zero span).

The first LO is not swept in zero span, allowing signal levels to be checked with a second spectrum analyzer (use

adapter cables as necessary). DO NOT use a power meter (harmonics and LO signals will contribute to give

erroneous levels).

Figure 8-2. Conditions for Schematic Diagram Measurements (2 of 2)

8-10

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 8-2. Residual FM Troubleshooting Procedure (1 of 2)

Troubleshooting Step Probable FM Source

1. Set 8558B controls as follows:

INPUT ATTEN......................................0 dB

REF LEVEL............................................-20

(Option 002: +30 dBm V)

FREQ SPAN/DIV...............................2 MHz

RESOLUTION BW ............................1 MHz

SWEEP TIME/DIV.............................AUTO

SWEEP TRIGGER....................FREE RUN

AMPLITUDE SCALE..............................LIN

VIDEO FILTER.....................................OFF

2. Tune LO feedthrough to the left edge of CRT display Main Coil Filter A7Q4 and

and make sure a double lobe (Figure 8-3d) does not associated circuitry.

occur.

3. Connect CAL OUTPUT to spectrum analyzer input.

Center 280 MHz signal on CRT and adjust REF

LEVEL FINE for a top-of-screen signal.

4. Step FREQ SPAN/DIV from 2 MHz to 1 MHz. Main Coil Filter A7Q4 and

Frequency shift should be less than one major division. associated circuitry.

5. Use FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton to remove YIG Calibrate single shot A7Q21-23. Proceed

hysteresis, then center 280 MHz signal on CRT. to step 11.

Repeated operations should shift signal less than one

major division.

6. Second LO frequency should be stable and not vary ASCR1 or A5Q1

more than 200 kHz (check at A5J3).

7. Check the voltages at A7TP6 and A7TP7 for correct

level and stability.

A7TP6 ≈ +6V A7VR2

A7TP7 ≈ +14.5V A7VR1

8. Select a 10 kHz RESOLUTION BW and tune the

spectrum analyzer so the 280 MHz signal skirt crosses

the center frequency graticule line between the fourth

and seventh horizontal graticule lines. Switch to zero (0)

span and select a .1 SEC/DIV sweep time. Peak-to-peak

variations of the trace should not exceed one major

vertical division for each major horizontal division.

9. Try FM check (step 8) with TUNING potentiometer TUNING potentiometer

in several different positions. (Tune slightly off

frequency with COARSE TUNING control and

adjust FINE TUNING control for proper display.)

8-11

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Table 8-2. Residual FM Troubleshooting Procedure (2 of 2)

Troubleshooting Step Probable FM Source

10. Disconnect one end of A7C13 and repeat step 8. A7C13 or A7C14

Reconnect A7C13, disconnect one end of A7C4,

and again repeat step 8.

11. Remove A7CR2 and A7Q22. If FM is still present, Calibrate single shot circuit

remove A7Q21 and A7Q23. on Frequency Control Assy A7.

12. Remove A7R55 and repeat step 8. YIG FM coil driver circuit on

Frequency Control Assy A7.

Probably A7U1.

13. Disconnect one end of A7VR3 or A7CR9 and A7VR3 or A7CR9

repeat step 8.

14. Ground A7TP1 and repeat step 8. YIG main coil gate on Frequency

Control Assy A7.

15. If residual FM is still present, the problem is in the YIG main coil drivers on Frequency Control Assembly A7.

Refer to the Frequency Control Assembly schematic diagram for further troubleshooting.

8-12

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-3. CRT Displays for Residual FM Troubleshooting

Figure 8-4. Baseline Step Caused by Failure of A7Q18

8-13/8-14 (blank)

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-15 through 8-18

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A1A2 DPM DRIVER ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The DPM circuit is a dc voltmeter that measures a tuning voltage from Frequency Control Assembly A7, and converts it

to a front-panel frequency readout.

The DPM Driver is divided into three parts:

1. The Analog-to-Digital Converter.

2. The Segment Driver.

3. The Digit Driver.

Analog-to-Digital Converter

The Analog-to-Digital converter comprises an MOS LSI device, A1A2U1, and associated circuitry. A1A2U1 compares the

input voltage (MTR V) on pin 3 with a reference voltage (V REF) on pin 2 and outputs the measured voltage in a binary-

coded decimal (BCD) format. The BCD data is multiplexed out of A1A2U1, one decimal digit (four bits) at a time on pins

20 through 23. DS1 through DS4 (pins 16 through 19) are the enable lines for A2DS1 (MSD) through A2DS4 (LSD).

A1A2R2, A1A2R3, and A1A2R4 form an adjustable voltage divider which divides the 6.2 volts from A16VRI down to

approximately 2.0V for the reference voltage (V REF) at pin 2 of A1A2U1.

Segment Drive

AIA2U3 converts the BCD data to seven-segment data for the displays and provides a test function which lights all the

segments of all the displays when pin 3 (TP2) is jumpered to ground. A1A2Q3 switches the decimal point LED on for

frequencies below 198.6 MHz. (The voltage, MTR V, is multiplied by 10 on the Frequency Control Assembly.) A1A2Q4

allows the 'g' segment line of A2DS1 to go high when the input voltage (MTR V) is less than zero. This causes a minus

sign (-) to be displayed.

Digit Driver

The digits are enabled one at a time, sequentially through digit driver A1A2U2. Each digit display is in turn enabled for

300 microseconds until a 250 millisecond period has passed. This is the length of time A1A2U1 requires to make a new

voltage measurement. After 250 milliseconds, the new data is put out on pins 20 through 23 of A1A2U1 and the cycle

repeats. (See Figures 8-8 and 8-9.)

Display

The digit displays, A2DS1 through A2DS4, are of the common-cathode type. When the digit enable line (cathode) is low

and a segment line is high, that segment is turned on. Although only one digit display is enabled at a time, the enable

rate is fast enough to prevent visible display flicker.

Troubleshooting

To check the digit displays, jumper A1A2TP2 (LT) to ground. All segments of all four numeric displays (A2DS1 through

A2DS4) should light. To troubleshoot DPM Driver A1A2, check for proper clock and outputs at A1A2U1 (see Figures 8-7,

8-8, and 8-9 and Table 8-3).

8-19

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-7. A1A2U1 Clock

Figure 8-8. Integrator and EOC Waveforms for FREQUENCY MHz Display of 1296 MHz

Table 8-3. Truth Table for A2DS1 Display

A1A2U1 Data Output Decimal A1A1DS1

Y3Y2Y1Y0Equivalent Display

0000 0 -1

0011 3 -1

0 1 0 0 4 1

0 1 1 1 7 1

1 0 1 0 10 -

1 0 1 1 11 -

1 1 1 0 14 Blank

1 1 1 1 15 Blank

8-20

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

NOTES

1. TRIGGER OSCILLOSCOPE EXTERNALLY USING EOC {(END OF

CONVERSION), A1A2U1 PIN 14.

2. DURING THE TIME INTERVA L THAT DS1 LINE IS HIGH,THE DATA ON

PINS 20 THROUGH 23 IS NOT STANDARD BCD CODE. SEE TABLE 8-2.

Figure 8-9. A1A2U1 Outputs for FREQUENCY MHz Display of 1296 MHz

8-21

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A1A2

Figure 8-10. A1A2 DPM Driver Component Locations

8-22

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-23 through 8-24

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A2 FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Functions of the switches and potentiometers on Front Switch Assembly A2 and Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 are

covered in the circuit descriptions for the electronic assemblies they control. Disassembly and repair procedures for the

Front Switch Assembly are at the back of this section (following Figure 8-47).

8-25

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A2A1

Figure 8-12. Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1, Component Locations

8-26

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-27 through 8-28

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A3, U1, A4, A5, A6 CIRCUIT DESCIPTIONS

A3 Input Attenuator Circuit Description

The 8558B input attenuator (Figure 8-14) is a 50-ohm, precision, coaxial step attenuator. Attenuation in 10 dB steps

from 0 dB to 70 dB is accomplished by switching the signal path through one or more of the three resistive pads in a

predetermined sequence. (Note that the input attenuator is not field repairable.)

U1, RF Input Limiter Circuit Description

The RF input limiter contains Schottky diodes which clamp the input signal voltage, protecting the mixer diodes in the

First Converter Assembly A4. The typical limiting threshold is 1 mW (0 dBm). The limiter is not field serviceable.

A4 First Converter Circuit Description

The RF signal input (0.1 1500 MHz) passes through a 1550 MHz low pass filter to the mixer diode assembly, U1. The

output impedance of this low-pass filter seen from the mixer is effectively a short circuit at 2050 MHz, reflecting any IF

power back to the mixer. The first LO input from YIG Oscillator Assembly A6 passes through a 3 dB power splitter

consisting of two resistors, R1 and R2, and etched transmission lines. One of the power splitter outputs provides the

front panel LO OUTPUT; the other output is through a balun (short piece of semi-rigid coaxial transmission line) to

provide drive voltage to the mixer diodes. The LO signal is coupled to one mixer diode through the balun shield and to

the other mixer diode through the balun center conductor. This arrangement splits the LO signal voltage evenly between

the two mixer diodes. The 2050 MHz output signal from the mixer (first IF) is split-line coupled to a 6 dB 'pi' resistive

matching pad (R3, R4, and R5). A small block of polyiron is placed over the split-output line. The polyiron helps balance

the mixer and absorbs harmonics of the mixing signals. A 5000 MHz low-pass filter etched on the A4 printed circuit

board provides additional filtering to the 2050 MHz IF signal after the 6 dB pad. The signal is then coupled to Second

Converter Assembly A5 through a semi-rigid coaxial cable.

A5 Second Converter Circuit Description

The IF signal from the First Converter is coupled into the Second Converter bandpass filter through coupling loop L3.

The bandpass filter consists of three circular, slug-tuned cavity resonators operating as less than a quarter wavelength

inductive transmission lines. The cavities provide high 'Q' for good selectivity at 2050 MHz. Coupling loops L4 and L5

provide coupling between the cavities. The 2050 MHz signal is loop coupled to the cathode end of second mixer diode

CR1. The second LO signal is loop coupled to the anode end of CR1. The second local oscillator is a Colpitts type

circuit operating at 1748.6 MHz. The capacitive 'fingers' etched on the A5A1 printed circuit board and the internal

transistor capacitances of A5A1Ql provide the positive feedback necessary to sustain oscillation. The oscillator tank

circuit is a slug-tuned cavity, Z4. The signal from the second LO is coupled into cavity Z4 by a 4 - 40 machine screw

extending down into the cavity. The second LO output is also available at test jack A5J3. The 1748.6 MHz local

oscillator provides the drive for mixer diode CR1. The difference frequency between the first IF, 2050 MHz, and the

second LO frequency, 1748.6 MHz, is 301.4 MHz. This 301.4 MHz signal is coupled through the matching filter to the

A10 Second IF. The matching filter is a passive network designed to match the relatively high impedance of the second

mixer, about 200 ohms, to the low input impedance of the second IF, about 50 ohms. The match may be optimized by

adjusting A5L2, 2nd MIXER MATCH adjustment.

A6 YIG Oscillator Circuit Description

The YIG Oscillator is a transistorized thin-film microcircuit. It uses an yttrium-iron-garnet (YIG) sphere as the frequency

determining structure. The YIG sphere is a ferromagnetic material whose resonant frequency is directly proportional to

the applied magnetic field. The sphere is placed in the gap of an electromagnet to provide a magnetic tuning structure

whose field (and thereby the oscillator's frequency) is linearly proportional to the drive current from Frequency Control

Assembly A7.

8-29

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

The main coil is used for wide range sweeping and tuning with the coil current varying from approximately 50 to 8 mA.

The FM coil is used only for narrow spans (1 MHz/DIV and less) with the coil current varying from approximately - 25 mA

to + 25 mA.

The YIG Oscillator Assembly consists of three parts: a sealed magnet assembly which encloses the YIG sphere and

oscillator; a bias board which uses discrete components to establish oscillator/amplifier bias and to protect against supply

noise and voltage overloads; and a mu-metal magnetic shielding can.

8-30

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-14. A3 Input Attenuator

Figure 8-15. A 6 YIG Oscillator

8-31

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-16. A4 First Converter, Component Locations

8-32

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-17. A5 Second Converter Assembly, Component Locations

8-33/8-34(blank)

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-35 through 8-36

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A7 FREQUENCY CONTROL CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

General Description

Frequency Control Assembly A7 contains the circuitry to drive and control YIG Oscillator Assembly A6. The frequency is

controlled by the sum of the sweep and tune voltages. The tune voltage is generated by the center frequency coarse and

fine TUNING controls. The tune voltage is measured by the digital panel meter (DPM) voltmeter to provide the center-

frequency digital readout. The sweep voltage, controlled by the FREQ SPAN/DIV switch, is generated in Sweep

Generator Assembly A8. The YIG Oscillator has two driving coils: the main tuning coil and the FM coil. The tune

voltage is applied to the main tuning coil driver. The sweep voltage is either summed with the tune voltage and applied

to the main tuning coil driver or, in narrow frequency spans, it is applied to the FM coil driver. Gating circuits determine

whether the sweep voltage is applied to the main or FM coil. The Frequency Control Assembly also contains separate

low-noise voltage regulators to bias the YIG Oscillator and the 1748.6 MHz second local oscillator.

YIG Main Coil Fixed Driver

The YIG Main Coil Fixed Driver consists of differential amplifier A7Q7, a Darlington pair current source, A7Q5 and Q6,

and a + 6V reference voltage from A7VR2 and R4. The fixed driver is used to tune the YIG oscillator to the minimum

frequency of 2050 MHz.

The + 6V reference voltage is one input to A7Q7 and the other input, measured at TP3, is negative feedback that senses

the voltage across A7R3 and R71. The operation of the fixed coil driver maintains a constant +6.OV across A7R3 and

R71. A11 current through R3/R71 comes from the YIG main coil through Darlington current source A7Q5 and Q6. A7R3

is the 2.05 GHz lower frequency adjustment and sets the emitter current of A7Q5 and Q6. The current source provides

the fixed current to determine the zero CENTER FREQUENCY point set by A7R3.

YIG Main Coil Swept Driver

The YIG Main Coil Swept Driver consists of a swept driver, A7U4, and a Darlington pair current source, A7Q1 and Q3.

The swept driver tunes the YIG oscillator over the frequency range of 2050 MHz to 3550 MHz. The inputs to A7U4 are

the Coarse and Fine TUNING voltage from the Tune Summing Amplifier, and the attenuated sweep ramp from the

Sweep Buffer. The output from A7U3 is the attenuated sweep only when 2 MHz/DIV or wider frequency spans have

been selected. In narrower frequency spans, only the sum of the TUNING voltages is applied to the main coil swept

driver. The attenuated sweep and TUNING voltages are summed across A7R49 and R52 and then applied to the

noninverting input of A7U4. Diode A7CR3 prevents the input of the swept driver from going negative and driving it into

cutoff. A7U4 drives the current source which converts the voltage at the emitter of Q1 into current to drive the YIG main

tuning coil.

The current from A7Q1/Q3 is summed with the current from the fixed driver current source, A7Q5/Q6, to increase the

main coil current synchronously with the TUNING and sweep voltages. The YIG upper frequency 3.55 GHz is set by

A7R1 (coarse adjust) and A7R2 (fine adjust). The emitter of A7Q1 is connected to the inverting input of A7U4 to provide

a voltage proportional to the collector current of Q1/Q3 to be used as negative feedback.

Frequency AnA10g Output for Blanking. The emitter of A7Q1 also drives the base of A7Q2. A7Q2 is an emitter follower

that provides the frequency anA10g output voltage to Third Converter Assembly A3 and to the Sweep Ramp High/Low

Limit Comparator (A15U1) of Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15. (See A15 Schematic.)

8-37

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Coarse and Fine TUNING. The Coarse and Fine tuning voltages from control potentiometers A2R1 and A2R2 (shown

on A2 schematic) are applied to the noninverting and inverting inputs respectively of A7U2. A7U2 sums these voltages

and applies the voltage sum to the junction of A7R52 and R53. It is in turn summed with the attenuated sweep signal

from the output of the sweep buffer A7U3 if 2 MHz/DIV or wider frequency spans have been selected. In narrower

frequency spans, the input of buffer A7U3 is grounded so only the summed tuning voltages are applied to A7U4.

YIG FM Coil Driver

The FM Coil Driver consists of A7U1, Q17, Q18, and FM adjust R6. Selecting 1 MHz/DIV and narrower frequency spans

enables the YIG FM Coil Gate, allowing the attenuated sweep to be applied to the YIG FM Coil Driver. (A7Q15 is on and

Q16 is off.) A7U1 converts the sweep ramp voltage into current to drive the YIG FM coil. Transistors A7Q17/Q18 are

biased at cutoff and provide additional current drive. The FM adjust, A7R6, sets the maximum FM coil current.

YIG Main and FM Coil Gates

The YIG Coil Gates determine which YIG coil is used to control the YIG oscillator frequency. The YIG Coil Gates are

selected by the Scan Select which is controlled by FREQ SPAN/DIV control A2S6.

YIG Main Coil Gate. When 2 MHz/DIV and wider frequency spans are selected, the base of transistor A7U5C is

returned to 12.6V through A7R11 and A8R131. A7U5C is turned off and the collector rises to about 5V while the emitter

drops to near 12.6V. The collector of A7U5C turns on U5E and U5D, and these two transistors then turn off FETs Q15

and Q24 respectively. The emitter of A7U5C turns off U5A and U5B, which then turn on FETs Q16 and Q20. With

A7Q20 conducting and A7Q24 open, the attenuated sweep is applied to sweep buffer A7U3 and YIG main coil swept

driver A7U4 to control the YIG oscillator frequency. FET A7Q15 is turned off preventing the attenuated sweep input from

reaching the ./ YIG FM Coil Driver, and A7Q16 is turned on, grounding the input to the YIG FM coil driver.

YIG FM Coil Gate. The selection of 1 MHz/Div and narrower frequency spans with FREQ SPAN/DIV control A2S6

applies + 15V to the input of A7USC. The + 15V turns U5C on; FETs Q20 and Q16 are turned off, and FETs Q24 and

Q15 are turned on. This enables the YIG FM coil gate, allowing the sweep signal to be applied to the YIG FM Coil

Driver. A7Q20 prevents the Attenuated Sweep input from reaching the sweep buffer A7U3 and A7Q24 grounds the input

of A7U3. However, the tuning voltage from the tune summing amplifier is still applied to the YIG main coil swept driver.

Main Coil Filter

When the narrower frequency spans are selected, the + 15V from FREQ SPAN/DIV switch A2S6 is also applied to A7Q4

in the main coil filter. The main coil filter consists of FET switch A7Q4, R75, and C13/C14. The filter provides noise

filtering in the 1 MHz and narrower frequency spans. With the FET switch closed, the filter is connected in parallel with

the YIG main tuning coil.

Meter Ranging

The DPM is a digital voltmeter which measures the TUNING voltage at the output of the tune summing amplifier. The

output of the tune summing amplifier, approximately 0 to -10V, is divided down to 0 to 1.5V at pins 2 and 5 of A7U6 by

A7R53 and R50. This provides a 1 mV/MHz voltage to the DPM. The FREQ ZERO adjust R3 (shown on A2 schematic),

A7R43, and A7R54 enable this voltage to be offset 4 15 mV to zero the DPM. The FREQ ZERO adjustment

compensates for the changes in the frequency of the YIG oscillator caused by temperature drift.

8-38

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A7U6A functions as a comparator and A7U6B as a switchable Xl/X10 gain stage. When the instrument is tuned to a

frequency below 198.4 MHz, the voltage at A7U6 pin 2 is less than 198 mV. Since the voltage at A7U6 pin 3 is adjusted

to be approximately 198 mV, the output at A7U6 pin 1 is positive. This turns on Q19, causing A7U6B to have a gain of

approximately 10 and results in an output voltage at pin 7 of 10 mV/MHz.

When the instrument is tuned above 198.4 MHz, A7U6A pin 1 goes low, turning Q19 off, causing A7U6B to have a gain

of 1. This results in an output voltage at pin 7 of 1 mV/MHz. The output of A7U6A pin 1 is also used to turn A7Q25 off to

turn off the decimal point. The positive feedback from the emitter of A7Q25 to A7U6A pin 3 provides hysteresis for rapid

switching of the X1/X10 crossover point. A7CR6 and CR7 provide proper biasing for FET Q19. OFS adjustment A7R72

compensates for input offset of A7U6B.

+ 14.5V Regulator The + 14.5V Regulator consists of series regulator A7Q8, driver Q10, and reference amplifier Q9 and

Q11. The +6.2V developed across zener diode A7VRI provides the base reference for A7Q9. This is compared to the

voltage at the base of A7Q11 1 which senses the + 14.5V output across voltage divider A7R28, R29, and the + 14.5V

adjust R5. Should the output voltage increase, A7Q11 conducts more, decreasing the conduction of A7Q9 and driving

the base of Q10 more positive. This decreases the drive current to A7Q8 and causes the output voltage to drop (return

to + 14.5V). A7C4 provides stability compensation and some additional noise filtering at the output.

The + 14.5V supply is used for the positive supply on A7U2, U3, U4, and Q7. It is also used on Sweep Generator

Assembly A8 as the voltage reference that sets the 5V to + 5V ramp amplitude. The + 14.5V is also applied to Second

Converter A5 as the positive supply for the 1748.6 MHz second local oscillator.

+ 6.00V Reference Voltage Regulator

The + 14.5V at A7R32 and the +6.2V dropped across A7VR2, develop the +6.00V reference voltage. A7R4 REF V

adjusts the voltage at TP6 to + 6.00V.

-10V Regulator

The regulated + 14.5V provides a reference voltage for voltage divider A7R34 and R35 for the -10V regulator. The -10V

regulator consists of series regulator A7Q12 and reference amplifier A7Q13 and Q14. Should the -10V tend to become

more positive (less negative), A7Q13 decreases its conduction and turns A7Q14 on harder. A7Q14 then increases the

conduction of A7Q12, dropping the output voltage back to -10V.

The -10V supply is used for the negative supply on A7U2, U3, U4, and Q7. It is also used as the negative supply for the

A6 YIG Oscillator and the second local oscillator in A5.

Calibrate Single Shot

The calibrate single shot circuit consists of A7Q23, Q22, and Q21. The circuit is activated when the front panel FREQ

CAL button is pressed. With the FREQ CAL switch A2S1 (shown on A2 schematic) closed, the YIG Oscillator is tuned to

its lowest frequency. Releasing the FREQ CAL button returns the YIG Oscillator to the previous operating frequency.

Pressing the FREQ CAL button shorts the + 6V line to ground, discharging A7C8 and turning A7Q23 off. The emitter of

A7Q22 is grounded, turning it on, and its collector goes low, turning off FET switch A7Q4. The main coil filter is now

disabled and the charge held on A7C13/C14 remains the same during the calibration sequence. The charge voltage

represents the previous operating frequency. The ground on the + 6V line is applied to the base of A7Q7, disabling the

YIG main coil fixed driver. When the + 6.OV line is grounded, the output of the coarse TUNING control is grounded; the

YIG main coil swept driver is disabled by the output from A7U2. With both YIG main coil drivers disabled, the magnetic

current is removed and the magnet hysteresis is cancelled.

8-39

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

When the FREQ CAL button is released, the +6.0V reference line jumps to approximately + 1V. The charge on capacitor

A7C8 turns on A7Q23 which then turns on Q21. A7C8, Q21, and Q23 form a Miller Integrator and the +6.0V reference

line slowly charges to +6.0V. This takes about 0.3 second and prevents the introduction of transients into the main coil.

However, as long as the + 6.0V reference line is charging; the conduction of A7Q23 keeps FET switch A7Q4 off, still

disabling the main coil filter. The charge on A7C13/C14 has no path for discharge and remains the same. This allows

the YIG Oscillator to return to the previous frequency faster since A7C13 and C14 do not have to be recharged.

8-40

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-19. A7 Frequency Control Assembly, Component and Test Point Locations

8-42

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-43 through 8-44

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A8 SWEEP GENERATOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

General Description

The Sweep Generator Assembly generates a -5 volt to + 5 volt linear sweep voltage. The sweep voltage controls the

frequency of YIG oscillator Assembly A6, and also controls the horizontal deflection of the CRT beam. The SWEEP

TIME/DIV control varies from 0.1 mSEC/DIV to 10 SEC/DIV so the full scan sweep time varies from 1 ms to 100 sec.

The sweep may be synchronized with either the video input or the line voltage. Manual and free run modes are also

provided. A single sweep may be started or stopped with the front panel TRIGGER switch. A retrace voltage is

generated and applied to Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15.

Sheet 2 of the A8 schematic (Figure 8-23) shows the resolution bandwidth control circuit, the video filter, the sweep

attenuator circuit, and the + V sweep offset circuit. The resolution bandwidth control circuit has three purposes. First it

provides the bandwidth filter control current to the PIN diodes on Bandwidth Filter Assemblies A11 and A13. Second, it

provides current to the sweep generator current source (AST line) to control the AUTO sweep time circuit as a function of

resolution bandwidth. Third, it switches in the proper capacitor for the RC lowpass video filter to provide video filtering as

a constant percentage of resolution bandwidth. The sweep attenuator circuit attenuates the sweep ramp to Frequency

Control Assembly A7 in proportion to the FREQ SPAN/DIV selected. It also provides a current to the sweep generator

current source (AST line) to control the automatic sweep time circuit as a function of frequency span per division. The +

V sweep offset circuit offsets the ramp voltage by 5 volts so the ramp voltage, when START frequency is selected, is

from 0V to + 10V instead of 5V to + 5V.

Sweep Generator Circuit

The sweep ramp is generated in the following cycle. (See Figure 8-21.)

When transistor Q10 turns on, the sweep ramp is initiated. At the beginning of the sweep cycle, the voltage at TP3 is -4V

and dead-time capacitor C15 is charging toward + 15V through R33. When the anode voltage on CR11 reaches + 1 .5V,

Q10 turns on and the TP5 voltage becomes + 3V.

Pin 2 of U1 is at -5V and comparator U1 toggles to its positive supply voltage of + 14.5V. CR5 is now reverse biased.

The current source can begin charging timing capacitors C3 and C4 positively, forming the positive slope of the sweep

ramp.

As the sweep ramp level approaches + 5V at TP8, the U1 feedback circuit takes control, holding pin 2 of U1 at 2.68V and

temporarily bringing pin 6 out of saturation. The anode voltage of zener diode VR1 equals the voltage at pin 6 minus

10V:

EVR1 = Epin6 - 10V

8-45

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-21. Simplified Schematic of Sweep Generator in AUTO Mode

8-46

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

As the voltage at U1 pin 6 (TP3) decreases, the anode voltage of VR1 decreases. At some time (when the level of the

sweep ramp at TP8 is + 5V), the anode voltage of VR1 will no longer forward bias CR7, and the zener feedback loop

opens. At this point, the 3.3 megaohm feedback loop becomes active and U1 saturates again. The comparator toggles,

this time toward the negative operational amplifier supply, and 4V appears at TP3.

The -4V at T3 forward biases CR5. Timing capacitors C3 and C4 discharge through CR5, forming the negative slope of

the sweep ramp. Dead-time capacitor C15 discharges.

The endpoints of the sweep ramp at TP8, 5V and + 5V, are controlled by the voltage divider R21, R24, R29, and R30 or

R35, and by U1 and its feedback loops. U1 controls the ramp voltage as it maintains 2.68V at pin 2.

At the end of the ramp, when CR5 is forward biased, and the comparator output (pin 6 of U1) is approaching its negative

supply, U1 uses Q1 and Q3 to maintain 2.68V at pin 2. Q10 is off, and the voltage divider R21, R24, R29, and R30

produces -5V at TP8.

At the beginning of the ramp, when CR5 is reverse biased, and the comparator output is approaching its positive supply,

U1 again maintains 2.68V at pin 2. This time, Q10 is on, and voltage divider R21, R24, R29, and R35 produces + 5V at

TP8.

Fast/Slow Sweep Time Operation. The ST6 control line from Front Switch Assembly A2A1, selects timing and dead-

time capacitors C3, C4, C5, and C27, to control fast and slow sweep times. If the same amount of charging current is

supplied to a larger capacitor, it charges at a slower rate.

Timing capacitors C3 and C4 are used to provide fast and slow sweep operation. When a fast sweep time (ms/div) is

selected at TIME/DIV switch A2A1S3, the ST6 (FAST SWEEP) control line is grounded, turning off Q55 and Q53. With

Q53 off, C3 and C4 are in series and the timing capacitor becomes C4. With Q55 off, the + 15V at R57 back biases CR9

and CR6, so C27 is switched out of the dead-time circuit. the dead-time (about 0.4 ms) is set by C15. In sweep times

greater than 1 ms/div (or in AUTO sweep times), the ST6 (FAST SWEEP) control line is open, Q55 and Q53 are both on.

With Q53 on, a ground is provided for C3 and it becomes the timing capacitor. CR6 and CR9 are on because of the

conduction of Q55. C15 and C27 are in parallel, so the longer dead-time (about 7.5 ms) is set by C27.

When selecting FREE RUN mode (A2A1S4), + 15 volts is routed to the voltage divider, R59 and R60, via the TRIG

control line. CR10 is reversed biased.

FREE RUN TRIGGER Operation. The circuit free runs and QI0 conducts when U1 switches on and off at a time

determined by the RC time constants.

VIDEO TRIGGER OPERATION. When the video mode is selected (VIDEO position on A2A1S4 switch), CR10 is

forward biased by R59, and Q10 is off. The sweep ramp is generated by turning on Q10 with a negative pulse from the

pulse shaper circuitry. The negative pulse is applied to the emitter of Q10.

8-47

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

The pulse shape consists of a Schmitt trigger (Q39 and Q40), a differentiator (C12 and R55), and an emitter follower

(Q12). The Schmitt trigger produces a pulse which exists as long as the video trigger information on the SYNC line is

above a certain dc level. When the TRIGGER switch is in VIDEO position, video information from Vertical Driver and

Blanking Assembly A15 is routed through the switch to the base of Q40. Q40 is normally off and Q39 is conducting.

During the positive portion of the SYNC signal, Q40 turns on, turning Q39 off. C7 accelerates the Q39 switching. When

Q40 switches on, the negative change at the collector is differentiated by C12 and R55, and coupled through Q12 to the

Q10 emitter. The negative pulse turns on Q10. CR8, R32, and VR1 keep Q10 on while the ramp is being generated.

After the ramp is completed, the circuit returns to its dead-time state and another trigger is required to generate another

sweep. Trigger pulses from Q40, which may occur during the sweep, have no effect since Q10 is already on.

LINE TRIG Operation The sweep may be synchronized with the ac line voltage in the same manner as described in

VIDEO operation. With TRIGGER switch A2A1S4 in LINE position, the ac line from the mainframe power transformer is

connected to the Schmitt trigger (Q40 and Q39) input. A16R2 and A16C2 on the motherboard attenuate the ac line

signal to approximately 2 volts p-p and filter any line spikes.

SINGLE Sweep Trigger and Abort. Q10 is initially held off by R59 and CR10. Q9 is on, and voltage divider R37 and

R38 charges C16 to +2.8V. When the trigger switch A2A1R4 is set to SINGLE sweep (spring-loaded position), + 15V is

applied to R62 turning on Q11. This shorts the positive end of C16 to ground and produces a negative pulse at the

emitter of Q10. This turns Q10 on starting a sweep.

During the generation of a sweep, Q9 is off and the voltage divider R37 and R38 charges C16 to 4V. The sweep may be

aborted (reset to 5V) by pressing the SINGLE switch to the spring-loaded position. This switches on Q11. The negative

end of C16 is shorted to ground, a positive pulse is generated at the emitter of Q10, and Q10 is turned off aborting the

sweep.

MANUAL Sweep Control

Manual control of the sweep is obtained with the TIME/DIV switch A2A1S3 in MAN position. A ground is applied to the

base of Q38 and Q37 by the ST7 line from A2A1S3 in all sweep modes except manual; the ground holds Q38 and Q37

off. With A2A1S3 in MAN position, Q38 and Q37 are turned on. Q37 turns Q10 on and keeps it on. CR5 is on and the

feedback loop to the timing capacitor is closed. Turning the MANUAL SWEEP control A2A1R4 changes the voltage at

the collector of Q38 which changes the input current at U1 pin 2. Since the feedback current through R29 is constant,

any change in manual sweep current must be compensated by a change in the current through R24, thereby varying the

ramp output voltage.

Current Source

Current for the generation of the sweep is provided by the current source circuit. The temperature dependent power

supply provides a nominal + 10V; Q6 is the temperature sensing element (diode). The following switches control current

to operational amplifier U2A pin 2: RESOLUTION BW switch A2A1S5, FREQ SPAN/DIV switch A2A1S6, VIDEO FILTER

potentiometer A2R5, and TIME/DIV switch A2A1S3. In the AUTO sweep time mode, the sweep time is controlled by the

RESOLUTION BW, FREQ SPAN/DIV, and VIDEO FILTER which set the currents to U2A. These currents are summed

by U2A to produce a voltage proportional to the log of the sweep time. Q4 is the current driver and converts voltage

variations into current variations proportional to sweep time. The current is applied to the timing capacitors C3 and C4,

in the buffer amplifier circuit.

8-48

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Q7 provides temperature compensation for Q4. Q8 is a constant-current regulator for Q7. In AUTO, the sweep time is

limited to 1 ms and longer because current is limited to 1 mA by Q5/R15.

In the calibrated sweep time/division mode, the gate of Q52 is grounded. This turns Q52 off and disconnects the

currents proportional to RESOLUTION BW, FREQ SPAN/DIV, and VIDEO FILTER. Calibrated sweep times are now

produced by the currents fed to U2A through R40 through R44. Those resistors are grounded in various combinations by

SWEEP TIME/DIV switch A2A1S3 resistor network. (See A2 Schematic.)

XTAL Resolution Bandwidth Control

When a XTAL bandwidth is selected (30 kHz, 10 kHz, 3 kHz, 1 kHz), control line BW5 is released from + 15V on the front

panel and is pulled to -.5V by Q13. This has four effects.

1. On the Bandwidth Filter boards CR2 and CR13 are turned off and Q3, Q6, CR8 and CR15 are turned on,

allowing the XTAL filters to operate.

2. Q21 is turned off allowing BW7 to be pulled up to more than + -10V by CR18 and R82. This turns off the LC

filter sections on the Bandwidth Filter boards.

3. Q14 is turned off allowing the voltage on BW6 to be controlled by the current through A8Q 19.

4. Q22 is turned off having an effect on sweep time which is discussed in detail later.

The current through Q19 is a function of the states (off or on) of Q15, Q17, Q42, the values of factory select resistors

R74, R76, and R78, and the setting of. R72 XTL (3 kHz adjustment). The off/on states of Q15, Q17, and Q42 are

controlled by BW1, BW2, and BW3 which are controlled by the front panel RESOLUTION BW switch and are at either +

15V or some negative voltage. The amount of current through Q19 controls the bandwidths of the XTAL filter sections

on the Bandwidth Filter boards.

LC Resolution Bandwidth Control

When an LC bandwidth is selected, (3 MHz, 1 MHz, 300 kHz, 100 kHz), control line BW5 is pulled to + 15V at the front

panel. This has four effects.

1. On the Bandwidth Filter boards: Q3, Q6, CR8, and CR15 are turned off and CR2 and CR13 are turned on, thus

blocking any signal from passing through the XTAL filer sections.

2. Q14 is turned on, pulling BW6 to -4V, which further defeats any possible action of the XTAL filter sections.

3. Q21 is turned on, allowing the voltage on BW7 to be controlled by the current through Q20.

8-49

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

The current through Q20 is a function of the states (off or on) of Q23, Q44, Q49, the values of factory select resistors

R89, R92, and R95, and the setting of R85 LC (1 MHz adjustment). The off/on states of Q23, Q44, Q49 are controlled by

BW2, BW3, and BW4 which are controlled by the front panel bandwidth switch and are either at + 15V or some negative

voltage. The amount of current through Q20 controls the bandwidths of the LC filter sections on the Bandwidth Filter

boards.

4. Q22 is turned on having an effect on AUTO sweep time which is discussed later.

Video Filter

The video filter is composed of front panel control A2R6, switch A2S2, and 8 capacitors on Sweep Generator A8. The

amount of filtering is controlled by the Resolution Bandwidth setting through Q16, Q18, Q43, Q41, Q46, Q24, and Q45.

These transistors switch in and out various combinations of filter capacitors to provide more video filtering when the

resolution bandwidth is decreased. In LC mode, BW6 is low holding Q15, Q17, Q42, Q41 off and keeping C19, C20, C21

and C22 out of the circuit.

Switch A2S2 applies maximum video filtering for noise measure mode by switching in C26 through Q47.

Sweep Attenuator

The sweep attenuator circuit changes the amplitude of the sweep voltage applied to the Frequency Control A7 as a

function of the FREQ SPAN/DIV selected. The attenuator attenuates the -5V to +5V ramp routed through XA8 pin 39 in

a divide by 1, 2, 5, and 10 sequence from a divide-by-1 to a divide-by-200. The circuit also generates an auto-sweep

control current used to control the AUTO sweep time circuit as a function of the frequency span.

The sweep attenuator has two voltage dividers buffered by the unity gain voltage follower U3. The divider at the input of

U3 provides either a divide-by-two or a divide-by-five; the divider at the output of the U3 provides a divide-by-one, a

divide-by-ten, and a divide-by-one hundred.

Assuming that FS3 (divide-by-two) is selected, + 15V turns on Q31 and Q32 grounds a 10K ohm resistor R113. The -5V

to +5V ramp is divided across the input resistor R101 (10K ohms) and R113 (10K ohms). The ramp is now divided in

half and applied to sweep buffer U3 pin 3. The dividers at the output of U3 (controlled by FS4 and FS5) have reversed

control logic; they are normally connected to + 15V by A2A1S5 and open when selected. Q50 is a gate to drive Q30.

When FS4 and FS5 are connected to + 15V, Q50 is off and Q30 is on, connecting the divide-by-one divider at the output

of U3. If either FS4 or FS5 is open, Q30 is off and Q28 or Q26 is on, providing either a divide-by-10 or divide-by-100.

AUTO sweep control current is applied to Q52 as a function of frequency span by Q35, Q31, Q33, Q27, and Q25 and the

appropriate resistors. For narrow spans (1 MHz/DIV or less), when the YIG FM coil is swept, FS6 is connected to + 15V

by A2A1S5. Q29 is on and the additional current in the AUTO sweep control is used to reduce the sweep time.

8-50

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

+ V Sweep Offset

Normally, START-CENTER switch A2A1S7 is in the CENTER position. The + 15V back biases Q54 and holds it off.

Switching to START allows Q54 to conduct and adds 0.5 mA of current through R67 to offset the sweep ramp. When

START frequency is used, the ramp excursion is from 0V to a positive voltage.

8-51

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-22. A8 Sweep Generator Assembly, Component and Test Point Locations

8-52

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-53 through 8-56

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A9 THIRD CONVERTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

General Description

The Third Converter Assembly contains of a 280 MHz oscillator followed by a buffer amplifier, a balanced mixer, a

matching filter, a 21.4 MHz amplifier,, and a PIN attenuator. The 301.4 MHz second IF signal from A10 is mixed with the

280 MHz oscillator (third LO) in balanced mixer A9U1. The output from the mixer is the difference frequency, 21.4 MHz,

which is applied to the matching filter. This is a 21.4 MHz bandpass filter which also acts as an inter-stage impedance

matching device. The signal is then amplified by the 21.4 MHz amplifier and coupled to a divider network consisting of

two PIN diodes A9CR3 and CR4, resistor R25, and the input impedance of the Bandwidth Filter No. 1 Assembly A11.

PIN driver A9Q5 changes the bias of the PIN diodes as a function of frequency, compensating for input mixer frequency

response. The 21.4 MHz third IF output signal is coupled to the input of Bandwidth Filter No. 1. The 280 MHz Oscillator

also provides the front panel CAL OUTPUT 280 MHz -30 dBm signal. It is sometimes necessary to select a different

value for R9 to provide the 30 dBm CAL OUTPUT level while maintaining the proper input level to the balanced mixer.

280 MHz Oscillator (Third LO)

The third local oscillator is a modified Colpitts circuit with a 280 MHz surface acoustic wave resonator (SAWR) A9Z1 in

the positive feedback path to provide increased frequency stability. Inductor A9L3, across the SAWR, tunes out the

SAWR shunt capacitance. The oscillator tuned circuit consists of capacitors A9C4, C5, and inductors L4 and L6. This

tuned circuit ensures that the oscillator oscillates only on the proper overtone of the SAWR. A1though A9L4 is called the

LO FREQ adjustment, it is used to adjust for maximum LO output power and has only a slight effect on the output

frequency. Inductor A9L5 provides a dc path for base bias of buffer amplifier A9Q2. Diodes A9CRI and CR2 provide

temperature compensation for the 280 MHz oscillator and indirectly stabilize the CAL OUTPUT level. Power is taken out

of the oscillator through L6, which transforms the output to approximately 50 ohms at a level of 0 dBm. The output level

of the circuit is controlled by 3RD LO PWR adjustment A9RS, which sets the emitter current of A9Q1 and allows

adjustment f6r a 30 dBm 280 MHz front-panel CAL OUTPUT level. It is sometimes necessary to select a different value

for A9R4 to provide the proper third LO output level. Buffer amplifier A9Q2 provides isolation for the 280 MHz oscillator

and provides about 10 dB of power gain to the L port of balanced mixer U1. The buffer amplifier also provides the

proper output level to the front-panel CAL OUTPUT (by selecting A9R9) for a given balanced mixer input.

Balanced Mixer (Third Mixer)

The third LO 280 MHz input to the L port of the balanced mixer is approximately + 10 dBm. The level of the second IF

301.4 MHz input to the X port of the mixer is about 12 dBm or less. The third mixer output (Port R) is the 21.4 MHz

difference frequency produced by heterodyning the 301.4 MHz IF and the 280 MHz LO. The third mixer has a

conversion loss of about 7 dB.

Matching Filter

The output of the balanced mixer is applied to the matching filter which consists of A9L9, C10, C11, C12, and L10. The

matching filter is a 21.4 MHz bandpass filter which also serves as an impedance matching network. The circuit raises

the low input impedance of the 21.4 MHz amplifier (about 10 ohms) to match the higher output impedance of the

balanced mixer (about 50 ohms).

21.4 MHz Amplifier

The 21.4 MHz amplifier consists of A9Q3 in a common-emitter configuration and A9Q4 as an emitter follower. Transistor

A9Q3 employs resistor A9R12 and zener diode A9VR2 to furnish base bias and negative feedback for gain control and

stabilization. Resistor A9R12 is factory selected to provide the

8-57

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

proper gain of the Third Converter Assembly. Capacitor A9C14 is connected across A9VR2 to reduce zener noise. The

output of the 21.4 MHz amplifier looks into a voltage-controlled attenuator consisting of two PIN diodes, A9CR3 and

CR4, resistor A9R25, and the input impedance of the Bandwidth Filter No. 1 Assembly A11.

PIN Driver

The PIN diode resistance of A9CR3 and CR4 is controlled by the PIN driver A9Q5 and its associated circuitry. The base

of A9Q5 is the summing point for the frequency anA10g voltage from the Frequency Control Assembly A7 and a dc level

set by front-panel REF LEVEL CAL screwdriver adjustment A2R3. Setting the dc level by adjusting A2R3 calibrates the

8558B display at a given frequency, usually performed at 280 MHz. The frequency analog voltage is a dc level varying

from + 0.6 volts to + 6.7 volts as a function of frequency. This frequency anA10g voltage at the base of A9Q5

compensates for input mixer response. SLOPE COMP adjustment A9R1 sets the amount of compensation required for a

flat frequency response. The total current through the PIN diodes A9CR3 and CR4 is shaped by the emitter network of

A9Q5. This network provides a change in current through the PIN diodes to cause a change of PIN diode resistance.

The change in resistance is required to provide the proper log curve within an 8 dB range for the voltage-controlled

attenuator.

8-58

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A10 SECOND IF CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

General Description

The Second IF Assembly contains a bandpass amplifier which provides a gain of approximately 16 dB at 301.4 MHz. It

also contains a bandpass filter which provides further rejection of unwanted signals. The bandpass filter has a 3 dB loss,

giving the Second IF Assembly a net gain of approximately 13 dB at 301.4 MHz. The 301.4 MHz IF output signal is

coupled to Third Converter Assembly A9 by cable W7. This signal is the input to the X port of the balanced mixer on the

Third Converter Assembly.

Bandpass Amplifier

The bandpass amplifier consists of A10Q2 in a common-emitter configuration, and A10Q1 connected to control the base

drive and bias current of A10Q2. Capacitors A10C4, C5, C7, and C10 serve as decoupling for high frequencies. The

gain of the bandpass amplifier is set by the high frequency characteristics of A10Q2, R5, and the small amount of

inductance on the emitter connection of Q2. The emitter inductance is used to establish a 50 ohm input impedance and

to help stabilize the current gain of A10Q2. Resistor A10R5 in parallel with the output resistance of A10Q2 establishes

an output impedance of about 500 ohms. Components A10L2, C8, C9 and the collector capacitance (Cc) of Q2 form the

collector tank circuit (see Figure 8-24). This tank circuit determines the center frequency of the bandpass amplifier and

transforms the 500 ohm output impedance at the collector of A10Q1 down to 50 ohms. The output of the bandpass

amplifier flows from A10C9 through a 50 ohm microstrip transmission line (etched on the printed circuit board) to the

bandpass filter. The bandpass amplifier has a gain of about 16 dB from the base of A10Q2 to the 50 ohm output of

A10C9.

Bandpass Filter

The output of the bandpass amplifier passes through a 301.4 MHz bandpass filter. The bandpass filter is made up of

A10L3, L4, L5, C11, C12, C13, C14, C15 and adjustable piston-type capacitors A10C1, C2, and C3. Capacitors A10C11

and C15 are used to transform the bandpass filter input and output impedance to 50 ohms. Inductors A10L3, L4, and L5

are wound on a common coil form which provides mutual inductance coupling between filter sections. The bandpass

filter has an insertion loss of approximately 3 dB and 3 dB bandwidth of about 12 MHz.

Figure 8-24. Bandpass Amplifier Tank Circuit, Simplified Schematic

8-59

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-25. A9 Third Converter Assembly, and A10 Second IF Assembly, Component Locations

8-60

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-61 through 8-62

Model 8558B TM11-6625-3061-14

A11 BANDWIDTH FILTER NO. 1 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

General Description

Bandwidth Filter No. 1 operates at 21.4 MHz and is variable in bandwidth from 3 MHz to 1 kHz. The front-panel

RESOLUTION BW switch is used to select one of eight available bandwidth settings (3 MHz, 1 MHz, 300 kHz, 100 kHz,

30 kHz, 10 kHz, 3 kHz, or 1 kHz).

The narrower bandwidths (1 kHz through 30 kHz) are obtained from four synchronously tuned crystal filters; the four

wider bandwidths (100 kHz through 3 MHz), from four synchronously tuned LC tank circuits. The four stages of

bandwidth filters are on two similar printed-circuit boards, Bandwidth Filter No. 1 (A11) and Bandwidth Filter No. 2

(A13). Two LC tank circuits and two crystal filters are on each board. The four crystals in the two bandwidth assemblies

(A11Y1, A11Y2, A13Y1, and A13Y2) are a factory-selected matched set. If replacement of a Bandwidth Filter assembly

is necessary, the new board is shipped with two crystals installed. The other two crystals (which must be used to replace

the existing two crystals in the good Bandwidth Filter assembly) are packaged separately and shipped with the new

Bandwidth Filter board. In addition to the filter stages, each Bandwidth Filter provides 10 dB of gain in both LC and

crystal filter operation. (There is some gain in the "unity" gain buffer amplifiers.)

10 dB Input Buffer Amplifier

The 10 dB input buffer amplifier functions as a non-inverting operational amplifier.

In the crystal mode (bandwidths <30 kHz), the amplifier includes Q3. The biasing of the amplifier is independent of its ac

(21.4 MHz) operation but is very critical for its proper functioning. If a malfunction occurs, the dc bias should be checked

first.

In the LC mode (the four wider bandwidths), the BW5 line goes to + 14.8V and turns off current source Q3. The current

supplied by Q3 in the crystal mode is then supplied through CR1 and R13 from the BW5 line.

Unity Gain Buffer Amplifier

The unity gain buffer amplifier is the same as the 10 dB input buffer amplifier, except that it has a FET input (Q5) and is

connected for unity gain. The input is selected by the BW5 line from CR9 in the LC mode, or from CR8 in the crystal

mode.

In the crystal mode, the current through Q5 is determined by the difference between the current sourced by Q6 and that

sunk by Q7: about 4 mA. A significant deviation from this current should be reflected by the gate-to-source voltage of

Q5. The source should be at least 0.2V more positive than the gate, but not more than 1.5V more positive. If the

difference is less than 0.2V, the FET current is too high; if the difference is greater than 1.5V, the FET current is too low.

In either case the FET could also be defective. To determine

8-63

Model 8558B TM11-6625-3061-14

precisely the current through Q5, the difference between the current through R38 and that through R60 should be

subtracted from the current through R30. If the results are inconsistent, check the above mentioned resistors.

In LC mode of operation, current is supplied through R37 and CR19 from the BW5 line instead of through Q6. The

difference between the current through R37 and that through R30 yields the FET current.

Output Buffer Amplifier The output buffer amplifier is a complementary pair of transistors in which Q9 acts as a source

follower boosted by Q10. The current through FET Q9 is set by R53:

Vbe (Q10) .7V

IFET = ÷ ÷3 mA

196Ω196Ω

The total current through Q9 and Q10 is set by R54. The input is selected by the BW5 line from either CR16 in the LC

mode or CR15 in the crystal mode.

Crystal Filtering Circuits

The bandwidths 1 kHz, 3 kHz, 10 kHz, and 30 kHz are obtained by crystal filtering. The crystals are used in series

resonant mode and can be modeled as a series resonant circuit with a parallel capacitance:

The parallel capacitance (Co) and series resistance (Rs) are not desired and are compensated for in the circuit, resulting

in this simplified schematic of a single pole of crystal filtering:

PIN diode CR4 functions as a variable resistor at 21.4 MHz. As the resistance is lowered by increasing the current in the

BW6 line, the bandshape becomes narrower. The bandwidth of one pole widens to approximately 70 kHz when the PIN

is turned off completely at the 30 kHz BW setting. (For a four-pole filter, the bandwidth of each pole is about 2.3 times

the bandwidth of all four poles taken together. The bandwidth of two poles is about 1.5 times the bandwidth of all four

poles taken together).

A simplified schematic of a crystal pole, including compensation for Rx and Co in the crystal and input capacitance of the

buffer amplifier, is shown in Figure 8-27.

8-64

Model 8558B TM11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-27. Crystal Pole, Simplified Schematic

The SYM adjustment, C15, compensates for Co by producing a current (-11) that is equal to the current (11) through Co

of the crystal but opposite in phase. These currents cancel and nullify the effect of Co. The positive feedback from the

collector of Q3 generates a negative output resistance that cancels Rs of the crystal. This is approximated by resistor R6

in the 10 dB input buffer amplifier and by potentiometer R31 in the unity gain buffer amplifier.

The input capacitance of the buffer amplifier, the printed circuit board capacitance, the PIN capacitance, and the

centering (CTR) capacitor C25 are in parallel resonance with L7. These components have negligible effect on the band

shape and as long as C25 has sufficient range to 'dip' the bandshape, they can be ignored in analyzing the remainder of

the circuit.

PIN diode CR4 controls bandwidths from 1 kHz to 10 kHz. For the 30 kHz bandwidth, CR4 is back biased, and R23 sets

the bandwidth. If the 30 kHz bandwidth is much too narrow, even with CR4 back biased, the circuit may be loaded by a

bad buffer amplifier (Q5, Q7) or inverting amplifier (Q4). If the bandwidth is only slightly narrow, it may be widened by

padding R23. If the narrowest bandwidths (1 kHz or 3 kHz) have too little gain, and it cannot be increased enough by

R31, either the crystals have too high a series resistance (defective crystal); or the output resistance is not negative

enough (defective buffer amplifier or Q3).

Almost any defect in the Bandwidth Filter boards will result in a faulty dc bias condition in one of the three buffer

amplifiers on each board. The dc bias of each stage is less straightforward than ac (21.4 MHz) operation and should be

checked carefully.

8-65

Model 8558B TM11-6625-3061-14

LC Filtering Circuits

The two LC filtering circuits are used for the wider bandwidths (100 kHz through 3 MHz). They are similar in function; the

first LC pole circuit is described. A schematic of the simplified equivalent circuit is shown below:

The LC filter uses a metallized inductor L6 in parallel with three capacitors: C23 (LC CTR) for centering, C21 for

temperature compensation, and C20*. The parallel circuit is driven through PIN diode CR3, which functions as a variable

resistor. The BW7 line sets the current through CR3. Higher resistance results in narrower bandwidth. A simplified

schematic of the first LC pole circuit is shown in Figure 8-28.

Figure 8-28. LC Pole, Simplified Schematic

8-66

Model 8558B TM11-6625-3061-14

C73 and L5 tune out the capacitance of CR3. R19 sets the 100 kHz bandwidth when CR3 is back biased (i.e., highest

resistance). CR5 is controlled by the LC FEEDBACK pot R26 and compensates for losses in the parallel resonant circuit.

(In the second LC pole circuit, fixed resistor R56* replaces CR5.) Low gain in one of the poles in the 100 kHz bandwidth

is caused by:

1. The pole being centered at some frequency other than 21.4 MHz (a defective metallized inductor is most

common).

2. The Q of the pole being too low (not a common failure).

3. Insufficient feedback from the buffer amplifier.

4. Defective buffer amplifier is loading the circuit.

If the 100 kHz bandwidth amplitude is correct, but that of the 300 kHz bandwidth is too low, either C73 or C74 might not

be properly adjusted. If the 300 kHz amplitude is too high, the four LC poles are not tuned close enough to the same

frequency. In either case, refer to Section V, Adjustments.

8-67

Model 8558B TM11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-29. A11 Bandwidth Filter No. 1 Assembly, Component and Test Point Locations

8-68

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-69

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A12 STEP GAIN CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

General Description

The Step Gain Assembly contains three amplifier stages to provide a 0 to 50 dB amplification of the 21.4 MHz third IF

signal. The amplifier stages are selected by front panel REF LEVEL dBm switch A2S1. At the output of the final

amplifier is a two-section bandpass filter. In conjunction with the front panel REF LEVEL FINE control, the step gain

assembly also contains the circuitry for the 0 to 12 dB fine control for the reference level. A TEST/NORM switch is

available; in TEST position, tests are made at a low gain level.

0 - 12 dB Control

A minimum current flow through PIN diode A12CR3 (maximum allowable diode resistance) is established by the 12 dB

potentiometer, A12R6, so the diode is never completely cutoff. Adjustment of A12R6 sets the 0.3 dB point and is

adjusted with the REF LEVEL FINE control fully clockwise (-12 position).

The maximum current flow through the PIN diode is set by the 0 dB potentiometer, A12R5. A12R5 is adjusted to the

12.3 dB attenuation point with the REF LEVEL FINE control fully counterclockwise (0 position).

Transistors A12Q8 and A12Q9 are identical current sources. The maximum current is set by 0 dB adjustment A12R5 in

the common base circuit. Diode A12CR1 provides temperature compensation for the transistors.

A12Q8 provides current for a bias voltage applied to the anode of the PIN diode. The voltage source consists of A12R6,

A12R17, and A12CR2. Diode A12CR2 provides temperature compensation for the PIN diode. Inductance A12L5

isolates the current source from the RF signal.

A12Q9 provides current for a variable voltage source at the cathode of PIN diode A12CR3. A resistance is formed by

REF LEVEL FINE control R4 (shown on A2 schematic) and fixed resistor A12R9. The fixed 316K ohm resistor is used to

shape the value of potentiometer R4 to match the PIN diode resistance changes. The REF LEVEL FINE control varies

the voltage at the cathode of PIN diode A12CR3 and thus varies diode current flow. Regulating the current flow through

the PIN diode controls the amount of signal attenuation. For example, if PIN diode current flow is increased, more RF

signal is shunted or bypassed to ground. A12C12 provides the RF ground and also isolates from ground the variable dc

from the REF LEVEL FINE control. When the REF LEVEL FINE control is fully clockwise, the PIN diode is at minimum

conduction, and maximum signal is applied to the base of A12Q7. Conversely, when the REF LEVEL FINE control is

fully counterclockwise, the PIN diode is at maximum conduction and minimum signal is applied to A12Q7.

Step Gain Amplifiers

Buffer amplifier A12Q7 operates in an emitter-follower configuration and provides isolation between the 0 12 dB control

and the 10 dB amplifier.

The three step gain amplifiers can be considered as operational amplifiers. An equivalent circuit for the three stages is

shown in Figure 8-31. The gain for each amplifier is Av = Rf/Ri. The feedback resistance (Rf) for the 10 dB amplifier is

A12R26, 562 ohms; and for the 20 dB amplifiers it is A12R32 and A12R38, 750 ohms. The input resistance Ri is a

combination of a fixed series resistance (56.2 ohms) and the controlled resistance of the PIN diodes. The resistance of

the PIN diodes is approximatey 10 to 1000 ohms and increases as the forward bias current is decreased from 100 mA to

1 µA. Ri is approximately 260 ohms for the 10 dB amplifier and approximately 83 ohms for the 20 dB amplifiers.

8-71

Model 8558B TM11-6625-3061-14

Selection of the correct combination of step gain amplifiers is accomplished with front panel REF LEVEL dBm switch

A2S 1. Rotating the switch grounds the emitter circuit of the selected amplifier(s) allowing current to flow through the PIN

diode(s). The possible switch combinations allow the gain to vary from unity (all switches open) to 50 dB maximum gain

with all three emitter circuits grounded.

A TEST/NORM switch, A12S1, is included in the emitter paths of the 20 dB step gain amplifiers. In the TEST position,

the switch defeats the two 20 dB amplifier stages, providing a fixed 10 dB of gain for use when making LOG amplifier

adjustments.

Bandpass Filter

The output of the step-gain amplifiers is coupled through a two-section bandpass filter. The bandpass filter consists of

A12L9, A12L10, A12C24, and A12C25 and provides rejection of signals outside the region of 21.4 MHz.

+ 19.5V Regulator

The + 19.5V regulator consists of series regulator A12Q13, driver A12Q12, and reference amplifier A12Q10 and Q11.

Zener diode A12VR1 provides a +6.2V reference for the base of Q11. Q10 senses the + 19.5V output across resistors

A12R45, R46, and R7, the + 19.5V adjustment. Should the output voltage start to drop below + 19.5V, Q10 will start to

turn off. This will turn on Q11 which turns on Q12 and Q13, raising the output back to + 19.5V. L11 and C27 filter the +

19.5V output. C26 between the collector and emitter of Q 12 is used to stabilize the feedback gain at high frequencies.

Figure 8-31. Equivalent Circuit for Step Gain Amplifiers

8-72

8-73

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-32. A12 Step Gain Assembly, Component and Test Point Locations

8-74

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-75 through 8-76

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A13 BANDWIDTH FILTER NO. 2 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The Bandwidth Filter No. 2 Assembly is very similar to the Bandwidth Filter No. 1 Assembly A11, and corresponding

components have the same reference designators. The differences between the two board assemblies are as follows:

1. A13 has a limiting diode, CR18, connected between the input (P1-23) and ground; A11 does not.

2. The values of some resistors and capacitors in A13 are different from their counterparts in A11.

3. A13 has about 0.5 dB less gain than A11.

8-77

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-34. A13 Bandwidth Filter No. 2 Assembly, Component and Test Point Locations

8-78

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-79 through 8-80

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A14 LOG AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY, CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

General Description

The Log Amplifier Assembly provides the ability to display signals in either a linear mode or 70 dB LOG mode. It also

operates with the Step Gain Assembly A12 to provide the last 40 dB of step gain amplification of the 21.4 MHz IF signal.

The Log Amplifier Assembly has seven amplifier stages, with each stage capable of providing both linear and logarithmic

amplification. Following the amplifier stages, the amplified IF signal is detected to produce the vertical signal for the

display. An offset circuit, following the detector, is used-in the log mode to offset the vertical output in steps equivalent to

40 dB of IF gain.

Log Mode of Operation

The seven amplifier stages limit the gain in sequence to provide 70 dB of log amplification. Each stage consists of an

emitter follower used as a voltage source to drive a common-base amplifier whose gain decreases with increasing signal

level.

Log Amplifier Gain. The operation of the second stage is described. In the log mode of operation, Q24 (Gain Control

Lines circuit) is on, forward biasing the log diodes, CR10 and CR11, which are Schottky diodes with a forward bias

voltage of approximately 0.4V. The gain of the amplifier is set by the ratio of R52 to the total resistance RT between the

emitters of Q13 and Q8. An example of gain computation is shown in Figure 8-36 RT is at a minimum (approximately

150 ohms) for small signals when the ac signal current in log diodes CR10 and CR11 is small compared to their dc bias

current. As the ac signal level is increased, the ac signal current increases to the level of the dc bias current and RT

increases because of current limiting in the diodes.

The initial (maximum) gain of the stage (approximately 10 dB) is set by the dc bias current through the log diodes. The

bias current is controlled by the temperature variable -8VT supply at the emitter of Q24. The final (minimum) gain of the

stage (0 dB) is set by the circuit configuration (RT becomes very large) and can be set further by the adjustment of R39 -

10 dB.

Figure 8-36. Simplified Log Amplifier Stage

8-81

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Linear Mode of Operation

Linear Gain. In the linear mode, the limiting action of the log diodes is removed from the seven amplifier stages. The

operation of the second stage is described. Q24 is turned off, and the dc bias current through log diodes CR10 and

CR11 is zero. With zero dc bias current the total resistance, RT, is maximum and the stage gain is approximately unity

(0 dB). (See Figure 8-26.)

In the sixth and seventh stages, an alternate signal path is used to set the gain at about 5 dB per stage. The purpose of

this fixed gain is to scale properly between the log and linear modes. These stages are activated by the -8VT from the

AMPLITUDE SCALE switch through R34 (LIN), R93, and R101, and finally through the cathodes of CR25 and CR28.

The combined gain of the two stages is adjusted with R34 (LIN), which controls the dc bias current in the PIN diodes.

Step Gain Operation

The Log Amplifier Board Assembly provides 40 dB of step gain in 10 dB steps. This gain, combined with 50 dB of step

gain from Step Gain Assembly A12, will produce up to 90 dB of total step gain. The amount of step gain is selected by

the front panel REFERENCE LEVEL switch (A2A1S1). The control lines from A2AiS1, IFG4, IFG5, and IFG6, control the

step gain on the Log Amplifier Board Assembly.

Step Gain When in Log Mode. When in log mode, control lines IFG4, IFG5, and IFG6 route + 15V to the Log Offset

circuit through R24, R25, and R26. This forward biases diodes CR32, CR33, and CR31. The Log Offset circuit provide

10, 20, 30, or 40 dB of step gain, depending on the state of the control lines. (See Log Offset circuit description.)

Step Gain When in Linear Mode. In linear mode, amplifier stages 2, 3, 4, and 5, are used to provide 40 dB of step gain

in 10 dB steps. In linear mode, the LOG/LIN line is at -8VT, Q24 is off, and the log diodes are normally off. Each

amplifier stage has unity gain (0 dB). The control lines, IFG4, IFG5, and IFG6 are used to forward bias the log diodes,

thus changing the gain of the amplifier stages from 0 dB to 10 dB. The state of the control lines determine which of

stages 2, 3, 4, or 5 has a gain of 10 dB.

For example, with INPUT ATTEN at 0 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL dBm at -60, -8VT is routed through A2A1S2 and

A2A1S1 to the IFG4 control line to forward bias CR22. The fifth amplifier stage gain changes from 0 dB to 10 dB,

providing 10 dB of step gain.

Resistors R33, R30, and R27 may be adjusted to set the step gains of stages 5, 4, and 3 and 2, respectively.

Log Mode Temperature Controlled Variable Gain Amplifier

LOG/LIN Relationship. In linear mode, when approximately 700 mVrms (+ 10 dBm) is applied to the input of the log

amplifier, the voltage at the output of stage 7 (TP5) is about 1.5 Vrms. With the same input signal in log mode, the

output at TP5 is about 2.0 Vrms. To maintain equal relationship with maximum input signal (trace at the top of the

display) the output in log mode must be attenuated. This attenuation is achieved through the use of variable gain

amplifier Q7, whose gain is determined by the ratio of its collector load to its emitter load.

Variable Gain Amplifier. In linear mode, the LOG/LIN control line is at -8VT. This forward biases CR4 and causes the

output of U2B (TP1) to go to approximately + 15V. CR29 is reverse biased, and the gain of the variable gain amplifier is

R104/R105 (100/316), or approximately 0.3. In log mode, the LOG/LIN control line is at + 15V, which reverse biases

CR4. The output of U2B is now approximately + 0.45V. CR29 is forward biased and has an ac resistance of about 100

ohms, which is in parallel with the 100-ohm R104, so the collector load of Q7 is 50 ohms. The gain is 50/316, or 0.15.

This gain depends upon the resistance of CR29, which is set by SLOPE adjustment R23.

8-82

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Detector and Buffer Amplifier

The signal output of Q7 is applied to the base of Q6, which converts voltage variations into current variations. Q5 is the

current driver for the detector. Q4, a half-wave rectifier, is biased just below cutoff by CR1. When the input signal is

positive, Q4 is in conduction but is cut off during the negative transistion. The detector output is routed to a low-pass filter

and a X2 buffer amplifier, Q21 and Q22, to provide the video output.

Log Offset

The last 40 dB of log step gain is produced in this circuit. When this gain is used, there is already a full 50 dB of gain in

the Step Gain Assembly, so the noise of the analyzer is amplified into the log range of the Log Amplifier Assembly. This

makes further amplificiation unnecessary since any signal below the log range of the Log Amplifer Assembly would be

buried in the noise. The output of the detector can then be offset in 100-mV steps corresponding to 10 dB of IF

amplification. This offset is provided by Q23 operating as a stepped current source into R115. With the AMPLITUDE

SCALE switch in one of the LOG/DIV positions, + 15V is routed throuh the closed contacts of the REFERENCE LEVEL

dBm switch to the IF gain control lines IFG4, IFG5, and IFG6. With an IF gain control line connected to + 15V, a log-shift

diode (CR31, CR32, or CR33) is forward biased, and this bias current, determined by R123, R124, or R125, flows into the

emitter of current source Q23. IFG4 and IFG5 each provides 10 dB (100 mV) of log offset gain and IFG6 provides 20 dB

(200 mV). The LOG GAIN adjustment R121 sets the operating point of Q23 for 100-mV steps.

Temperature Compensation Power Supply

Temperature compensation is provided for the - 8VT and + 1V regulators. CR2 and CR4 operate as the temperature-

sensing element. Temperature variations cause diode voltage changes that are amplified by U1A for the - 8VT supply

and by U2B for the + 1V supply. The - 8VT supply provides bias current for the Schottky diodes in the LOG mode. In

the linear mode, the - 8VT supply provides bias current for CR12, CR15, CR19, CR22, CR25, and CR28. The + 1V

supply provides bias current for CR29.

+11 V Regulated Power Supply

A precise 5.4V reference voltage VR1 is provided for the + 11V Regulator. This reference voltage is applied to the

positive input of U1B. R5 and R6 set the gain of U1B to 2.1. The output at TP2 is 2.1 x 5.4, or 11.3V. Q1 acts as an

emitter follower and provides the current drive for the + 11 V supply.

8-83

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-37. A14 Log Amplifier Assembly, Component Locations

8-84

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-85 through 8-88

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A15 VERTICAL DRIVER AND BLANKING CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

General Description

The Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly provides a preamplifier circuit to amplify the detected and filtered video from

the log amplifier. The video signal needed to trigger the sweep generator in INT mode is picked off at the preamplifier.

A vertical driver (differential amplifier) converts the signal to drive the vertical deflection plates (push-pull output).

The blanking and pen lift drive signals are also generated on assembly A15.

Preamplifier

The detected and filtered video input (0V to 0.8V) from the Log Amplifier Assembly A14 is applied to the gate of

A15Q17A. A15Q17, Q11, Q12, and Q18 make up a differential amplifier. The gate of Q17A is the noninverting input

and the gate of Q17B is the inverting input. The output at the emitter of A15Q18 is feedback applied to the gate of Q17B

through voltage divider A15R11, R12, and R13. The voltage gain of the preamplifier is 1 + R11/R12 + R13 = 10. With

an input voltage range of 0V to 0.8V, the maximum signal measured at the output of A15Q18 (TP5) would be 8V. (This

signal coupled through A15R17 is the trigger voltage for INT mode.) A buffer amplifier consisting of A15U2A, U2B, and

Q20 provides isolation between the preamplifier and vertical driver. A15U2D and Q13 are current sources to bias the

differential amplifier.

The vertical deflection sensitivity of the following vertical driver is 0.8V for full-scale deflection. Since a maximum

possible signal of 8V is available from the preamplifier, to obtain the correct signal amplitude, a divide-by-10 and an

offset circuit are used.

10 dB/DIV and LIN. The preamplifier output is divided by 10 when LOG/LIN switch A2S2 is in either LIN or 10 dB/DIV.

With LIN or 10 dB/DIV selected, + 15V is applied to the Expand line, back biasing A15CR1, and turning A15Q19 on.

Also A15CR2 is on and CR3 is back biased. With A15Q19 on, a voltage divider consisting of A15R18, R20, and Q19

divides the preamplifier output by 10.

1 dB/DIV. With 1 dB/DIV selected, the Expand line is open and A15Q19 is held off by A15CR1 and R22. The divide-by-

10 circuit is disabled and the full 8-volt preamp voltage is available. Since only the 0.8V peak can be displayed, the

signal to the buffer amplifier is offset by -7.2 volts as follows: A current source A15U2C is on, drawing current through

A15CR3 and R18. The voltage drop across R18 is set for 7.2V, so the 8V input is shifted -7.2V below ground. When the

signal goes below ground (OV), A15CR4 conducts and clamps the signal at -0.6V. The 1 dB OFFSET adjustment,

A15R1, sets the current for the correct voltage shift.

-5.5V Temperature Compensated Supply

The -5.5V temperature-compensated supply controls four current sources: A15U2D, Q13, U2C, and Q15. The

temperature-sensing element, A15U2E (connected as a diode), tracks the base-emitter temperature changes of the

current-source transistors.

Vertical Driver

The vertical driver-is a differential amplifier that consists of A15Q2, Q3, Q6, Q7, and Q14 with Q15 as the current source.

(See Figure 8-39.) The 0V to 0.8V vertical signal from the output of the preamplifier is converted to a push-pull signal to

drive the CRT vertical deflection plates. A15Q14 is a dual transistor used as the input stage to the Vertical Driver circuit.

The reference input level at the base of A15Q14A is set by the VERT POSN control, A2R6. The gain of the vertical

driver is set by the voltage divider consisting of A15R34, R42, and VERT GAIN control A2R7. The transistor pairs

A15Q2/Q6 and A15Q3/Q7 are current-to-voltage amplifiers and are driven by the current from the collectors of A15Q14A

and B respectively. Diodes A15CR5 through CR8 protect the bases of A15Q2, Q3, Q6, and Q7 to prevent them from

8-89

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

being driven more negative than approximately 0.6V (the voltage drop across a diode). The resistors A15R44 and R52

decouple the capacitive load of the CRT plates from the emitters of A15Q2 and Q3, preventing overshoot and ringing in

the vertical driver. A15Q21, CR11, and CR12 provide vertical driver input switching for normalizer compatibility. When

the normalizer is not connected, pull-up resistor A15R56 places the cathode of A15CR11 at + 15V, preventing CR11

from conducting. A15Q21 is turned on so the input to the vertical driver is from the output of the preamplifier. When the

normalizer is connected and in the BYPASS mode, the L NORM line at A15J3 is high (+ 12V) preventing A15CR11 from

conducting. When the normalizer is operating, the L NORM line is pulled low (- 12V) causing A15CR11 to conduct.

A15Q21 is turned off by the negative voltage at the gate, switching the vertical driver input to the normalizer output (Y

NORM).

Blanking OR

Normally A15Q4 is off placing a low at the base of A15Q9 and turning it on. A15Q4 requires a positive voltage or about

1 mA to turn on and cut Q9 off. A high into the OR circuit provides a high blanking output (0V) to the mainframe. There

are four conditions that cause blanking of the sweep. (See Figure 8-40.) When the normalizer is not connected, pull-up

resistor A15R56 places the cathode of A15CR12 at + 15V, preventing CR12 from conducting. When the normalizer is

connected and in the bypass mode, the L NORM line at A15J3 is high (+12V) keeping A15CR12 from conducting. When

the normalizer is operating, the L NORM line is pulled low (-12V) causing A15CR12 to conduct. With A15CR12

conducting, the output of the blanking OR is held at a negative voltage level, inhibiting blanking from the 8558B.

Vertical/Baseline Comparator

The vertical/baseline comparator circuit consists of A15Q16 and Q8. The baseline clipping reference voltage is set by

front panel BASELINE CLIPPER control A2R2 which varies the base voltage of A15Q16. The vertical preamplifier output

signal is applied to the base of A15Q8. The signal voltage at the base of A15Q8 is compared to the dc reference on

Q16. When the signal voltage becomes more negative than the reference, Q8 turns on and the high input to its base

turns A15Q4 on, blanking the display.

Sweep Ramp High/Low Limit Comparator

Operational amplifier A15Q1A and Q1B is connected to form a comparator circuit. A voltage divider made up of A15R6,

R7, and R8 establishes a high and low voltage reference at UIA pin 2 and U1B pin 5. The switching limits are

approximately + 0.6V at U1B pin 5 (low frequency blanking) and +6.8V at U1A pin 2 (high frequency blanking). The

signal to the other inputs of the comparator is the frequency analog voltage from the YIG main coil swept driver. The

frequency analog input voltage is proportional to the instantaneous frequency to which the analyzer is tuned and sweeps

from 0.7V to 6.7V as the analyzer tunes from 0 to 1500 MHz. If the YIG tuning voltage at U1B pin 6 goes below 0.6V,

the output of U1B rises to about + 14V. This turns on A15Q4 and blanks the display. If the YIG tuning voltage at U1A

pin 2 rises above 6.8V, the output of U1A rises to about + 14V turning on A15Q4. Blanking of the display occurs

whenever the analyzer is swept below about - 30 MHz or above about 1600 MHz.

Pen Lift Driver

The display is blanked during retrace and the dead time of the sweep voltage. The Retrace Blanking input from A8Q9 in

the sweep generator circuit is applied to the emitter of buffer amplifier A15Q1. When the sweep ramp is turned off (dead

time), the Retrace Blanking signal rises to + 10V. The + 10V connected to the base of A15Q4 produces the blanking

output. The same + 10V Retrace Blanking input is applied to the base of A15Q5, turning Q5 on and Q10 off. The

collector of A15Q10 then rises to + 15V. A15Q10 provides a signal that can be used to drive the Pen Lift input on an X-Y

recorder. This signal causes the pen to lift during the analyzer sweep retrace and dead time. Breakdown diodes A15VR2

and VR3 suppress the high positive and negative voltage transients that some X-Y recorder pen lift coils can generate.

8-90

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-39. Simplified Vertical Driver Circuit

8-91

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-40. Simplified Blanking Circuit

8-92

8-93

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-41. A15 Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly, Component and Test Point Locations

8-94

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-95 through 8-100

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

A17 INVERTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

+5V Power Supply

Inverter Assembly A17 is a single transformer inverter with A17Q1 and Q2 operating as a 22 kHz squarewave oscillator.

Diodes A17CR1 and CR2 prevent the transistors from base-emitter reverse breakdown. Positive feedback to sustain the

oscillation is taken from the transistor base tickler winding of T1. A17R1* provides current to the base of Q2 to start

oscillations when the -12.6V supply is first turned on. The voltage at the collectors of A17Q1 and Q2 is a -12V to +12V

square wave. Diodes A17CR5, CR6, CR7, and CR8 are connected as a full-wave rectifier, receiving ac power from 6V

taps on either side of the grounded center tap. The rectified dc is filtered by A17L6, L7, L8, C5, and C6. The filtered

output voltage is +5V and powers DPM Driver Assembly A1A2. A17VR1, a 6.19V zener, provides protection for the DPM

Driver in case of excessive or reverse voltage.

+20.5V Power Supply

The oscillating current between the collectors of A17Q1 and Q2 through the primary winding of T1 induces a voltage in

the secondary of T1. Diodes CR3 and CR4 full-wave rectify this voltage, which is then filtered by A17L3, L4, L5, C3, and

C4. The dc output voltage, approximately +5.5V, is added to the +15V supply to obtain a + 20.5V supply

8-101

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-45. A17 Inverter Assembly, Component Locations

8-102

TM 11-1247-B

THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION.

PAGES

8-103 through 8-106

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY A2 DISASSEMBLY AND REPAIR

Tools and Materials Required

Description HP Part Number Check Digit

No. 2 Spline (Bristol) Wrench 8710-0055 0

Long No.4 Hex (Allen) Wrench 5020-0288 5

Long No. 6 Hex (Allen) Wrench 5020-0289 6

13/64-inch Open-end Wrench 8710-0946 8

5/16-inch Open-end Wrench 8720-0015 3

3/8-inch Open-end Wrench 8720-0016 4

1/2-inch Open-end Wrench 8720-0025 5

5/8-inch Open-end Wrench 8720-0010 8

1/4-inch Nut Driver 8720-0002 8

5/16-inch Nut Driver 8720-0003 9

3/8-inch Nut Driver 8720-0005 1

1/2-inch Nut Driver (end covered with heatshrink tubing) 8720-0007 3

9/16-inch Nut Driver (drilled out, end covered with

heatshrink tubing) 8720-0008 4

Pozi-driv Screwdriver 8710-0899 0

Long-nose Pliers 8710-0030 1

Wire Cutters 87100012 9

Instrument Grease 6040-0584 7

Tiewraps 1400-0249 0

Small Brush (for Grease Application) 8520-0015 9

Isoproply Alcohol/Distilled Water Mixture

(50%-50%, for use as cleaning solvent)

REMOVAL OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY FROM HP 8558B CHASSIS

1. Turn HP 8558B upside down on a flat work surface.

NOTE

Numbers in parentheses match the numerical callouts on Figure 6-3, Front Switch

Assembly (exploded view), in Section VI. Unless otherwise indicated, all other

illustrations referenced in these procedures follow the last procedural step.

2. Use a 9/16-inch nut driver (drilled out, if necessary, to fit over front panel BNC connectors, and covered with

heatshrink tubing or tape to avoid scratching enameled front panel) to remove two dress nuts holding 1 ST LO

OUTPUT and CAL OUTPUT connectors to front panel.

3. Use a 5/16-inch open-end wrench to carefully disconnect semi-rigid Cable W14 from RF Input Limiter U1 (cable

connects Limiter to Input Attenuator A3).

4. Cut plastic tiewrap holding brown CAL OUTPUT Cable W8 to Front Switch Standoff (69).

5. Disconnect 50-conductor Ribbon Cable A2A1W3 (53) from Motherboard Assembly A16.

8-107

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

6. Turn HP 8558B right-side up, with front panel facing you.

7. Disconnect 14-conductor Ribbon Cable A2AlWl (52) from DPM Driver Assembly A1A2. Fold cable up away from

board.

8. Remove the four Screws (19) attaching DPM Driver Assembly A1A2 to DPM Mounting Brackets (20, 21).

9. Disconnect four wires (0, 916, 918, 923) from upper right corner of Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 (next to

FREQUENCY ZERO potentiometer).

10. Remove the four screws attaching Front Switch Diecast (1) to left and right side gussets. Remove Front Switch

Assembly A2, with Front Panel and RF Input Attenuator A3, from HP 8558B chassis and set chassis to one side.

DISASSEMBLY OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

NOTE

It is not necessary to remove front panel, all connectors, and all knobs to service

Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 (steps 11-24).

11. Remove the following front panel knobs using a no. 4 hex (Allen) wrench: FINE TUNE, COARSE TUNE,

RESOLUTION BW, FREQ SPAN/DIV, REF LEVEL FINE, and REFERENCE LEVEL (including Index Disc,

Retaining Clip, Nylon Spacer Washer(s), Conical Spring, and Input Attenuator pointer).

12. Remove VIDEO FILTER and BASELINE CLIPPER knobs using a no. 2 spline (Bristol) wrench.

13. Remove dress nut on FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton using a 13/64-inch open-end wrench.

14. Remove front panel hex nut and lockwasher on Coarse Tune Bushing (42) using a 1/2-inch nut driver (covered

with heatshrink tubing or tape to avoid scratching enameled front panel).

15. Remove Retaining Clip (25) from RESOLUTION BW Shaft (61).

16. Place Front Switch Assembly on flat working surface with remaining knobs face-down and lock mechanism

facing you. Prop sides of switch assembly to allow knobs and shafts to clear working surface (be careful not to

scratch front panel enamel).

17. Loosen hex nut attaching RF Input Cable Assembly W1 to Front Switch Assembly using a 5/8-inch open-end

wrench (Options 001 and 002: Loosen front panel dress nut with special 9/16-inch nut driver). Carefully

disconnect input cable assembly from RF Input Attenuator A3 using a 5/16-inch open-end wrench. Remove input

cable assembly from Front Switch Assembly.

18. Remove Screw (19) and Washer (56) attaching Attenuator Bracket (55) to Front Switch Diecast (1). Remove RF

Input Attenuator A3 from Front Switch Assembly.

19. Disassembly of REFERENCE LEVEL Switch:

a. Cut tiewrap holding REF LEVEL FINE wires to Standoff (69).

b. Remove the three Screws (54) attaching Ref Level Fine Pot Plate (75) to Standoffs (69).

c. Remove Index Disc Locator and Ref Level Fine Assembly (35, 36, and 71 through 76) from Front Switch

Assembly (set to one side, without detaching wires).

8-108

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

d. Remove three Standoffs (69) used to support Ref Level Fine Pot Plate (75). Use a no. 6 hex wrench to loosen

the two set screws on Miter Gear (57) attached to Attenuator Shaft Assembly (17); then remove Miter Gear from

shaft.

e. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to loosen Rotating Lockout (70) attached to Ref Level Shaft (6), and remove lockout

from shaft. Remove Ref Level Detent (68) from Front Switch Assembly. Be careful to keep Ball Bearing (10)

and Spring (11) with Ref Level Rotor (67).

f. Remove the three Studs (59) used to support Ref Level Detent (68).

g. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to loosen the two set screws on front Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly (7) (between Front

Switch Board A2A1 and Front Switch Diecast (1) on Ref Level Shaft (6); accessible from side of Front Switch

Assembly). Remove Ref Level Rotor (67) and Ref Level Shaft (6) with rear Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly (7)

still attached.

NOTE

Rear Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly (7) on Ref Level Shaft (6) is preset at 9.525

mm (03 in.) from end of shaft (see Figure 848A). Do not remove drive hub unless

necessary for repair.

20. Disassembly of RESOLUTION BW Switch.

a. Use a 1/4-inch Nut Driver to remove two Hex Nuts (22) attaching Bandwidth Switch Board (66) to Front Switch

Assembly, and set board to one side (without detaching wires).

b. Remove Rotor Spacer (64) and Bandwidth Rotor (63). Be careful to keep Ball Bearings (10) and Springs (62)

with rotor.

c. Remove Bandwidth Shaft (61), with rear Drive Hub (14) still attached, from Front Switch Assembly.

NOTE

Rear Drive Hub (14) on Bandwidth Shaft (61) is preset flush with collar on shaft

(see Figure 848B). Do not remove drive hub unless necessary for repair.

d. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to loosen the two screws on Coupling Hub (60) attached to Frequency Span Shaft (9),

and remove hub from shaft.

e. Remove the two Studs (59) used to support Bandwidth Switch Board (66). Remove Bandwidth Detent (58) from

Front Switch Assembly.

21. Disconnect Probe Power wires (0, 92, 97) from Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1.

22. Remove Screw (23) and Spacer (24) attaching Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 to Front Switch Diecast (1)

above DPM Display.

23. Remove the three remaining Screws (54, not shown in Figure 6-3) attaching Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1

to Front Switch Diecast (1).

24. Twist the left side of Front Switch Board Assembly A2Al down approximately 1/8-inch to provide clearance from

Front Switch Diecast support arm (upper left corner). Lift Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 from Front Switch

Diecast (1) and set aside.

8-109

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

25. Removal of Rotor Assemblies:

a. Remove Attenuator Drive Rotor (8), front Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly (7), and Attenuator Shaft Assembly (17)

from Front Switch Diecast (1), and set these parts aside.

b. Remove Frequency Span Rotor (13) with associated parts (9-12, 14-16) from Front Switch Diecast (1), and set

aside. Be careful to keep Ball Bearings (10) and Springs (11) with Frequency Span Rotor (13).

NOTE

Drive Hub (14) on Frequency Span Shaft (9) is preset at 12.954 mm (0.510 in.) from

end of shaft (see Figure 848C). Do not remove drive hub from shaft unless

necessary for repair.

c. Remove SWEEP TRIGGER, MANUAL SWEEP, and SWEEP TIME/DIV knobs using a no. 4 hex wrench.

d. Remove both remaining rotor assemblies from Front Switch Diecast (1), and set aside. Be careful to keep Ball

Bearings (10) and Springs (27) with their respective rotors.

26. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to loosen the two set screws in Lock Knob. Remove Lock Knob.

27. Use a 5/16-inch nut driver to remove the two nuts attaching front panel to Front Switch Diecast (1). Remove

front panel from Front Switch Diecast.

28. Disassembly of Lock:

a. Press Locking Link (5) into Front Switch Diecast (1) to release pressure on Dowel Pin (4). Remove Dowel Pin

through cutout in Front Switch Diecast. (Individual parts are identified in Figure 8-50.)

b. Remove Locking Link (5), Locking Shaft (3), and Lock Spring (2) from Front Switch Diecast.

CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. All switch contacts must be totally clean and grease-free for proper operation. Use a 50-50 mixture of isopropyl

alcohol and distilled water to thoroughly clean switch rotor contacts and Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1.

Avoid touching contacts with fingers.

2. Inspect for bent or damaged shafts, worn or broken contacts, weak or broken springs, rough feeling

potentiometers, cracked castings, and damaged PC boards. Check for signs of corrosion or rust. Replace any

suspect parts.

3. A special Instrument Grease, (see list of Tools and Materials at beginning of these procedures) is recommended

exclusively for use during switch reassembly. Lubrication is essential for proper operation of switches and lock.

A small brush is recommended for applying the Instrument Grease.

CAUTION

Misapplied grease might cause intermittent switch connections. Utmost care

must be taken during reassembly to avoid excessive application of grease and

contamination of switch contacts. Avoid getting grease on fingers.

8-110

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

ASSEMBLY OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. Assembly of Lock:

a. Lightly grease Locking Shaft (3) and insert into Front Switch Diecast (1). Lightly grease bearing surfaces of

Locking Link (5).

b. Insert Lock Spring (2) into Front Switch Diecast (1). Press Locking Link (5) fully into Front Switch Diecast and

insert Dowel Pin (4) through access cutout (left side of lock boss) to hold lock mechanism in place. Check for

correct lock operation.

CAUTION

Pressed-in mounting studs on front panel will break if overtightened.

2. Use a 5/16-inch nut driver and two hex nuts to carefully install front panel (with pushbutton bezels and DPM

window installed) on Front Switch Diecast (1).

3. Use a no. 4 hex (Allen) wrench to install lock knob on Locking Shaft (3). Base of Lock Knob should clear front

panel when Locking Shaft is pushed in.

4. Installation of Rotor Assemblies:

a. Lightly grease all switch rotor detent holes on back of Front Switch Diecast (1).

b. Place Front Switch Assembly on flat working surface with front panel face-down and lock mechanism facing you.

Prop sides of switch assembly to provide clearance for knobs and shafts during assembly (be careful not to

scratch front panel enamel).

c. Inspect SWEEP TRIGGER rotor assembly (10, 12, 27-31). Stop Arm (30) and Horseshoe Spring (31) are held in

position by Push-on Retainer (29) and should move smoothly without binding (see Figure 849A). Roll Pins (12)

should be positioned in hole 7 and hole 18 on SWEEP TRIGGER Rotor (28). Check that Spring (27) and Ball

Bearing (10) are in position.

d. Lightly grease long side of SWEEP TRIGGER Shaft (28) and insert SWEEP TRIGGER rotor assembly into left-

most bushing in Front Switch Diecast (1). Position rotor so that Ball Bearing (10) aligns with stop boss on left

side of Front Switch Diecast (see Figure 8-51).

e. Inspect SWEEP TIME/DIV rotor assembly (10, 25-28), Figure 8-49B. MANUAL SWEEP Shaft (26) should be

lightly greased and should turn freely inside SWEEP TIME/DIV Shaft (28). Check that Spring (27) and Ball

Bearing (10) are in position. Note that there are no roll pins inserted in the SWEEP TIME/DIV Rotor (28).

f. Lightly grease long side of SWEEP TIME/DIV Shaft (28) and insert SWEEP TIME/DIV rotor assembly into next

bushing in Front Switch Diecast (1) (see Figure 8-51).

g. Inspect FREQ SPAN/DIV rotor assembly (9-16). If Drive Hub (14) has been loosened or removed from

Frequency Span Shaft (9), refer to Figure 8-49C for correct dimensions for adjustment. Roll Pins (12) should be

positioned in hole 1 and hole 16 on Frequency Span Rotor (13), as shown in Figure 849C. Slotted Bushing (15),

Hairpin Spring (16), and Frequency Span Shaft must be lightly greased where they contact each other for proper

operation of push-pull mechanism. Check that Springs (11), Ball Bearings (10), Slotted Bushing, and Hairpin

Spring are in correct position.

8-111

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

h.Lightly grease long side of Frequency Span Shaft (9) and insert FREQ SPAN/DIV rotor assembly (9-16) into next

bushing in Front Switch Diecast (I). Position FREQ SPAN/DIV rotor assembly so that stop boss on Front Switch

Diecast does not fall within small span between Roll Pins (12), as shown in Figure 8-51.

i.Inspect Attenuator Drive Rotor (8). Roll Pins (12) should be positioned in hole 1 and hole 9, as shown in Figure

8-49D.

j.Inspect front Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly (7). Note that pin is offset to one side of drive hub; place drive hub

over right-most bushing in Front Switch Diecast (1) with this side down (i.e., pin as close as possible to Front

Switch Diecast) for proper switch operation.

NOTE

Correct side of front Anticrush Drive Hub (7) must be oriented towards Front

Switch Diecast (1) for proper operation of Front Switch Assembly.

k.Set Attenuator Drive Rotor (8) over Anticrush Drive Hub (7) with Attenuator Drive Rotor gear facing up. Long pin

on Attenuator Drive Rotor should protrude through curved slot in diecast.

l.Lightly grease gear end of Attenuator Shaft Assembly (17) and insert into Front Switch Diecast (1) as shown in

Figure 8-51 Place metal Washer (18) on shaft.

m.Clean contact fingers on all rotors using lint-free cloth and isopropyl alcohol/distilled water mixture. All rotors

should be in proper position as shown in Figure 8-51

5. Installation of Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1:

a.Inspect Front Switch Board Assembly. Check switch traces for dirt, grease, or wear. Check interconnect wires,

solder joints, pushbutton switches, and ribbon cables (52, 53).

b.Clean switch traces using lint-free cloth and isopropyl alcohol/distilled water mixture. No residue should be

visible on traces.

c.Use a 1/4-inch nut driver to tighten Hex Nuts (22) and Screws (19) fastening DPM Mounting Brackets (20, 21) to

Front Switch Board Assembly.

d.Use a 3/8-inch open-end wrench to tighten Hex Nut (36) and Lockwasher (35) attaching FREQUENCY ZERO

Potentiometer (37) to Front Switch Board Assembly. Use a no. 2 spline (Bristol) wrench to install FREQUENCY

ZERO Knob (34).

e.Use a 3/8-inch open-end wrench to tighten Hex Nut (36) and Lockwasher (35) attaching VIDEO FILTER

Potentiometer (39) and metal Washer (38) to Front Switch Board Assembly.

f.Use a 1/2-inch open-end wrench to tighten inner Hex Nut (32) and Washer (33) attaching Dual Tune Pot

assembly (25, 32, 33, 40-51, 77) to Front Switch Board Assembly. Note that Roll Pin (12) aligns with hole in

switch board to locate Dual Pot Bracket (45); Washer (33) between bracket and switch board is critical to proper

switch operation. See Figure 8-52 for front view of assembled switch board.

g.Check Dual Tune Pot assembly for smooth operation and proper gear meshing; disassemble and lightly grease

shafts if necessary. Install second Hex Nut (32) mid-way onto Coarse Tune Shaft Bushing (42).

h.Set Front Switch Board Assembly into place on partially-assembled Front Switch Assembly and use a Stud (59)

on right-most side of switch assembly to loosely fasten switch board to Front Switch Diecast (1).

8-112

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

i.With one Stud (59) in place but not tight, twist left side of Front Switch Board Assembly up approximately 1/8-

inch to fasten switch board under Front Switch Diecast support arm (upper left corner) and align switch shafts.

j.Loosely install the three remaining Screws (54, not shown in Figure 6-3) used to fasten Front Switch Board

Assembly to Front Switch Diecast (1).

k.Use a no. 4 hex wrench to temporarily install SWEEP TRIGGER, SWEEP TIME/DIV, MANUAL SWEEP, and

FREQ SPAN/DIV knobs. Insert FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton through front panel and fasten with dress nut.

Use a 13/64-inch open-end wrench to tighten nut to front panel.

CAUTION

Do not overtighten screws and studs into Front Switch Diecast (1).

l.Tighten Stud (59) and left-most Screw (54) attaching Front Switch Board Assembly to Front Switch Diecast (1).

Check all switch rotors for smooth, free switch action. Readjust position of Front Switch Board Assembly as

necessary for proper switch action.

m.Install Screw (23) and Spacer (24) used to attach Front Switch Board Assembly to Front Switch Diecast (1)

above DPM Display.

n.Tighten the two remaining Screws (54) attaching Front Switch Board Assembly to Front Switch Diecast (1).

o.Recheck all switch rotors for smooth, free switch action and readjust Front Switch Assembly as necessary.

p.Connect PROBE POWER wires (0, 92, 97) to respective pins on Front Switch Board Assembly.

6. Assembly of RESOLUTION BW Switch:

a.Place Coupler Hub (60) on Frequency Span Shaft (9) with pin facing up (away from Front Switch Assembly). Do

not tighten Coupler Hub at this time.

b.Center Bandwidth Detent (58) over Coupler Hub (60) with stop tab towards top of Front Switch Assembly, and

fasten to Front Switch Assembly using two Studs (59).

c.If Drive Hub (14) has been removed or loosened from Bandwidth Shaft (61), refer to Figure 8-48B for proper

adjustment. Lightly grease narrow end of Bandwidth Shaft (61) and detent holes on Bandwidth Detent (58).

Insert Bandwidth Shaft (61) through Frequency Span Shaft (9).

d.Inspect RESOLUTION BW Rotor (63). Roll Pins (12) should be positioned in hole 1 and hole 18 as shown in

Figure 8-49E. Check that Springs (62) and Ball Bearings (10) are in position.

e.Place RESOLUTION BW Rotor (63) onto Bandwidth Shaft (61). Position RESOLUTION BW Rotor assembly so

that stop tab does not fall within small span between Roll Pins (12).

f.Place Rotor Spacer (64) onto RESOLUTION BW Rotor (63).

g.Clean contract fingers on RESOLUTION BW Rotor and switch traces on Bandwidth Switch Board (66) using lint-

free cloth and isopropyl alcohol/distilled water mixture.

h.Use a 1/4-inch nut driver to fasten Bandwidth Switch Board (66) to Front Switch Assembly with two Hex Nuts

(22). End of Bandwidth Shaft (61) must not bind against hole in board. Align MANUAL SWEEP Shaft (26) with

MANUAL SWEEP Potentiometer (65) by turning MANUAL SWEEP knob clockwise until shaft engages with

MANUAL SWEEP Potentiometer.

8-113

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

NOTE

Depth of MANUAL SWEEP Shaft (26) can be adjusted if necessary by carefully tapping

SWEEPTIME/DIV Shaft (28) farther into the white plastic rotor.

i. Turn Front Switch Assembly over and remove FREQ SPAN/DIV knob using a no. 4 hex wrench.

j. Install Retainer Clip (25) on Bandwidth Shaft (61).

k. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to temporarily install FREQ SPAN/DIV and RESOLUTION BW knobs.

l. Pull and turn FREQ SPAN/DIV Knob until a set screw is visible on Coupling Hub (60). Push FREQ SPAN/DIV

knob in and out to align pin on Coupling Hub with slots in Bandwidth Rotor (63). With FREQ SPAN/DIV knob

pushed in and Coupling Hub flush against Bandwidth Rotor (pin aligned), tighten set screw using a no. 4 hex

wrench. Turn FREQ SPAN/DIV knob until second set screw is visible, and tighten second set screw.

m. Push FREQ SPAN/DIV knob in and out while observing Bandwidth Rotor (63). Bandwidth Rotor will not move if

Coupling Hub (60) is properly aligned. Readjust Coupling Hub as necessary for proper operation.

7. Assembly of REFERENCE LEVEL Switch:

a. Install remaining two Studs (59) on Front Switch Assembly. Check that all screws and studs have been

tightened.

b. If rear Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly (7) has been loosened or removed from Ref Level Shaft (6), refer to Figure

8-48A for correct dimensions for adjustment.

c. Inspect Ref Level Rotor (67). Roll Pins (12) should be positioned in hole 1 and hole 9, as shown in Figure 849F.

Check that Spring (11) and Ball Bearing (10) are in position. Insert Ref Level Shaft (6) through Ref Level Rotor

so that rear Anticrush Drive Hub (7) seats properly into rotor.

d. Lightly grease long end of Ref Level Shaft (6) and insert through Front Switch Board Assembly A2Al, Attenuator

Drive Rotor (8), front Anticrush Drive Hub (7), and bushing in Front Switch Diecast (1).

e. Lightly grease detent holes on flat side of Ref Level Detent (68). Mount detent on three Studs (59) and fasten

tightly with three Standoffs (69).

CAUTION

Hollow Ref Level Shaft (6) might be damaged if set screws in Rotating Lockout

(70) are tightened excessively.

f. Place Rotating Lockout (70) on Ref Level Shaft (6) with teeth flat against Ref Level Detent (68). Lockout teeth

should be aligned to miss pin on Ref Level Detent when Ref Level Shaft is pushed in (switch in any detent

position). With Ref Level Shaft fully extended from front panel, use a no. 4 hex wrench to tighten Rotating

Lockout.

g. Push Ref Level Shaft (6) in and out and check for smooth mechanical feel and proper Rotating Lockout (70)

alignment. Rotating Lockout should not bind against Ref Level Detent (68) and should allow Ref Level Shaft to

turn smoothly between detent positions. Adjust Rotating Lockout as necessary for proper operation.

8-114

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

h. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to lightly tighten one set screw in front Anticrush Drive Hub (7) visible between

Attenuator Drive Rotor (8) and Front Switch Diecast (1).

i. Turn Attenuator Drive Rotor (8) so that long pin (for Input Attenuator pointer) is at bottom of Front Switch Diecast

(1). Hold Attenuator Drive Rotor in position and push in on Ref Level Shaft (6) to align front Anticrush Drive Hub

(7).

j. Push Ref Level Shaft (6) in and out while observing Ref Level Rotor (67) and Attenuator Drive Rotor (8). Rotors

will not move when front Anticrush Drive Hub (7) is properly adjusted.

k. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to firmly tighten both set screws in front Anticrush Drive Hub (7). Recheck Ref Level

Shaft (6) as in step j, and readjust front Anticrush Drive Hub as necessary.

l. Slip Miter Gear (57) over Attenuator Shaft Assembly (17). Do not tighten at this time.

m. Inspect Ref Level Fine Assembly (35, 36, 72-76). Ref Level Fine Shaft (72) should turn smoothly. Check Ref

Level Fine Potentiometer (76) and connecting wires for good electrical connections. Lightly grease Ref Level

Fine Shaft and hollow Index Disc Locator (71) shaft.

n. Install Index Disc Locator (71) on Front Switch Assembly. Hole in locator bar rides over left-most Standoff (69)

used to support Ref Leve Fine Pot Plate (75). Install Ref Level Fine Assembly (35, 36, 72-76) on Front Switch

Assembly with three Screws (54). Connecting wires should be routed as shown in Figure 8-53. Ref Level Fine

Shaft (72) should turn smoothly without binding over its full rotation. Adjust position of Ref Level Fine Pot Plate

as necessary.

o. Use a new tiewrap to attach Ref Level Fine connecting wires to Standoff (69) as shown in Figure 8-53.

8. Installation of RF Input Attenuator A3:

a. Mount RF Input Attenuator to Attenuator Bracket (55) using two Screws (53). Check all eight attenuator positions

by hand for proper detent action and smooth operation. Leave attenuator in full counter-clockwise position.

b. Slide Miter Gear (57) to end of Attenuator Shaft Assembly (17) against Ref Level Fine Pot Plate (75). Set

Attenuator Assembly in place on Front Switch Assembly, with notch in Attenuator Bracket (55) lightly greased

and aligned with Attenuator Shaft Assembly. Use Washer (56) and Screw (19) to fasten Attenuator Bracket to

lower left corner of Front Switch Diecast (1). (Do not tighten Miter Gear at this time.)

c. Insert RF Input Cable Assembly W1 through front panel and loosely attach with hex nut. Carefully connect cable

assembly to RF Input Attenuator using a 5/16-inch open-end wrench. Tighten cable assembly to front panel

using a 5/8-inch open-end wrench (Options 001 and 002: use special 9/16-inch nut driver to tighten front panel

dress nut).

NOTE

Front-panel control knobs and their attaching parts are identified in Figure 6-2.

Numbers in parentheses match numerical callouts on Figure 6-3.

9. Installation of Knobs:

a. Turn SWEEP TRIGGER Shaft (28) fully clockwise (as seen from front of Front Switch Assembly) to

spring4oaded SINGLE position and release. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to install SWEEP TRIGGER knob with

SINGLE line aligned with painted arrow on front panel. Check for proper switch operation and alignment.

8-115

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

b. Turn SWEEP TIME/DIV Shaft (28) to align Ball Bearing (10) on SWEEP TIME/DIV Rotor with left-most edge of

stop boss on Front Switch Diecast (1). This positions SWEEP TIME/DIV Rotor with Ball Bearing slightly right of

12 o'clock position (as seen from front of Front Panel Assembly). Use a no. 4 hex wrench to lightly tighten

SWEEP TIME/DIV knob onto SWEEP TIME/DIV Shaft with approximate center of green AUTO position aligned

with painted arrow on front panel. Turn SWEEP TIME/DIV knob to any calibrated sweep time position and align

knob markings exactly with painted arrow on front panel. Tighten SWEEP TIME/DIV knob and check for proper

switch operation and alignment.

c. Uncouple RESOLUTION BW Shaft (61) from FREQ SPAN/DIV Shaft (9) by pulling both shafts out. Turn each

shaft fully clockwise. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to install FREQ SPAN/DIV knob with 100 MHz indicated, checking

that the plastic indicator guide on back of knob does not completely bottom into hole in Front Switch Diecast (1).

Install RESOLUTION BW Knob with 3 MHz indicated. Check for proper operation and alignment of both

switches. Push-pull action should be smooth and positive.

d. Set nylon shim washer(s) and Index Disc (see Figure 6-2) in place on REFERENCE LEVEL knob to check for

proper shim width. Nylon washers should shim Index Disc slightly away from labelled ring on REFERENCE

LEVEL knob to prevent rubbing against painted numbers. Add or remove shim washers as necessary to provide

slight clearance.

e. Turn Attenuator Drive Rotor (8) fully counter-clockwise so that Input Attenuator Pointer guide pin (P/O 8) is at

bottom of front panel. Turn Ref Level Shaft (6) fully clockwise. Place plastic Input Attenuator Pointer over guide

pin (pointer should indicate 70 dB). Place large end of conical spring against Input Attenuator Pointer and slide

REFERENCE LEVEL knob, nylon washer(s), and Index Disc (from step d) onto Ref Level Shaft, securing with

retainer clip.

f. Use a no. 6 hex wrench to adjust Miter Gears (57) for alignment of Input Attenuator Pointer with 70 dB front

panel label and proper gear mesh (Input Attenuator A3 still in full counter-clockwise position).

g. Turn REFERENCE LEVEL knob to indicate level of CAL OUTPUT signal (i.e., -30 dB; Option 002: +20 dBm V)

and tighten knob securely with a no. 4 hex wrench. Check for proper operation and alignment of REFERENCE

LEVEL and INPUT ATTEN controls, and readjust knob, gears, and Rotating Lockout (70) as necessary.

Reference Level should range from -10 dBm to -100 dBm with 0 dB INPUT ATTEN selected (Option 002: +40

dBm V to -50 dBm).

h. Turn REF LEVEL FINE Shaft (72) fully counter-clockwise and use a no. 4 hex wrench to install REF LEVEL

FINE knob with 0 dB indicated. Check for proper operation and alignment and readjust knob as necessary.

i. Turn BASELINE CLIPPER Shaft and VIDEO FILTER Shaft (39) fully counter-clockwise and use a no. 2 spline

wrench to install BASELINE CLIPPER and VIDEO FILTER knobs in OFF position. Check for proper operation

and alignment and readjust as necessary.

j. Loosely tighten second Hex Nut (32) on Coarse Tune Bushing (42) against Front Switch Diecast (1). Install front

panel nut and washer on Coarse Tune Bushing and tighten with special 1/2-inch nut driver.

k. Use a no. 4 hex wrench to install COARSE TUNE and FINE TUNE knobs. Base of COARSE TUNE knob should

clear front panel. Check for proper operation of TUNING control.

8-116

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

INSTALLATION OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY INTO HP 8558B CHASSIS

10. Set Front Switch Assembly into place in chassis, being careful not to bend semi-rigid cables or pinch wires or

ribbon cables. Attach Front Switch Diecast (1) to left and right side gussets with four screws.

11. Connect four wires (0, 916, 918, 923) to correspondingly4abelled pins in upper right corner of Front Switch Board

A2A1.

12. Attach DPM Driver Assembly A1A2 to DPM Mounting Brackets (20, 21) with four Screws (19).

13. Connect 14-conductor Ribbon Cable A2A1W1 (52) to DPM Driver Assembly A1A2.

14. Connect 50-conductor Ribbon Cable A2A1 W2 (53) to Motherboard Assembly A16.

15. Use a 5/16-inch open-end wrench to carefully connect Semi-rigid Cable W14 to RF Input Limiter U1.

16. Use special 9/16-inch nut driver to install CAL OUTPUT and 1ST LO OUTPUT connectors to front panel with two

dress nuts.

17. Attach brown CAL OUTPUT Cable W8 to Front Switch Standoff (69) with tiewrap.

18. Slide HP 8558B into display mainframe, turn instrument ON, and verify proper operation of all controls.

8-117

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-48. Shaft Assemblies

8-118

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-49. Rotor Assemblies

8-119

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-50. Machined Parts

Figure 8-51. Proper Positioning of Rotors on Front Switch Diecast

8-120

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-52. Front View of Switchboard Assembly A2A1

Figure 8-53. Rear View of Front Switch Assembly A2

8-121/8-122(blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

APPENDIX A

REFERENCES

DA Pam 310-1 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms.

DA Pam 738-750 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).

TM 750-244-2 Procedures for Destruction of Electronics Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use (Electronics

Command).

TM 11-6625-3061-24P Organizational, Direct Support, and General Support Maintenance, Repair Parts and Special

Tools List, and Maintenance Allocation Chart for Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett-Packard Model

8558B

A-1/(A-2 blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

APPENDIX B

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM LIST

Section I. INTRODUCTION

B-1. Scope

The appendix lists integral components of and basic issue items for Spectrum Analyzer, HP Model 8558B to help you

inventory items required for safe and efficient operation.

B-2. General

This Components of End Item List is divided into the-following sections:

a.Section II. Integral Components of the End Item. These items, when assembled, comprise the Spectrum

Analyzer, HP Model 8558B and must accompany it whenever it is transferred or turned in. The illustrations referenced

will help you in identify these items.

b.Section III. Basic Issue Items. Not applicable.

B-3. Explanation of Columns

a.Illustration. This column is divided as follows:

(1)Figure number. Indicates the figure number of the illustration on which item is shown.

(2)Item number. The number used to identify item called out in the illustration.

b.National Stock Number. Indicates the National Stock Number assigned to the item and which will be used for

requisitioning.

c. Description. Indicated the Federal item name and, if required, a minimum description to identify the item. The

part number indicated the primary number used by the manufacturer, which controls the design and characteristics of the

item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or

range of items. Following the part number, the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers (FSCM) is shown in parentheses.

d.Location. The physical location of each item listed is given in the column. The lists are designed to inventory all

items in one

B-1

TM 11-6625-3061-14

area of the major item before moving in to an adjacent area.

e.Usable on Code. Not applicable.

f.Quantity Required (Qty Reqd). This column lists the quantity of each item required for a complete major item.

g.Quantity. This column is left blank for use during the inventory. Under the Rcvd column, list the quantity you

actually receive on your major item. The Date columns are for your use when you inventory the major item.

B-2

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Section II. INTEGRAL COMPONENTS OF END ITEM

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

ILLUSTRATION QUANTITY

(A) (B) NATIONAL DESCRIPTION USUABLE

FIG.ITEM STOCK ON QTY

NO. NO. NUMBER PART NUMBER CAGE LOCATION CODE REQD RCVDDATE

SPECTRUM ANALYZER,

HP MODEL 8558B 28480

B-3

TM 11-6625-3061-14

APPENDIX D

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION

Section I. INTRODUCTION

D-1. General

This appendix provides a summary of the maintenance operations for Spectrum Analyzer, HP Model 8558B. It

authorizes categories of maintenance for specific maintenance function on repairable items and components and the

tools and equipment required to perform each function. This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance

operations.

D-2. Maintenance Function

Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows:

a.Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical

characteristics with established standards through examination.

b.Test. To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or electrical

characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.

c.Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition; ie., to clean

(decontaminate), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, or compressed air

supplies.

d.Adjust. To maintain, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or setting the operating

characteristics to specified parameters.

e.Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.

f.Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted in instruments or test measuring

and diagnostics equip-

D-1

TM 11-6625-3061-14

ments use in precision measurement. Consists of comparison of two instruments, one in which is a certified standard of

known accuracy of the instrument being compared.

g.Install. The act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position an item, part, module (component or assembly) in a

manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment or system.

h.Replace. The act of substituting a serviceable like type part, subassembly, or module (component or assembly)

for an unserviceable counterpart.

i. Repair. The application of maintenance services (inspect, test, service, adjust, aline, calibrate, replace) or other

maintenance actions (welding, grinding, riveting, staightening, facing, remachining, or resurfacing) to restore

serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module

(component or assembly), end item, or system. This function does not include the trial and error replacement of running

spare type items such as fuses, lamps, or electron tubes.

j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) necessary to restore an item to a completely

serviceable/operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards (.i..e., DMWR) in appropriate technical

publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not

normally return an item to like new condition.

k.Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like

new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel

maintenance applied to Army equipment.

The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours, miles, etc.) considered in

classifying Army equipments/components.

D-3. Column Entries

a.Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists group numbers, the purpose of which is to indentify components,

assemblies, subassemblies,

D-2

TM 11-6625-3061-14

and modules with the next higher assembly.

b.Column 2, Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the noun names of components, assemblies,

subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized,

c.Column 3, Maintenance Functions. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed column 2.

When items are listed without maintenance functions, it is solely for purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC

and RPSTL coincide.

d.Column 4, Maintenance Category. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a "work time" figure in the appropriate

subcolumn(s), the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3. This figure

represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance. If the

number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories,

appropriate "work time" figures will be shown for each category. The number of task-hours specified by the "work time"

figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, components, module, end item

or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time,

troubleshooting time, and quality assurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific

tasks indentified for the maintenance function authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. Subcolumns of column 4

are as follows:

C - Operator/Crew

O - Organizational

F - Direct Support

H - General Support

D - Depot

e.Columns 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies by code, those common tools sets (not individual tools)

and special tools, test, and support equipment required to perform the designated function.

f.Column 6, Remarks. Column 6 contains as alphabetic code which leads to the remark in section IV, Remarks,

which is pertinent

D-3

TM 11-6625-3061-14

to the item opposite the particular code.

D-4. Tool and Test Equipment Requirements (Sec III)

a.Tool and Test Equipment Reference Code. The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the

tools and equipment column of the MAC. The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the

maintenance functions.

b.Maintenance Category. The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allocated the tool or test

equipment.

c.Nomenclature. This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test functions.

d.National/NATO Stock Number. This column lists the National/NATO Stock Number of the specific tool or test

equipment.

e.Tool number. This column lists the manufacturer's part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code

for manufacturers (5 digit) in parentheses.

D-5. Remarks (Sec IV)

a.Reference Code. This code refers to the appropriate item in section II, column 6.

b.Remarks. This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to clarify items appearing in

section II.

D-4

TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION II MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

FOR

SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP8558B

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

GROUP MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE LEVEL TOOLS AND

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY FUNCTION COFH D EQUIPMENT REMARKS

00 SPECTRUM ANALYZER Inspect 0.1

HP8558B Test 3.0 1-20 B

MTBF= 10,000 Hrs Test 3.0

Adjust 0.3 6A

Calibrate 9.2 1,3-25 B

Replace 0.1

Repair 10. 1,2,6- B,C,E

20,22- D

Repair 10.

01 FRONT SWITCH ASSY Inspect 0.1

08558-60100 Test 1.0

A2 Replace 0.3 6

Repair 4.0

0101 SWITCH BOARD ASSY Inspect 0.1

08558-60160 Test 1.0

A2A1 Replace 03 6

Repair 4.0

02 FIRST CONVERTER Inspect 0.1

08558-60004 Test 1.0

A4 Replace 0.3 6

Repair 4.0

03 SECOND CONVERTER Inspect 0.1

08558-60097 Test 1.0

AS Replace 0.3 6

Repair 4.0

04 THIRD CONVERTER Inspect 0.1

08558-60154 Test 1.0

A9 Replace 0.3 6

Repair 4.0

05 BW FILTER NO. 1 Inspect 0.1

08559-60058 Test 1.0

All Replace 0.3 6

Repair 4.0

06 BW FILTER NO. 2 Inspect 0.1

08558-6019 Test 1.0

A13 Replace 0.3 6

Repair 4.0

07 LOG AMPLIFIER ASSY Inspect 0.1

5061-5411 Test 1.0 6

A14 Replace 0.3 6

Repair 4.0

08 MOTHERBOARD ASSY Inspect 0.1

08558-65159 Test 2.0 6

A16 Replace 0.5 6

Repair 4.0

DRSEL-MA Form 6031,(1 Jul 76) HISA-FM 2314-79

D-5

TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION III. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

FOR

SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP8558B

TOOL OR TESTMAINTENANCE NATIONAL/NATO TOOL

EQUIPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STOCK NUMBER NUMBER

REF CODE

1 H TRACKING GENERATOR HP8444A 6625-00-185-4802

2 H FUNCTION GENERATOR HP3310A 6625-01-028-4989

3 H POWER SPLITTER HP11667A 6625-01-017-2713

4 H 10 dB ATTENUATOR HP8491A 5985-00-128-0195

5 H 50 ohm TERMINATOR HP908A

6 F,H TOOL KIT, ELEC EQUIP TK-105/G 5180-00-610-8177

7 H TUNING TOOL 08555-60107

8 H ALINEMENT TOOL, MET TIP 8710-0630 5120-01-080-7650

9 H ALINEMENT TOOL, PLASTIC 8710-0033 1005-00-634-8012

10 H DISPLAY MAINFRAME HP181T

11 H FREQUENCY COUNTER HP5342A 6625-01-103-2958

12 H DIGITAL VOLTMETER HP3455A 6625-01-874-1000

13 H POWER METER HP435A 6625-00-449-9167

14 H POWER SENSOR HP8482A

15 H AMPLIFIER HP8447D 6625-01-065-0305

16 H SIGNAL GENERATOR HP8460 6625-00-318-6304

17 H COMB GENERATOR HP8406A 6625-00-937-3525

18 H 300 MHz LP FILTER TPL300-4AB

19 H STEP ATTENUATOR HP355C 5985-00-525-5074

20 H STEP ATTENUATOR HP355D 5985-00-957-1860

21 H SWEEP OSCILLATOR HP8350A

22 H RF PLUGIN HP83522A

23 H TIME COUNTER HP5308A 6625-01-022-6231

24 H OSCILLOSCOPE HP1741A 6625-01-058-0139

25 H CRYSTAL DETECTOR HP423B 6625-01-035-0626

26 H SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP141T 6625-00-424-4370

27 H BOARD PULLER 03950-4001

28 H EXTENDER BOARD, 6 PIN 08559-60042

29 H EXTENDER BOARD, 10 PIN 85680-60028 6625-01-137-2674

30 H EXTENDER BOARD, 22 PIN 08565-60107

31 H EXTENDER CABLE ASSY 5060-0303 5995-01-036-2960

D-6

TM 11-6625-3061-14

SECTION IV. REMARKS

SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP8558B

REFERENCE REMARKS

CODE

AAdjustments made when combining units with other subassemblies in display frame.

BTest, repair, and calibrate by USATSG at general support.

CSubassemblies A3, A6, A7, A8, A10, A12, A15, A17 and W1 through W6 are throw-aways.

DRepair consists of replacement of subassemblies and mainframe components as required.

EA1is not a replaceable subassembly and has no part number.

D-7/(D-8 blank

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

JOHN A. WICKHAM JR.

General, United States Army

Official: Chief of Staff

MILDRED E. HEDBERG

Brigadier General, United States Army

The Adjutant General

Distribution:

To be distributed in accordance with special list.

*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1986-612-069

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

FRONT PANEL FEATURES

1. VERTICAL POSN: Adjusts vertical

position of CRT trace.

2. VERTICAL GAIN: Adjusts deflection

circuit gain for amplitude scale calibration

of CRT display.

3. FREQUENCY CAL: Removes tuning

hysteresis from first LO (YIG oscillator).

Should be pressed before calibration and

whenever TUNING (22) is changed by

more than 50 MHz.

4. FREQUENCY ZERO: Adjusts

FREQUENCY MHz (20) readout for

calibration on LO feedthrough.

5. BASELINE CLIPPER: Blanks variable

lower portion of CRT display. Prevents

CRT blooming with a variable persistence

storage display mainframe (i.e.

181T/TR).

6. VIDEO FILTER: Post-detection low-pass

filter smooths CRT trace by averaging

random noise. Filter bandwidth scaled by

resolution bandwidth (15) setting. MAX

(detent) position selects 1.5 Hz bandwidth

for maximum noise averaging and noise

level measurements. MAX VIDEO

FILTER should not be used for CW signal

analysis.

7. SWEEP Indicator: Remains lit during

each sweep.

8. SWEEP TRIGGER: Selects sweep trigger

mode.

VIDEO: Sweep triggered on internal

post-detection video waveform. One-

half major division of vertical deflection

(noise, AM signal, etc.) required to

trigger sweep. Normally used with 0

(zero) frequency span for time-domain

analysis.

LINE: Sweep triggered at ac line

frequency.

FREE RUN: End of each sweep triggers

new sweep.

SINGLE: Single sweep triggered or

reset by turning SWEEP TRIGGER

clockwise momentarily.

9. 1st LO OUTPUT: 50-ohm BNC output

provides 2.05-3.55 GHz first LO signal at

approximately + 10 dBm. Terminate with

50ohm load when not in use.

10. INPUT 50f: Precision type N (female)

signal input connector with 50-ohm input

impedance.

Options 001 and 002: INPUT 75f- 75-ohm

BNC (female) signal input connector.

CAUTION

50-ohm BNC connectors might

cause damage if used directly with

Option 001 and 002 75-ohm BNC

INPUT and CAL OUTPUT

connectors.

11. SWEEP TIME/DIV: Selects time required

to sweep one major horizontal division on

CRT.

AUTO: Automatically selects fastest

allowable sweep time as a function of

FREQ SPAN/DIV (13), RESOLUTION

BW (15), and VIDEO FILTER (6)

settings to maintain display amplitude

calibration. AUTO operation retained

with FREQ SPAN/DIV and

RESOLUTION BW controls uncoupled.

TIME/DIV: Selects calibrated sweep

time; used primarily with 0 (Zero)

frequency span for time-domain

analysis of modulation waveforms.

Display amplitude calibration not

automatically guaranteed for other

frequency spans.

MAN: Enables manual frequency scan

using MAN SWEEP knob.

12. PROBE POWER: Provides power for

high-impedance active probes such as the

HP 1121A. (See Section I of HP 8558B

Operation and Service Manual for details

regarding use with Options 001 and 002.)

13. FREQ SPAN/DIV: Selects CRT horizontal

axis frequency calibration.

MHz/DIV

kHz/DIV: Selects desired frequency

span. Alignment of OPTIMUM

markings (><) selects optimum

resolution bandwidth (15).

0 (Zero Span): Spectrum analyzer

operates as a manually-tuned receiver,

at frequency indicated by FREQUENCY

MHz readout, for time-domain display of

signal modulation. 16 calibrated sweep

times selectable with SWEEP TIME/DIV

control (11).

14. REF LEVEL CAL: Adjusts spectrum

analyzer RF gain to calibrate top CRT

graticule line for absolute amplitude

measurements.

15. RESOLUTION BW: Selects spectrum

analyzer 3-dB bandwidth. Alignment of

OPTIMUM markings ( > < ) automatically

selects optimum resolution bandwidth for

any frequency span. Control pushed in to

couple mechanically with FREQ

SPAN/DIV.

16. CAL OUTPUT: BNC output provides 280

MHz, -30 dBm calibration signal from 50f

output impedance.

Option 001: 280 MHz, -30 dBm calibration

signal from 759 output impedance.

Option 002: 280 MHz, + 20 dBmV

calibration signal from 752 output

impedance.

CAUTION

50-ohm BNC connectors might

cause damage if used directly with

Option 001 and 002 75-ohm BNC

INPUT and CAL OUTPUT

connectors.

17. 10 dB/DIV - dB/DIV - LIN (Amplitude

Scale): Selects CRT vertical axis

amplitude calibration (logarithmic or linear

scale). Reference Level remains constant

at top CRT graticule line.

18. REFERENCE LEVEL: Adjusts' power

level (in dBm or dBmV) represented |by

top CRT graticule line. Large outer knob

provides adjustment in calibrated 10-dB

steps; FINE vernier provides 12 dB of

continuous adjustment.

19. INPUT ATTEN: Selects desired RF input

attenuation, indicated by blue numbers

(push and turn).

20. FREQUENCY MHz: Displays spectrum

analyzer start or center frequency.

Automatically ranges at approximately

195 MHz for increased resolution at lower

frequencies.

21. START-CENTER: Selects mode of

FREQUENCY MHz (20) readout.

22. TUNING: Adjusts spectrum analyzer start

or center frequency. Coarse tuning is

provided by large knob; smaller knob

provides FINE tuning.

180-Series Display Mainframes

23. CALIBRATOR (180TR, 182T): Provides 1

kHz square wave at two amplitudes: 250

mV and 10V p-p (not used with spectrum

analyzer).

24. Ground Connection (180TR, 182T):

Provides chassis ground connection point.

25. SCALE (180TR, 182T): Adjusts CRT

graticule illumination.

26. TRACE ALIGN: Adjusts CRT trace

alignment with horizontal graticule lines.

27. FOCUS: Adjusts CRT trace sharpness.

28. ASTIG: Adjusts CRT spot shape.

29. INTENSITY: Adjusts CRT trace intensity.

30. FIND BEAM: Intensifies trace and forces

on-screen display (normally not used with

spectrum analyzer).

31. HORIZONTAL POSITION: Single knob

provides coarse and fine horizontal

adjustment of CRT trace.

32. MAGNIFIER: Selects horizontal

deflection factor (normally left in X1 position).

33. DISPLAY: Selects CRT sweep source

(normally left in INT position).

34. EXT VERNIER: Provides continuous

deflection factor adjustment for external CRT

sweep signals. In CAL detent position,

deflection factor is selected by MAGNIFIER

(32) control (normally not used with spectrum

analyzer).

35. EXT COUPLING: Selects EXT INPUT

(36) ac or dc coupling (normally not used with

spectrum analyzer).

36. EXT INPUT: BNC input for external CRT

sweep signal (normally not used with

spectrum analyzer).

NOTE

HORIZONTAL EXT INPUT does not

sweep the spectrum analyzer first

LO. Analyzer should be set to 0

(zero) FREQ SPANIDIV, AUTO

TIMEIDIV, and SINGLE SWEEP

TRIGGER- when operated with an

external horizontal input.

37. Switch with indicator light for turning

power ON and OFF.

NOTE

See Appendix A for details

regarding HP 181TITR Variable

Persistence Storage Display

Mainframes.

HP 8558B Front Panel, Option 001

HP 8558B Front Panel, Option 002

Figure 3-1. HP 8558B Installed in HP 182T Display Mainframe

3-5

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

REAR PANEL FEATURES

1. P1 Connector: Connects spectrum analyzer plug-in to display mainframe.

2. HORIZ GAIN: Allows ± 1/2 major division of horizontal gain adjustment to

calibrate spectrum analyzer plug-in with display mainframe.

3. AUX A Vertical Output: BNC output provides detected video signal from a

50-ohm output impedance. Typical 0-800 mV range corresponds to full

8-division display deflection.

4. AUX B PENLIFT/BLANKING OUTPUT: BNC output provides a + 15V

penlift/blanking signal from a 10K-ohm output impedance when CRT trace

is blanked. Otherwise, output is low at 0V (low impedance, 150 mA max.)

for an unblanked trace.

5. AUX C 21.4 MHz IF OUTPUT: BNC output provides 21.4 MHz IF signal

(linearly related to spectrum analyzer RF input) from a 50-ohm

output impedance. Output bandwidth controlled by spectrum analyzer

RESOLUTION BW setting; output amplitude controlled by INPUT ATTEN,

REFERENCE LEVEL FINE, and first six REFERENCE LEVEL positions

(i.e., with 0 dB input attenuation, - 10 through -60 dBm; for Option 002, +

40 through - 10 dBmV).

6. AUX D Horizontal Output: BNC output provides horizontal sweep voltage

from a 5Kohm output impedance. -5V to + 5V range corresponds to full

10-division display deflection.

7. Z-Axis Input: BNC input with a 5K-ohm impedance allows external

modulation of CRT trace intensity. Approximately + 2V blanks normal-

intensity trace; negative voltage increases trace intensity. Maximum

input voltage ± 20 Vdc.

8. NORMALIZER INTER-CONN (180TR/182T): Provides connections for HP

8750A Storage Normalizer.

Figure 3-2. Rear Panel Controls and Connectors (1 of 2)

3-6

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

MECHANICAL CHASSIS PARTS

NOTE

COMPLETE FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLIES (LISTED

BELOW) INCLUDE A2 FRONT SWITCH ASSY,

PANEL, ALL KNOBS, & PROBE POWER INPUT, CAL

OUTPUT, AND LO OUTPUT CABLES

08558-60161 5 1 FRONT PANEL ASSY (STD.) 28480 08558-60161

08558-60164 8 FRONT PANEL ASSY (OPT. 001) 28480 08558-60164

08558-60165 9 1 FRONT PANEL ASSY (OPT. 002) 28480 08558-60165

1 08558-00114 2 1 PANEL-FRONT (STD.) 28480 08558-00114

1 08558-00121 1 1 PANEL-FRONT (OPT.001) 28480 08558-00121

1 08558-00122 2 1 PANEL-FRONT (OPT.002) 28480 08558-00122

2 08558-00116 4 1 SIDE GUSSET (LEFT) 28480 08558-00116

3 08558-00115 3 1 SIDE GUSSET (RIGHT) 28480 08558-00115

4 08558-00003 8 1 PANEL (REAR) 28480 08558-00003

5 5061-5426 9 1 GUIDE RAIL (TOP) 28480 5061-5426

6 08565-20093 7 4 EXTRUSION, CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE, TAPPED 28480 08565-20093

7 08558-20037 0 1 EXTRUSION, END PLATE ENCLOSURE 28480 08558-20037

8 08558-20036 9 4 EXTRUSION, CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE, TAPPED 28480 08558-20036

9 08565-20051 7 1 EXTRUSION, CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE 28480 08565-20051

10 08558-20038 1 1 EXTRUSION, ENCLOSURE DIVIDER 28480 08558-20038

11 08565-20096 0 8 EXTRUSION, CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE, TAPPED 28480 08565-20096

12 5021-3229 2 1 WINDOW, FREQ. DISPLAY (GLUED TO 1) 28480 5021-3229

13 08558-00030 1 1 INSULATOR-GUIDE RAIL (BOTTOM) 28480 08558-00030

14 08558-20164 4 1 GUIDE RAIL (BOTTOM) 28480 08558-20164

15 08557-60045 3 1 CABLE ASSY (W10) VERTICAL OUTPUT 28480 08557-60045

16 2200-0165 6 2 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0165

17 2360-0194 9 4 SCREW-MACH 6-32 .312-IN-LG 100 DEG 28480 2360-0194

18 2200-0104 3 6 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0104

19 2360-0201 9 2 SCREW-MACH 6-32 .5-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2360-0201

20 0624-0099 1 81 SCREW-TPG 4-40 .375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 0624-0099

21 0624-0206 2 1 SCREW-TPG 6-32 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 0624-0206

22 2200-0103 2 12 SCREW-MACH 440 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0103

23 2360-0115 4 3 SCREW-MACH 6-32 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2360-0115

24 2200-0170 3 1 SCREW-MACH 440 .625-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0170

25 0380-0005 1 1 SPACER-RND .312 IN-LG .18-IN-ID 28480 0380-0005

26 2260-0003 7 1 NUT-HEX-PLSTC LKG 4-40-THD .141-IN-THK 28480 2260-0003

27 2200-0105 4 6 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0105

28 2200-0164 5 2 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .188-IN-LG UNCT 82 DEG 28480 2200-0164

29 2200-0168 9 3 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .438-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0168

30 08558-00108 4 1 COVER-LOG AMPLIFIER 28480 08558-00108

31 08558-00089 0 1 COVER-BANDWIDTH FILTER NO. 1 28480 08558-00089

32 08558-00088 9 1 COVER-STEP GAIN 28480 08558-00088

33 08558-00087 8 1 COVER-BANDWIDTH FILTER NO. 2 28480 08558-00087

34 0380-0005 1 1 SPACER-RND .312 IN-LG .18-IN-ID 28480 0380-0005

35 3050-0105 6 4 WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 4 .125-IN-ID 28480 3050-0105

36 1400-0082 9 2 CLAMP-CABLE .125-iDIA .375-WD NYL 28480 1400-0082

37 2420-0001 5 2 NUT-HEX-W/LKWR 6-32-THD .109-IN-THK 28480 2420-0001

38 2190-0016 3 2 WASHER-LK INTL T 3/8 IN .377-IN-ID 28480 2190-0016

39 2950-0043 8 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .094-IN-THK 28480 2950-0043

40 2190-0068 5 1 WASHER-LK INTL T 1/2 IN .505-IN-ID 28480 2190-0068

41 2950-0054 1 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 1/2-28-THD .125-IN-THK 28480 2950-0054

42 0370-0606 7 4 BEZEL-PB .330-IN-SQ;JADE GRAY 28480 0370-0606

43 5040-8817 4 3 PUSHBUTTON- SQUARE; JADE GRAY 28480 5040-8817

44 08565-40011 1 1 POINTER-INPUT ATTENUATOR 28480 08565-40011

45 1460-0532 0 1 SPRING-CONICAL 28480 1460-0532

46 08558-60166 0 1 KNOB ASSY-REFERENCE LEVEL (OPT. 002) 28480 08558-60166

46 08558-60167 1 1 KNOB ASSY-REFERENCE LEVEL (STD. OPT. 001) 28480 08558-60167

47 08558-00123 3 1 INDEX DISK (OPT. 002) REFERENCE LEVEL 28480 08558-00123

47 08565-00043 5 1 INDEX DISK (STD. OPT. 001) REFERENCE LEVEL 28480 08565-00043

48 0510-0089 8 1 RETAINER-RING BSC EXT .188-IN-DIA BE-CU 28480 0510-0089

49 08565-60047 5 1 KNOB ASSY, REF. LEVEL (FINE) 28480 08565-60047

50 08558-20161 1 1 KNOB ASSY, RESOLUTION BW 28480 08558-20161

51 08558-20162 2 1 KNOB ASSY, FREQ. SPAN/DIV 28480 08558-20162

52 5040-8819 6 1 PUSHBUTTON-SQUARE, WILLOW GREEN 28480 5040-8819

53 0590-1251 6 2 NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD 28480 0590-1251

54 0370-1121 3 1 KNOB-LOCK 28480 0370-1121

55 08558-60170 6 1 CABLE ASSY-PROBE POWER (W16) 28480 08558-60170

56 08558-60031 8 1 CABLE ASSY-75 OHM INPUT (W1) OPT. 001, 002 28480 08558-60031

56 08558-60038 5 1 CABLE ASSY-50 OHM INPUT (W1) STD. SEE FIG 6-1 28480 08558-60038

57 0370-3021 6 1 KNOB ASSY-MANUAL SWEEP 28480 0370-3021

58 08558-20163 3 1 KNOB ASSY-SWEEP TIME/DIV 28480 08558-20163

59 08559-20050 8 1 KNOB ASSY-SWEEP TRIGGER 28480 08559-20050

60 0370-3006 7 1 KNOB ASSY-FINE TUNE 28480 0370-3006

61 0370-3004 5 1 KNOB ASSY-COARSE TUNE 28480 0370-3004

62 08565-60170 5 2 KNOB-BASELINE CLIP/VIDEO FILTER 28480 08565-60170

63* 2190-0390 6 1 WASHER-FL NM 1/4 IN .26-IN-ID .562-IN-OD 28480 2190-0390

64 2950-0001 8 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .094-IN-THK 28480 2950-0001

65 2200-0119 0 2 SCREW-MACH 440 1-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0119

66* 3050-0929 2 1 WASHER-FL NM 1/4 IN .26-IN-ID .562-IN-OD 28480 3050-0929

(SHIM WASHER, NOT SHOWN, USED WITH 63 FOR

PROPER SPACING BETWEEN 46 AND 47.)

7-2. Front Panel Assembly (2 of 3) (CHANGE A)

Figure 6-2. Mechanical Chassis Parts

6-31/6-32 (blank)

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

A2 08558-60100 2 1 FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY (MECH PARTS) 28480 08558-60100

NOTE

SEE A2 FRONT SWITCH ASSY LISTING FOR

ELECTRICAL PARTS; SEE FIG 6-2 FOR FRONT

PANEL PARTS

1 5021-3213 4 1 DIECAST-FRONT SWITCH 28480 5021-3213

2 1460-0012 1 1 SPRING-CPRSN .135-IN-OD .688-IN-OA-LG 28480 1460-0012

3 5021-3227 0 1 SHAFT-LOCKING 28480 5021-3227

4 1480-0017 8 1 PIN-DOWEL .125 OD 28480 1480-0017

5 5001-5818 7 1 LINK-LOCKING 28480 5001-5818

6 5021-3218 9 1 SHAFT-REF LEVEL 28480 5021-3218

7 08559-60060 4 2 HUB ASSEMBLY-DRIVE, ANTI-CRUSH 28480 08559-60060

8 08558-60098 7 1 ROTOR-ATTENUATOR DRIVE 28480 08558-60098

9 5021-3224 7 1 SHAFT-FREQUENCY SPAN 28480 5021-3224

10 1410-0006 8 7 BALL-BRG TYPE .1875-DIA GRADE-50 SST 78707 GRADE 50

11 1460-0623 0 3 SPRING-COMPRESSION .18-IN-OD .312-IN-OA-L 28480 1460-0623

12 1480-0059 8 11 PIN-ROLL 28480 1480-0059

13 08558-20066 5 1 ROTOR-FREQUENCY SPAN 28480 08558-20066

14 08558-20059 6 2 HUB-DRIVE 28480 08558-20059

15 08558-20089 2 1 BUSHING-SLOTTED 28480 08558-20089

16 1460-1376 2 1 SPRING-HAIRPIN 28480 1460-1376

17 5061-5424 7 1 SHAFT ASSEMBLY-ATTENUATOR 28480 5061-54240

18 3050-0032 8 1 WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 8 .189-IN-ID 28480 3050-0032

19 2200-0105 4 7 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0105

20 5001-5813 2 1 BRACKET-LEFT DPM MOUNTING 28480 5001-5813

21 5001-5814 3 1 BRACKET-RIGHT DPM MOUNTING 28480 5001-5814

22 2260-0009 3 4 NUT-HEX-W/LKWR 4-40-THD .094-IN-THK 28480 2260-0009

23 2200-0111 2 1 SCREW-MACH 4-40.5-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0111

24 0380-0034 6 1 SPACER-RND .312-IN-LG .116-IN-ID 28480 0380-0034

25 0510-0015 0 5 RETAINER-RING E-R EXT.125-IN-DIA STL 28480 0510-0015

26 5021-3226 9 1 SHAFT-MANUAL SWEEP 28480 5021-3226

27 1460-0578 4 2 SPRING-COMPRESSION 28480 1460-0578

28 5061-5425 8 2 ROTOR/SHAFT ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE CONTACT 28480 5061-5425

29 0510-0027 4 1 RETAINER-PUSH ON 28480 0510-0027

30 08558-00053 8 1 STOP ARM 28480 08558-00053

31 1460-0537 5 1 SPRING-HORSESHOE 28480 1460-0537

32 2950-0001 8 4 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .094-IN-THK 28480 2950-0001

33 2190-0016 3 4 WASHER-LK INTL T 3/8 IN .377-IN-ID 28480 2190-0016

34 08558-40007 6 1 KNOB-FREQ. ZERO 28480 08558-40007

35 2190-0067 4 3 WASHER-LK INTL T 1/4 IN .256-IN-ID 28480 2190-0067

36 2950-0006 3 3 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 1/4-32-THD .094-IN-THK 28480 2950-0006

37 2100-3066 0 1 RESISTOR-VAR 5K 5% PREC WW (A2R3) FREQ. 28480 2100-3066

38 3050-0028 2 1 WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 12 .25-IN-ID 28480 3050-0028

39 2100-3973 8 1 RESISTOR-VAR 50K 20% 5W(VIDEO FILTER) 28480 2100-3973

40 08558-20114 4 1 SHAFT-FINE TUNE 28480 08558-20114

41 08558-20113 3 1 SHAFT-COARSE TUNE 28480 08558-20113

42 08559-20040 6 1 BUSHING-COARSE TUNE SHAFT 28480 08559-20040

43 1430-0568 9 1 GEAR-SPUR, 40T 28480 1430-0568

44 1460-1542 4 1 SPRING-UNIVERSAL COUPLER 28480 1460-1542

45 5001-5825 6 1 BRACKET-DUAL POT 28480 5001-5825

46 2100-3452 8 1 RESISTOR-VAR PREC W/CP 10-TRN 10K 10% 28480 2100-3452

47 2100-3593 8 1 RESISTOR-VAR PREC W/CP 10-TRN 5K 10% 28480 2100-3593

48 1430-0567 8 1 GEAR-SPUR, 60T 28480 1430-0567

49 2190-0390 6 1 WASHER-FL NM 1/4 IN .26-IN-ID .562-IN-OD 28480 2190-0390

50 3050-0086 2 1 WASHER-FL MTLC 3/8 IN .406-IN-ID 28480 3050-0086

51 1460-0019 8 1 SPRING-COMPRESSION 28480 1460-0019

52 08558-60168 2 1 CABLE ASSY, DPM RIBBON (A2A1W1) (P/O A2A1) 28480 08558-60168

53 08558-60171 7 1 CABLE ASSY, INT RIBBON (A2A1W2) (P/O A2A1) 28480 08558-60171

54 2200-0103 2 8 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0103

55 5001-5817 6 1 BRACKET-ATTENUATOR 28480 5001-5817

56 3050-0105 6 1 WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 4 .125-IN-ID 28480 3050-0105

57 1430-0036 6 2 GEAR-MIT 16-T 32-DP 20-DG PA BRS 71041 G462Y(MOD)

58 5001-5816 5 I DETENT-BANDWIDTH 28480 5001-5816

59 5021-3220 3 5 STUD-.500-IN-LG, 4-40 THD 28480 5021-3220

60 08558-20058 5 1 HUB-COUPLING 28480 08558-20058

61 5021-3225 8 1 SHAFT-BANDWIDTH 28480 5021-3225

62 1460-1860 9 2 SPRING-CPRSN .18-IN-OD 92830 C0180-014-0310-S

63 08558-40004 3 1 ROTOR-SINGLE CONTACT 28480 08558-40004

64 08558-20139 3 1 SPACER-ROTOR 28480 08558-20139

65 2100-3332 3 1 RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 20% CC 1-TRN(A2A1R4) 28480 2100-3332

66 08558-20030 3 1 BOARD-BANDWIDTH SWITCH (P/O A2A1) 28480 08558-20030

67 08558-40005 4 1 ROTOR-DOUBLE CONTACT 28480 08558-40005

68 5061-5423 6 1 DETENT-REF. LEVEL 28480 5061-5423

69 5021-3221 4 3 STANDOFF-1 .438-1N-LG 4-40 THD 28480 5021-3221

70 08558-20061 0 1 LOCKOUT-ROTATING 28480 08558-20061

71 5061-5422 5 1 LOCATOR-INDEX DISC 28480 5061-5422

72 5021-3217 8 1 SHAFT-REF. LEVEL (FINE) 28480 5021-3217

73 1490-0841 7 1 COUPLING-RGD .375-LG BRS 28480 1490-0841

74 3050-0080 6 1 WASHER-FL NM NO. 5 .13-IN-ID .25-IN-OD 28480 3050-0080

75 08558-00021 0 1 PLATE-REF. LEVEL, FINE POT 28480 08558-00021

76 2100-0542 1 1 RESISTOR-VAR CONTROL WW 10K 5% LIN 28480 2100-0542

77 3050-0017 9 1 WASHER-FL MTLC .25-IN-ID 28480 3050-0017

Figure 6-3. Front Switch Assembly

6-33/6-34 (blank)

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Reference HP Part CMfr.

Designation Number DQty Description Code Mfr Part Number

73 2260-0001 5 2 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 4-40 28480 2260-0001

74 08558-20056 3 1 SHAFT, BANDWIDTH 28480 08558-20056

75 08558-20058 5 1 HUB, COUPLING 28480 08558-20058

76 2190-0102 8 1 WASHER-LK INTL T-15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 28480 2190-0102

77 3050-0124 9 2 WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 5 .13-IN-ID 28480 3050-0124

78 08558-20055 2 1 SHAFT, MANUAL SWEEP 28480 08558-20055

79 3030-0332 9 2 SCREW-SET 2-56 .094-IN-LG CUP-PT SST 28480 3030-0332

80 08558-40007 6 1 KNOB, KNURLED 28480 08558-40007

81 2950-0142 8 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .635-IN-THX 28480 2950-0142

82 08558-20049 4 1 SHAFT, SWEEP TIME 28480 08558-20049

83 2200-0151 6 1 WASHER-FL NM ¼ IN .26-IN-ID .562-IN-OD 28480 2190-0390

84 08558-20048 3 1 SHAFT, SWEEP TRIGGER 28480 08558-20048

85 1460-0537 5 1 SPRING-TRSN MUW CD 28480 1460-0537

86 08558-00053 8 1 STOP ARM 28480 08558-00053

87 08558-00026 5 1 DETENT, SWEEP TRIGGER 28480 08558-00026

88 2200-0151 0 4 SCREW-MACH 4-40 .75-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0151

89 2950-0054 1 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM ½-28-THD .125-IN-THX 28480 2950-0054

90 2190-0068 5 1 WASHER-LK INTL T ½ IN .505-IN-ID 28480 2190-0068

91 2200-0155 4 1 SCRE-MACH 4-40 1-IN1LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0155

92 08558-20071 2 2 CABLE, LO OUTPUT 28480 08558-20071

93 08558-20092 7 1 SHAFT, LATCH 28480 08558-20092

94 08558-00082 3 1 PANEL, FRONT (SEE FIG. 6-2 FOR SUB-PANEL) 28480 08558-00082

94 08558-00083 4 1 PANEL, FRONT (OPTION 001) 28480 08558-00083

94 08558-00084 5 1 PANEL, FRONT (OPTION 002) 28480 08558-00084

95 2950-0072 3 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM ¼-32-THD .062-IN-THK 28480 2950-0072

96 3101-0044 1 2 SWITCH-PB SPST-NO MOM .5A 115VAC RED-BTN 28480 3101-0044

97 00183-67407 7 2 KNOB 28480 00183-67407

98 0510-0045 6 1 RETAINER-RING F-R EXT .188-IN-DIA STL 28480 0510-0045

99 0590-0012 5 2 NUT-KNRLD-R 15/32-32-THD .062-IN-THK 28480 0590-0012

100 08558-20093 8 1 KNOB, LATCH 28480 08558-20093

101 08558-00045 8 1 KNOB, MANUAL SWEEP 28480 08558-00045

102 08558-00044 7 1 KNOB, SWEEP TIME 28480 08558-00044

103 5060-0467 6 1 CONNECTOR, MALE, PROBE POWER 28480 5060-0467

104 08558-60038 5 1 CABLE ASSY, INPUT, RF 28480 08558-60038

104 08558-60031 8 1 CABLE ASSY, 75 OHM INPUT, RF 28480 08558-60031

105 08558-00107 3 1 KNOB, TRIGGER SWITCH 28480 08558-00107

106 0380-0063 1 1 SPACER-RND .125-IN-LG .129-IN-ID 28480 0380-0063

107 1430-0567 8 1 GEAR, SPUR, 60 T 28480 1430-0567

108 1430-0568 9 1 GEAR, SPUR, 40 T 28480 1430-0568

109 1460-1542 4 1 SPRING, UNIVERSAL COUPLER 28480 1460-1542

110 3050-0086 2 2 WASHER-FL MTLC 3/8 IN .406-IN-ID 28480 3050-0086

111 08558-00069 6 1 SPRING 28480 08558-00069

112 08558-00070 9 1 BRACKET, DUAL POT 28480 08558-00070

113 08558-20111 1 1 BUSHING, COARSE TUNE SHAFT 28480 08558-20111

114 08558-20112 2 1 WASHER, THRUSH 28480 08558-20112

115 08558-20113 3 1 SHAFT, COARSE TUNE 28480 08558-20113

116 08558-20114 4 1 SHAFT, FINE TUNE 28480 08558-20114

117 1460-0623 0 1 SPRING-CPRSN .18-INOD .312-IN-OA-LG MUW 28480 1460-0623

118 2200-0165 6SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG 82 DEG 28480 2200-0165

119 6960-0016 0 1 PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .125-D-HOLE NYL 28480 6960-0016

120 2200-0121 4 1 SCREW-MACH 4-40 1.1258-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 28480 2200-0121

121 2190-0004 9 1 WASHER-LK INTL T NO. 6 .115-IN-ID 28480 2190-0004

122 2950-0001 8 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .094-IN-THK 28480 2950-0001

123 7120-7136 0 1 LABEL, HP LOGO 28480 7120-7136

Figure 7-2. Front Panel Assembly (2 of 3) (CHANGE A)

Figure 7-2. Front Panel Assembly (3 of 3) (CHANGE A)

7-11/7-12 (blank)

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 7-3. Front Switch Assembly A2, Schematic (CHANGE A)

7-13/7-14 (blank)

Model 8558B TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 7-6. A14 Log Amplifier Assembly Schematic (CHANGE B)

7-25/7-26 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-5. Simplified Block Diagram

8-15/8-16 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-6. Troubleshooting Block Diagram

8-17/8-18 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-11. A1A2 DPM Driver (and DPM Display), Schematic

8-23/8-24

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-13. A2 Front Switch, Schematic Diagram

8-27/8-28 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-18. A3 Input Attenuator, A4 First Converter, A5 Second Converter and A6 YIG Oscillator, Schematic

8-35/8-36 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-20. A7 Frequency Control, Schematic

8-43/8-44 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-23. A8 Sweep Generator, Schematic (1 of 2)

8-53/8-54 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-23. A8 Sweep Generator, Schematic (2 of 2)

8-55/8-56 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-26. A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF, Schematic

8-61/8-62 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-30. A11 Bandwidth Filter No. 1, Schematic

8-69/8-70 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-33. A12 Step Gain, Schematic

8-75/8-76 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-35. A13 Bandwidth Filter No. 2, Schematic

8-79/8-80 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

SERIAL PREFIX: 2147A Figure 8-38. A14 Log Amplifier Assembly, Schematic (1 of 2)

8-85/8-86 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-38. A14 Log Amplifier Assembly, Schematic (2 of 2)

8-87/8-88 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-42. A15 Vertical driver and Blanking, Schematic

8-95/8-96 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-43. A16 Motherboard Assembly, Components and Test Point Locations Figure 8-44. A16 Motherboard, Schematic Diagram (1 of 2)

8-97/8-98

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-44. A16 Motherboard, Schematic Diagram (2 of 2)

8-99/8-100 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-46. A17 Inverter. Schematic

8-103/8-104 (blank)

TM 11-6625-3061-14

Figure 8-47. Location of Major Assemblies

8-105/8-106 (blank)

PIN: 059359-000

8457 HP 8558 Spectrum Analyzer User Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation